Government Launches Cashless Treatment Scheme for Road Accident Victims

Union Minister Nitin Gadkari has unveiled a “Cashless Treatment” scheme designed to provide financial support for road accident victims. Under this initiative, the government will cover medical expenses of up to ₹1.5 lakh for seven days of treatment, provided the accident is reported to the police within 24 hours.

Speaking about the scheme, Gadkari stated, “We have started a new scheme – Cashless Treatment. Immediately after an accident occurs, within 24 hours, when the information goes to the Police, we will provide expenses for seven-day treatment of the patient who gets admitted or a maximum of up to ₹1.5 Lakhs for treatment. We will also provide ₹2 lakh for the deceased in hit-and-run cases.”

The initiative also includes an ex-gratia payment of ₹2 lakh to families of victims who lose their lives in hit-and-run incidents.

Alarming Road Safety Statistics

The Union Minister emphasized that road safety is the government’s highest priority, citing grim statistics to underscore the urgency of the issue. In 2024 alone, approximately 1.80 lakh people lost their lives in road accidents. A significant portion of these fatalities—30,000—occurred due to individuals not wearing helmets.

“In the meeting, the first priority is for road safety, and in the year 2024, 1.80 lakh deaths have occurred in road safety. 30,000 people have died because of not wearing helmets. The second serious thing is that 66% of accidents have occurred in people between the ages of 18 to 34,” Gadkari elaborated.

Gadkari also shed light on another distressing statistic: 10,000 children died in accidents caused by poor infrastructure at entry and exit points near schools and colleges. “10,000 children have died due to a lack of proper arrangement at the exit-entry point in front of our schools and colleges. Rules have also been made for the autorickshaws and minibuses for schools as there have been significant number of deaths due to this. After identifying all the black spots, everyone decided together that we would try to reduce it,” he stated.

Focus on Collaborative Efforts

These announcements came after a high-level meeting chaired by Gadkari at Bharat Mandapam in Delhi. The meeting brought together transport ministers from various states and union territories to discuss road safety and transportation-related policies.

The event aimed to foster collaboration between the union and state governments, ensuring more effective implementation of measures to improve road safety. The minister stressed the importance of collective efforts in reducing fatalities and enhancing transportation systems across the country.

By prioritizing initiatives such as the “Cashless Treatment” scheme and addressing critical issues like black spots and inadequate infrastructure near schools, the government seeks to make tangible progress in its mission to save lives on India’s roads.

Indus River’s Hidden Treasure: Pakistan Discovers Gold Worth Billions

The Indus River, one of the world’s longest and oldest rivers, is making headlines for an extraordinary reason—reports suggest it is now “spewing gold.” Revered as the cradle of the Indus Valley Civilization, the river’s historical importance is unparalleled. Between 3300 and 1300 BCE, the Harappan civilization thrived along its banks, marking a golden era of prosperity. Today, however, the focus has shifted from history to its astonishing gold reserves, leaving many astonished.

Media reports from Pakistan claim that the river, which was entirely within Indian territory before the 1947 partition, now deposits treasures worth a staggering 600 billion Pakistani rupees daily in Pakistan. The river’s abundant water resources, essential for millions, have now taken on a new role—as a source of immense wealth. Gold and other precious minerals are reportedly being extracted from the Indus in Pakistan’s Punjab province, particularly in the Attock district.

A River of Gold

The Indus River flows through India and Pakistan, originating from the Himalayas and stretching over 3,200 kilometers, making it one of the world’s longest rivers. Historically, it has been revered for sustaining civilizations and enriching the cultures that settled along its banks. Mentioned in the Rigveda, the river holds immense cultural and spiritual significance.

In recent developments, fast-moving waters from Pakistan’s northern mountainous regions are believed to carry gold particles downstream. These particles settle in the riverbed, contributing to what experts call placer deposits. Such deposits result from the natural flow of water, which separates heavier gold particles from lighter sediment, allowing them to accumulate along the riverbanks.

The significance of this phenomenon isn’t new. For centuries, the river has transported gold from the Himalayan region, depositing it along its course. Scientists attribute this to the Himalayas’ geological history. It is believed that around 6 to 10 million years ago, the collision of tectonic plates formed the mountain range and the river system. This geological process continues to influence the natural distribution of minerals.

Illegal Mining Sparks Concerns

Despite the immense potential of these gold deposits, the Pakistani government faces a challenge—illegal mining. Reports suggest that during winter, when water levels drop, locals resort to extracting gold particles from the riverbed. What began as manual panning has escalated to the use of heavy machinery, intensifying the environmental and regulatory concerns surrounding these activities.

In response, authorities in Pakistan’s Punjab province have implemented Section 144, banning illegal gold extraction in the region. The province’s Home Department emphasized the need to safeguard these resources, stating that minerals like placer gold could provide substantial benefits to the country’s treasury.

Mining Minister Ibrahim Hassan Murad revealed that gold deposits, transported by the river from the Himalayas, are estimated to amount to 32.6 metric tons. He noted, “The deposits, valued at approximately 600 billion Pakistani rupees, span a 32-kilometer area in Attock.” This discovery has the potential to significantly bolster Pakistan’s economy if properly managed and regulated.

Geology Meets History

The Indus River’s gold deposits are not only an economic boon but also a geological marvel. A survey conducted by the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa provincial government highlighted that significant amounts of gold particles accumulate near Peshawar, carried down by the river from the Himalayan region. These findings align with historical records, which suggest that the river has long been a carrier of natural wealth.

The historical relevance of the Indus River cannot be overstated. It was the lifeline of the Indus Valley Civilization, fostering a culture of innovation and trade. This ancient civilization thrived by utilizing the river’s resources, including its fertile plains and abundant water supply. The discovery of gold along the river’s course adds another layer to its rich legacy, tying together history, culture, and natural wealth.

Future Prospects

While the potential economic impact of these gold reserves is immense, challenges remain. Illegal mining threatens both the environment and the equitable distribution of resources. The Pakistani government has acknowledged the importance of regulating mining activities to ensure the river’s wealth benefits the nation as a whole.

Moreover, experts caution that overexploitation of these resources could have dire consequences. The river, already a vital water source for millions, could face ecological degradation if mining activities are not carefully monitored. Striking a balance between economic gains and environmental conservation will be crucial in the coming years.

A Turning Point for Pakistan?

For a nation grappling with economic challenges, the discovery of gold in the Indus River represents a potential turning point. If managed effectively, the wealth generated from these deposits could provide much-needed relief to Pakistan’s struggling economy. However, this will require stringent regulations, sustainable mining practices, and a commitment to transparency.

The discovery also raises questions about regional cooperation. As the river flows through both India and Pakistan, its management and the equitable sharing of its resources could become a topic of international dialogue. Collaborative efforts could not only preserve the river’s ecological balance but also maximize its potential benefits for all stakeholders.

Conclusion

The Indus River, a symbol of ancient prosperity, is now being hailed as a modern-day treasure trove. From its historical role in shaping one of the world’s earliest civilizations to its newfound identity as a source of immense wealth, the river continues to captivate and inspire. As Pakistan navigates the challenges of harnessing its gold reserves, the story of the Indus River serves as a reminder of the delicate interplay between nature, history, and human ambition.

As Ibrahim Hassan Murad aptly put it, “The Indus River has been a gift to this region for centuries. Its gold deposits are a blessing, and we must approach their management with wisdom and care.”

Trump Signals Aggressive Foreign and Domestic Moves Ahead of Inauguration

President-elect Donald Trump has hinted at controversial foreign policy moves, including the potential use of military force to control the Panama Canal and Greenland, framing these as essential to U.S. national security. Speaking to reporters on Tuesday, just days before his inauguration on January 20, Trump outlined his vision for America’s geopolitical future, including his view of territorial expansion as a strategic necessity.

When asked if military intervention was off the table, Trump stated, “I’m not going to commit to that. It might be that you’ll have to do something. The Panama Canal is vital to our country.” He emphasized Greenland’s strategic importance, saying, “We need Greenland for national security purposes.”

Challenging Existing Alliances

Greenland, an autonomous territory under Denmark’s sovereignty, houses a significant U.S. military base. Despite Denmark being a key NATO ally, Trump questioned its authority over Greenland. The Panama Canal, another focus of Trump’s remarks, has been under Panama’s full control since 1999, following decades of joint U.S.-Panama administration.

Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen responded to Trump’s statements in an interview with TV2, emphasizing the close alliance between Denmark and the United States. “The United States is Denmark’s most important and closest ally,” she said. Frederiksen expressed doubt that the U.S. would resort to military or economic force to gain control of Greenland, stressing that any involvement in the Arctic must respect the autonomy of Greenland’s people. She also highlighted the need for U.S.-Denmark cooperation within NATO.

Trump’s delegation, including Donald Trump Jr., recently visited Nuuk, Greenland’s capital, which Trump shared via social media. He wrote, “Don Jr. and my Reps landing in Greenland. The reception has been great. They, and the Free World, need safety, security, strength, and PEACE! This is a deal that must happen. MAGA. MAKE GREENLAND GREAT AGAIN!”

Greenland’s government clarified that Trump Jr.’s visit was unofficial and that no meetings with Greenlandic representatives were planned.

Panama’s Stance on Sovereignty

In Panama, Foreign Minister Javier Martínez-Acha reiterated the country’s firm stance on sovereignty over the canal. He referenced remarks by President José Raúl Mulino, who stated last month, “The sovereignty of our canal is not negotiable and is part of our history of struggle and an irreversible conquest.”

Economic Force Over Military for Canada

Trump also proposed controversial plans involving Canada, suggesting the country could join the United States as the 51st state. However, he ruled out military intervention, opting instead to leverage economic measures. “Economic force” would address the U.S. trade deficit with Canada, a resource-rich nation vital to America’s supply of crude oil and petroleum.

Canadian leaders dismissed Trump’s comments. Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly criticized the remarks as showing “a complete lack of understanding of what makes Canada a strong country,” asserting that Canada’s economy and people would resist any threats. Outgoing Prime Minister Justin Trudeau was blunt, writing, “There isn’t a snowball’s chance in hell that Canada would become part of the United States.”

Ambitious Goals for NATO

As part of his vision for a “Golden Age of America,” Trump proposed rebranding the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a name he described as having a “beautiful ring to it.” He also called for NATO member states to increase defense spending to 5% of GDP, far exceeding the current 2% target. NATO’s recent report showed a record 23 of its 32 members were on track to meet existing spending goals, driven by heightened concerns over Russia’s ongoing war in Ukraine.

Friction With Biden Administration

Trump criticized outgoing President Joe Biden for taking actions he claimed undermined his incoming administration. On Monday, Biden used his authority under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act to ban offshore energy drilling in significant areas, including the East and West coasts, the Gulf of Mexico, and parts of Alaska’s Northern Bering Sea. This move, protecting about 625 million acres of federal waters, was framed as a measure against future oil and gas exploration. Trump vowed to reverse the ban on his first day in office, stating, “I’m going to put it back on day one. We’ll take it to the courts if we need to.”

Despite Trump’s accusations of obstruction, Biden’s transition team has reportedly extended cooperation. Trump’s incoming chief of staff, Susie Wiles, acknowledged Biden’s chief of staff, Jeff Zients, as “very helpful” in an interview with Axios.

Legal Challenges and Investigations

During the press conference, Trump also addressed the Justice Department’s investigation into his role in the January 6 Capitol insurrection and the handling of classified documents. Special counsel Jack Smith had overseen these cases, which were dropped following Trump’s November election victory. The Justice Department is expected to release a summary of Smith’s findings soon.

Looking Ahead

Trump’s remarks underscore his willingness to challenge longstanding U.S. policies, alliances, and norms. His proposed actions on the Panama Canal, Greenland, NATO, and energy policy suggest a bold but contentious approach to governing. As the transition nears its completion, the international and domestic implications of Trump’s statements are already generating significant reactions from allies and adversaries alike.

Pope Francis Appoints First Woman to Lead Major Vatican Office

In a historic decision, Pope Francis has appointed Sister Simona Brambilla as the head of the Dicastery for the Institutes of Consecrated Life and Societies of Apostolic Life, making her the first woman to lead a major Vatican office. This department oversees all Catholic religious orders, including those of priests, nuns, and newer religious movements. The appointment is a significant milestone in the pope’s ongoing effort to expand women’s leadership roles within the Church.

While women have previously held deputy positions in Vatican offices, Brambilla’s promotion marks the first time a woman has been named a prefect of a dicastery or congregation within the Holy See’s governing body. Vatican Media highlighted the groundbreaking nature of the appointment with the headline: “Sister Simona Brambilla is the first woman prefect in the Vatican.”

The Dicastery for the Institutes of Consecrated Life and Societies of Apostolic Life plays a vital role in the Church, overseeing the activities of its 600,000 nuns and 129,000 priests who belong to religious orders, such as the Jesuits, Franciscans, and Mercy nuns. By heading this department, Brambilla assumes responsibility for the many women who form the backbone of the Church’s daily work, as well as men in religious orders.

“It should be a woman. Long ago it should have been, but thank God,” commented Thomas Groome, a theology and religious education professor at Boston College who advocates for women’s ordination as priests. He described the decision as a symbolic step forward, adding, “It shows an openness and a new horizon or possibility.” Groome also noted that, in theory, Pope Francis could name Brambilla as a cardinal, since cardinals are not required to be ordained priests. However, he acknowledged that such a move might be unprecedented.

Interestingly, the pope appointed a male co-leader, Cardinal Ángel Fernández Artime of the Salesian order, to serve alongside Brambilla as “pro-prefect.” While the Vatican bulletin listed Brambilla as the prefect and Fernández as her deputy, the dual appointment reflects a theological limitation: the head of the dicastery must be able to celebrate Mass and perform other sacramental duties, which are currently restricted to men in the Catholic Church.

This compromise dampened the initial enthusiasm of some observers. Natalia Imperatori-Lee, chair of the religion and philosophy department at Manhattan University, expressed her disappointment upon learning of the co-prefect’s appointment. “One day, I pray, the church will see women for the capable leaders they already are,” she said. She also criticized the decision, remarking, “It’s ridiculous to think she needs help running a Vatican dicastery. For as long as men have been in charge of this division of Vatican governance, they have governed both men’s and women’s religious communities.”

Brambilla, aged 59, belongs to the Consolata Missionaries religious order. Before this promotion, she had served as the department’s No. 2 since 2023. Her predecessor, Cardinal Joao Braz de Aviz, retired at the age of 77. Prior to joining the Vatican administration, Brambilla worked as a nurse and missionary in Mozambique. From 2011 to 2023, she led her Consolata order as superior.

Her elevation to the role of prefect was made possible by Pope Francis’ 2022 reform of the Vatican’s governing constitution. The changes allowed laypeople, including women, to lead dicasteries and serve as prefects, breaking long-standing traditions. However, while the pope has taken steps to promote women’s leadership, he has maintained the Church’s ban on female priests and rejected proposals to ordain women as deacons.

One of Brambilla’s immediate challenges will be addressing the steep decline in the number of Catholic nuns worldwide. Vatican statistics reveal that the number of nuns has decreased by approximately 10,000 annually in recent years, dropping from 750,000 in 2010 to 600,000 in 2022.

Despite the limitations on ordination, Pope Francis has made strides in improving women’s representation within the Vatican. During his papacy, the percentage of women in Vatican leadership roles has risen from 19.3% in 2013 to 23.4% today. In the Curia, the Church’s central governing body, women now occupy 26% of positions.

Sister Simona Brambilla joins a growing list of women breaking barriers in Vatican leadership. Sister Raffaella Petrini is the first female secretary general of Vatican City State, where she oversees health care, the police force, and the Vatican Museums. These museums, a major source of revenue, are led by Barbara Jatta, a laywoman. Additionally, Sister Alessandra Smerilli serves as the No. 2 official in the Vatican’s development office, while Sister Nathalie Becquart holds an under-secretary position in the synod of bishops’ office.

By appointing women to prominent roles, Pope Francis continues to demonstrate his commitment to fostering gender inclusivity within the Church’s hierarchy. Yet, critics argue that true equality remains elusive as long as sacramental duties and priestly ordination remain the exclusive domain of men. For now, Brambilla’s historic appointment signals progress, even as it highlights the ongoing challenges of achieving full gender parity within the Catholic Church.

Trump Jr.’s Greenland Visit Fuels Speculation Over US Interest in the Arctic Territory

On Tuesday, Donald Trump Jr. arrived in Greenland, the expansive Arctic island that has piqued the interest of his father, President-elect Donald Trump, who has reiterated his desire to acquire the territory. This ambition has been met with firm resistance from Greenland, which has made it clear that it is not for sale.

Trump Jr. characterized his visit as a recreational venture, stating, “As an outdoorsman, I’m excited to stop into Greenland for this week.” However, his trip has intensified speculation about the president-elect’s true intentions for the region.

In December, Trump reignited discussions about Greenland’s potential acquisition, calling it “an absolute necessity.” When questioned at a press conference on Tuesday about whether he would rule out using “military or economic coercion” to acquire Greenland or Panama, another region he has expressed interest in, Trump responded, “No, I can’t assure you on either of those two, but I can say this: We need them for economic security.”

While the president-elect frames the potential purchase as a matter of national security, experts believe his interest extends to Greenland’s vast natural resources, including rare earth metals, which could become more accessible as climate change continues to melt the island’s ice.

A Unique Geopolitical Position

Greenland, the largest island in the world, is home to approximately 56,000 residents. Once a Danish colony, it is now an autonomous territory under Denmark. The island holds significant strategic importance, positioned between the United States and Europe. Its capital, Nuuk, is geographically closer to New York than to Denmark’s capital, Copenhagen.

Historically, Greenland has been viewed as vital to U.S. security, particularly in countering potential threats from Russia. According to Ulrik Pram Gad, a senior researcher at the Danish Institute for International Studies, the island’s location is critical due to its proximity to the Northwest Passage and its role in the Greenland-Iceland-United Kingdom gap, a crucial maritime region.

The idea of acquiring Greenland is not new. In 1867, President Andrew Johnson considered purchasing Greenland after acquiring Alaska. Similarly, following World War II, the Truman administration offered Denmark $100 million for the island. Although these proposals never materialized, the 1951 U.S.-Greenland defense treaty secured the establishment of an airbase—now called Pituffik Space Base—in northwestern Greenland. This base, situated halfway between Moscow and New York, serves as the northernmost U.S. military outpost and is equipped with a missile warning system.

“The U.S. wants to ensure that no hostile powers control Greenland, as it could serve as a foothold for attacks on the U.S.,” Pram Gad explained.

Rich in Natural Resources

Greenland’s natural wealth may be even more enticing to Trump. Klaus Dodds, a professor of geopolitics at Royal Holloway, University of London, highlighted the island’s reserves of oil, gas, and rare earth metals—essential components for electric vehicles, wind turbines, and military equipment.

China currently dominates global rare earth production and has already signaled plans to restrict the export of critical minerals. “There is no question at all that Trump and his advisers are very concerned about the stranglehold that China appears to have,” Dodds said. Greenland, with its untapped mineral resources, offers a potential alternative. “I think Greenland is really about keeping China out,” he added.

Opportunities Amid Melting Ice

As Arctic temperatures rise, Greenland finds itself at the forefront of climate change, with melting ice opening new opportunities and challenges. Retreating ice has extended the navigable period for Arctic shipping routes, contributing to a 37% increase in Arctic shipping over the past decade, according to the Arctic Council.

“Trump, I think, instinctively gets the idea that the Arctic is melting,” Dodds noted, pointing to the economic possibilities tied to the region’s transformation. However, he warned that Arctic conditions remain perilous, and melting ice could make navigation even riskier.

There is also speculation that reduced ice cover could make Greenland’s natural resources more accessible. Phillip Steinberg, a geography professor at the University of Durham, offered a different perspective: “It’s not that climate change is making Greenland’s resources more accessible, but rather ‘more necessary.’”

Resistance to U.S. Interest

Denmark and Greenland have strongly opposed any suggestion of selling the island. Greenland’s Prime Minister Múte Egede declared in a December Facebook post, “We are not for sale and will never be for sale. We must not lose our yearslong struggle for freedom.”

Former Greenlandic Prime Minister Kuupik V. Kleist echoed this sentiment, stating, “I don’t see anything in the future that would pave the way for a sale. You don’t simply buy a country or a people.”

Despite this opposition, Trump’s remarks have come at a pivotal moment for Greenland. Its Inuit-led government has been advocating for independence from Denmark. In his New Year address, Egede called for the removal of the “shackles of the colonial era.”

Denmark appears to be responding to this push for independence. In December, it announced a significant increase in military spending for Greenland. Additionally, the Danish royal family unveiled a redesigned coat of arms featuring an enhanced polar bear symbol, which represents Greenland.

Economic Challenges and Future Prospects

Greenland’s government has been striving to diversify its economy, which is heavily reliant on fishing. In November, Nuuk opened a new airport to attract more tourists. However, the territory still depends on an annual $500 million grant from Denmark, a financial lifeline that complicates its pursuit of independence.

Dodds speculated on how Greenland might respond to a substantial financial offer from Trump. “What would Greenland do if Trump offered, say, $1 billion a year to have a different kind of association?” he questioned.

Some Greenlandic politicians have floated the idea of a special association with the U.S., similar to the Marshall Islands arrangement. Under such an agreement, Greenland would retain sovereignty while receiving financial support in exchange for granting the U.S. certain strategic rights.

However, Kleist expressed skepticism about this approach. “I don’t think either that (this) is of any interest. Just think of how the U.S. have treated its own Indigenous Peoples,” he remarked.

Uncertainty Surrounding Trump’s Intentions

As Trump prepares to take office, the trajectory of his interest in Greenland remains unclear. “Nobody knows if it’s just bravado, if it’s a threat to get something else, or if it’s actually something that he wants to do,” Pram Gad said.

For now, Greenland remains a focal point of geopolitical, environmental, and economic discussions, with Trump’s ambitions adding a new layer of complexity to the Arctic’s evolving narrative.

Meta’s Content Moderation Overhaul: A Shift Toward User-Generated Oversight

Meta, the parent company of Facebook and Instagram, has announced a significant shift in its content moderation policies, with plans to eliminate fact-checking partnerships and replace them with user-driven “community notes,” similar to Elon Musk’s approach on X (formerly Twitter). The changes, revealed by CEO Mark Zuckerberg on Tuesday, signify a pivotal alteration in how online content will be managed on Meta’s platforms.

Abandoning Fact-Checking

Meta’s move comes amid ongoing criticism from right-wing groups, including President-elect Donald Trump and his allies, who have accused the platform of stifling conservative voices. Explaining the decision, Zuckerberg stated, “Fact checkers have been too politically biased and have destroyed more trust than they’ve created.” He added that what began as an initiative for inclusivity had evolved into a tool for silencing differing opinions, which he believes has gone too far.

However, Zuckerberg acknowledged the risks associated with the policy change, admitting that more harmful content might surface on the platform. “The reality is this is a tradeoff,” he said. “It means that we’re going to catch less bad stuff, but we’ll also reduce the number of innocent people’s posts and accounts that we accidentally take down.”

Joel Kaplan, Meta’s recently appointed Chief of Global Affairs, echoed Zuckerberg’s sentiments, stating that the initial fact-checking partnerships were “well-intentioned at the outset” but had become too politically biased. Kaplan, a prominent Republican elevated to Meta’s top policy position last week, confirmed that the timing of the change aligns with the incoming Trump administration.

Political Context

The announcement highlights an apparent ideological shift within Meta’s leadership. Just one day before revealing the new policies, Meta appointed UFC CEO and Trump ally Dana White to its board, along with two other directors, signaling its intention to strengthen ties with Trump and his administration. Additionally, Meta pledged a $1 million donation to Trump’s inaugural fund and expressed its intent to play a more active role in shaping tech policy discussions.

Kaplan noted the impact of the changing political landscape on Meta’s decision-making. “Now, we’ve got a new administration and a new president coming in who are big defenders of free expression, and that makes a difference,” he said.

According to a source familiar with the matter, Meta informed Trump’s team of the policy changes in advance. During a press conference at Mar-a-Lago, Trump praised the decision, describing it as evidence that Meta has “come a long way.” When asked if the move was a response to his past threats against Zuckerberg, Trump replied, “Probably. Yeah, probably.”

External Reactions

The changes have sparked reactions across the political and tech landscape. Brendan Carr, a Trump-appointed Federal Communications Commission chair, celebrated the news, while critics labeled the shift as a capitulation to right-wing pressure.

The Real Facebook Oversight Board, a watchdog organization comprised of academics, lawyers, and civil rights advocates, condemned the move. “Meta’s announcement today is a retreat from any sane and safe approach to content moderation,” the group said, accusing the company of engaging in “political pandering.”

A Reversal of Course

The overhaul represents a dramatic departure from Meta’s earlier stance on combating disinformation. In 2016, the company introduced an independent fact-checking initiative following accusations that its platforms had been used by foreign actors to spread disinformation during the U.S. presidential election. Over the years, Meta developed safety teams, automated systems to filter false claims, and an Oversight Board to handle complex moderation decisions.

Despite these efforts, conservative groups consistently argued that Meta’s policies disproportionately targeted right-wing voices. For example, at a 2020 rally, a Trump supporter claimed, “Anything I put on there about our president is generally only on for a few minutes and then suddenly they’re fact-checking me…which I know is not true.”

By shifting to community-driven notes, Meta appears to be following in the footsteps of Elon Musk, who dismantled X’s fact-checking teams and implemented user-generated labels to address false claims. Linda Yaccarino, CEO of X, praised Meta’s decision, calling the community notes model “profoundly successful while keeping freedom of speech sacred.” Musk himself described the change as “cool.”

Revised Content Policies

Meta’s new moderation strategy will focus its automated systems exclusively on severe policy violations, such as terrorism, child exploitation, and fraud. Other concerns, such as misinformation, will require user reporting before being addressed. The company also plans to loosen restrictions on topics like immigration and gender identity while reducing limits on political content in user feeds.

Additionally, Meta will relocate its trust and safety teams from California to Texas and other locations, a move Zuckerberg said aims to build trust by reducing perceived biases. “I think that will help us build trust to do this work in places where there is less concern about the bias of our teams,” he explained.

Challenges Ahead

While Meta’s leadership is optimistic about the changes, they acknowledge potential downsides. Zuckerberg admitted that the shift could lead to an increase in harmful content but argued that it would reduce the unintended removal of legitimate posts. He cited the scale of the platform’s user base, stating, “If the systems get something wrong 1% of the time, that could represent millions of users.”

Kaplan emphasized the role of Musk’s policies on X in influencing Meta’s decision. “Elon has played an incredibly important role in moving the debate and getting people refocused on free expression,” he said.

Critics, however, warn that the rollback could worsen the spread of misinformation and harm marginalized communities. The Real Facebook Oversight Board described the changes as a “dangerous step backward” that prioritizes political expediency over public safety.

Conclusion

Meta’s decision to overhaul its content moderation policies reflects a broader ideological shift within the company and a response to political pressures. While supporters argue that the changes promote free expression, detractors fear they may compromise safety and accountability. As Meta implements these changes, the long-term implications for the platform, its users, and the broader digital ecosystem remain uncertain.

“Santosh: A Gripping Feminist Crime Thriller with a Bold Voice”

There is a certain intensity in Shahana Goswami’s piercing gaze that carries Santosh, a riveting new feature by writer-director Sandhya Suri, from start to its harrowing conclusion. Goswami’s portrayal of a female police officer navigating a complex investigation into the rape and murder of a woman in rural India keeps viewers on edge. With its nerve-wracking twists and an unsettling yet rewarding two-hour runtime, this police thriller allows you to finally breathe only at its gripping end.

The film offers a rich, suspenseful character study, where every turn keeps the audience guessing. Even the subtle actions of the protagonist, who can be unpredictable at times, add depth to the narrative. The movie immerses its audience in a documentary-like realism, spiking tension with every revelation. While its slow-burning nature might deter some viewers, patience is ultimately rewarded in this unique crime drama that moves away from the usual Western-style police procedurals to explore a refreshingly distinct backdrop.

A Feminist Lens on Law Enforcement

At the heart of the story is Santosh Saini, played masterfully by Goswami, a woman thrust into the role of a police officer after the tragic death of her husband. She inherits his position, a scenario reflective of rural India, where widows sometimes take over their spouses’ jobs to survive. Goswami captures Santosh’s stoic resilience, underscored by a hidden brilliance, as she maneuvers through a world riddled with systemic sexism.

Her journey begins in a deeply patriarchal police department, headed by the disdainful Chief Thakur, played by Nawal Shukla. Thakur embodies toxic masculinity, dismissing serious cases like a missing girl reported by her distraught father. Santosh’s frustration with his lack of empathy propels her to collaborate with Geeta Sharma, a senior female investigator. Sunita Rajwar’s commanding portrayal of Sharma is both sensational and scene-stealing, as she leads a team of female detectives in pursuit of justice for the rape and murder of a low-caste girl.

“Santosh’s ability to sniff out the inherent misogyny in her surroundings sets her apart,” observes a critic, highlighting her determination to fight back against an oppressive system.

A Mystery That Demands Patience

Unlike conventional police dramas that neatly resolve their mysteries with the apprehension of a suspect, Santosh delves deeper, exploring the ethical and professional complications that arise during the pursuit of justice. Much like Jack Nicholson’s detective in Chinatown (1974), Santosh finds herself entangled in a web of corruption and moral ambiguity as she progresses in the case.

Significant developments occur early in the film, creating the illusion of resolution. However, this is merely the beginning of a labyrinthine journey that tests Santosh’s resolve and ethical boundaries. Alongside Sharma, she employs extreme measures, including orchestrating torture scenarios, to extract confessions and information from the suspect. These actions, intended to expedite justice, unleash chaos that leaves Santosh questioning the true cost of her pursuit.

“Actions have consequences,” the film subtly reminds its audience, as Santosh grapples with the fallout of her choices, which blur the line between justice and personal vengeance.

The Reality of Corruption and Gender Inequality

Director Sandhya Suri’s background in documentary filmmaking lends Santosh an unparalleled authenticity. The film’s handheld camerawork creates a gritty, immersive experience, pulling the audience into the raw, chaotic pursuit of the rapist and murderer. The absence of an original score heightens the realism, allowing the sounds of the environment and dialogue to drive the tension.

Suri uses this gripping narrative to shine a light on systemic corruption and gender inequality within law enforcement. Despite their determination and skill, female officers like Santosh and Sharma find themselves fighting an uphill battle against entrenched male dominance.

“The lengths to which those in power go to preserve masculine control in the justice system can be soul-crushing,” says a poignant moment in the film, encapsulating its thematic essence.

Ultimately, Santosh is more than a thriller; it is a powerful critique of societal structures that undermine women, even as they strive to bring about justice. By spotlighting the resilience of women like Santosh and Sharma, the film underscores the importance of persistence in the face of systemic oppression.

A Distinctive Addition to the Genre

Clocking in at 120 minutes, Santosh challenges the audience with its unpredictable and slow-paced storytelling. For some viewers, this might be a drawback, but for those willing to stay the course, the film offers a deeply rewarding experience. The unique setting, away from the polished environments of Western crime dramas, lends the story a sense of authenticity and urgency.

Critics have lauded Goswami’s performance as a tour de force, with one reviewer noting, “Her lioness eyes and unwavering intensity are the soul of this gripping narrative.” Rajwar’s portrayal of Sharma, meanwhile, provides the perfect complement, adding layers of depth and authority to the unfolding drama.

While Santosh doesn’t shy away from the darker aspects of its story, it also poses critical societal questions, making it a memorable addition to the crime thriller genre. It is a film that challenges, provokes, and ultimately rewards its audience with a story that stays with them long after the credits roll.

With its stunning performances, immersive direction, and fearless storytelling, Santosh is a triumph of feminist cinema that demands attention. As the credits roll, one cannot help but reflect on the bravery of women like Santosh, who navigate oppressive systems to seek justice, often at great personal cost.

In Santosh, the fight for justice is more than a procedural—it’s a battle for equality in a world that refuses to yield.

Trudeau’s Resignation Marks a Turning Point for Canada’s Liberals Amid Rising Conservative Tide

Hi Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s unexpected resignation on Monday signals a dramatic shift in the country’s political landscape. Trudeau’s departure underscores growing dissatisfaction with the Liberal Party, which has been a dominant force in Canadian politics for decades, as the country approaches elections later this year. His decision leaves the party scrambling to regroup and counter the surging popularity of the opposition Conservatives.

Trudeau announced his resignation during a press conference, stating, “I’m a fighter, every bone in my body has always told me to fight.” However, he acknowledged that internal challenges were undermining his ability to lead effectively. “This country deserves a real choice in the next election, and it has become clear to me that if I’m having to fight internal battles, I cannot be the best option in that election,” he added.

Why Did Trudeau Step Down?

Trudeau’s resignation comes amidst a backdrop of economic challenges, including a rising cost of living, escalating anti-immigrant sentiment, and economic uncertainties fueled by President-elect Donald Trump’s antagonistic policies. Public discontent has been growing over Trudeau’s handling of these issues, further amplified by his strained relationships within the Liberal Party.

Facing the prospect of a no-confidence vote from opposition parties, including the Conservatives and the New Democratic Party, Trudeau prorogued Parliament until March 24. This move temporarily halts parliamentary sessions and aligns with the deadline for the annual budget and the start of a new legislative session. Despite stepping down as party leader, Trudeau intends to remain in charge until a successor is chosen.

The Trump Effect

President-elect Donald Trump’s victory in November’s U.S. election added to Trudeau’s challenges. Trump’s threats to impose a 25% tariff on Canadian exports unless Ottawa addressed illegal immigration and drug trafficking exacerbated tensions. Trudeau’s conciliatory approach, including a visit to Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence, drew criticism from opponents who viewed him as weak.

Trump’s rhetoric further inflamed the situation. He mocked Trudeau by referring to Canada as America’s “51st state” and called him a “governor.” Following Trudeau’s resignation, Trump suggested that merging with the U.S. could eliminate tariffs and significantly reduce taxes for Canadians. Despite Trump’s claims that many Canadians support such a merger, a December poll indicated that only 13% of Canadians shared this sentiment.

Who Will Lead the Liberals?

Trudeau’s resignation has triggered a race within the Liberal Party to find a new leader. Christopher Sands, director of the Wilson Center’s Canada Institute, speculated that the Liberals might expedite the leadership transition to present a stable front before Trump’s inauguration on January 20. This could also provide the party additional time to promote their new leader ahead of the general elections, expected by October 20.

Among the potential candidates is Chrystia Freeland, a former finance minister and deputy prime minister, who resigned in mid-December over disagreements with Trudeau’s spending policies. Freeland criticized Trudeau’s failure to address Trump’s tariff threats effectively, positioning herself as a candidate of change. “The fact that she resigned and triggered the crisis that led to Trudeau going is politically brilliant,” Sands noted.

Other contenders include Mark Carney, a former Bank of Canada governor and close Trudeau ally; Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly; Industry Minister François-Philippe Champagne; and Transport Minister Anita Anand. Anand, praised for her leadership during the COVID-19 pandemic and the acquisition of F-35 fighter jets, is seen as a rising star in the Liberal Party.

Conservatives Poised for Victory

The opposition Conservative Party, led by Pierre Poilievre, is in a strong position to challenge the Liberals. Recent polling data shows the Conservatives holding a 24-point lead over the Liberals, highlighting growing voter frustration with the incumbent government.

Poilievre, often compared to Trump for his confrontational style and populist rhetoric, has capitalized on public dissatisfaction. His campaign includes eliminating the carbon tax implemented by the Liberals to promote environmentally friendly practices. “Ax the tax,” Poilievre declared in a video following Trudeau’s resignation.

Economic concerns, immigration, and crime have emerged as key issues for Canadian voters. Christopher Sands summarized Trudeau’s leadership struggles by saying, “Trudeau was great at making sunny announcements, but terrible at delivering results.”

Budget Battles and Economic Challenges

The upcoming budget season, set to culminate in April, presents additional hurdles for Canada’s government. Opposition parties could use the budget process to force a no-confidence vote, potentially triggering early elections. The new Liberal leader will need to navigate economic pressures, including Trump’s tariff threats and criticisms over Canada’s failure to meet NATO’s 2% defense spending target by 2032.

A significant majority of Canadians—86%, according to a survey by the Angus Reid Institute—expressed concern over Trump’s trade threats. Half of the respondents favored a firm stance against U.S. demands, even if it resulted in tariffs. These sentiments reflect broader apprehensions about Canada’s economic trajectory under the shadow of Trump’s administration.

A Bloomberg/Nanos Research survey conducted in late December revealed declining economic confidence among Canadians. The positivity index dropped from 49.96 to 49.08 in the final week of the year, signaling a shift to negative sentiment. Canadians are increasingly pessimistic about their economic future and the potential impact of Trump’s presidency.

A Pivotal Moment for Canada

Trudeau’s resignation marks a critical juncture for Canada’s political and economic future. The Liberal Party faces the daunting task of regaining public trust and countering the Conservative Party’s growing influence. With economic uncertainties, strained U.S.-Canada relations, and internal party divisions, the Liberals’ ability to navigate these challenges will determine their fate in the upcoming elections. Meanwhile, Pierre Poilievre and the Conservatives are poised to capitalize on voter discontent, setting the stage for a fiercely contested election season.

Majority of Congress Members Remain Christian, Pew Research Report Reveals

A new Pew Research Center report, titled Faith on the Hill, sheds light on the religious makeup of the 119th Congress, which is convening today. According to the findings, the vast majority of members in the Senate and House of Representatives continue to identify as Christian.

The data for the report was gathered by CQ Roll Call, a publication known for tracking congressional activities and maintaining legislative data. To gather accurate religious affiliation information, the publication sends questionnaires to incoming members of Congress and follows up with re-elected members.

“Christians will make up 87% of voting members in the Senate and House of Representatives, combined, in the 2025-27 congressional session,” the report states.

Although the number of Christian members of Congress has slightly declined from the previous session’s 88% and from a decade ago, when it stood at 92%, the overall representation of Christians in Congress remains significantly higher than in the general American population. Currently, less than two-thirds of Americans, specifically 62%, identify as Christian.

In stark contrast to the American public, the report highlights that less than 1% of Congress members identify as religiously unaffiliated, often referred to as “nones.” In fact, while “nones” comprise 28% of the U.S. population, only three members of Congress reported having no religious affiliation. This marks an increase of two non-religious members from the previous session.

The 119th Congress will include 71 non-Christian members, a rise of six members compared to the previous session. Among them are 32 Jews, four Muslims, four Hindus, three Unitarian Universalists, three Buddhists, three members who are unaffiliated, and one Humanist. Notably, all but five of these non-Christian members are affiliated with the Democratic Party.

In terms of Christian representation, the new Congress will have 461 Christian members. Of these, 295 are Protestant. As in previous years, Baptists are the most represented denomination, with 75 Baptist members, a rise of eight from the last session. While the report does not specify the exact Baptist group these members align with, it is clear that Baptists remain a dominant force in Congress. Other notable Protestant denominations include Methodists and Presbyterians, both with 26 members each, Episcopalians with 22 members, and Lutherans with 19 members.

The presence of these denominations has diminished in recent years, both within the general American population and in Congress. When the report first debuted in 2011, the religious representation for the 112th Congress showed 51 Methodists, 45 Presbyterians, 41 Episcopalians, and 26 Lutherans. Over the last decade, their numbers have steadily declined.

Notably, Baptists make up a slightly higher percentage in the House of Representatives (15%) than in the Senate (12%). Similarly, Catholics are more prominent in the House, accounting for 29% of its members, compared to 24% in the Senate. Conversely, denominations like Presbyterians, Episcopalians, and Lutherans are more prevalent in the Senate than in the House.

The report also observes that, of the 295 Protestant members, 101 did not provide specific details on their denomination. Many gave vague responses like “Protestant” or “evangelical Protestant.” This marks a significant shift compared to a decade ago. In 2015, during the 114th Congress, only 58 members reported being “just Christian” without specifying a denomination.

Regarding party affiliation, Republicans continue to exhibit a higher rate of Christian identification. Of the 218 Republican members, 98% are Christian. Only five Republican members identify as non-Christians — three as Jewish, one as religiously unaffiliated, and one declined to respond to the question of religious affiliation. On the other hand, while both Democrats and Republicans are largely Protestant, the Democratic Party has a notably higher percentage of Catholics, with 32% of Democratic members identifying as Catholic, compared to 25% of Republicans.

Religious diversity is much more pronounced within the Democratic Party. While roughly three-quarters of Democratic members are Christian, the party also includes 29 Jews, three Buddhists, four Muslims, four Hindus, three Unitarian Universalists, one Humanist, and two members who are unaffiliated. Additionally, 20 Democratic members declined to disclose their religious affiliation.

The 119th Congress also includes 166 non-Protestant Christians, 150 of whom are Catholic, nine members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints (all Republicans), and six Orthodox Christians. Notably, one Republican member identifies as a Messianic Jew.

The religious affiliation of 21 members remains unreported, either because they chose not to disclose it or were unreachable for comment. The analysis also did not include Ohio Senator J.D. Vance, who will become vice president on January 20, Representative Matt Gaetz, who resigned amidst allegations of sexual misconduct, or Representative Michael Waltz, who announced his resignation to serve as a national security adviser to the Trump administration. All three had reported being Christian.

In summary, the new Pew Research report on the 119th Congress paints a picture of a legislative body that remains predominantly Christian, even as the share of Christians within the U.S. population continues to decrease. While the religious composition of Congress has become slightly more diverse in recent years, the overwhelming majority of members still identify with one form or another of Christianity. The report also highlights the political implications of these trends, showing clear differences in religious diversity between the Republican and Democratic parties. Despite these shifts, the balance of religious representation in Congress continues to reflect a nation whose roots remain firmly grounded in Christianity, though the face of that belief system is changing in subtle ways.

Trudeau Faces Growing Pressure to Step Down Amid Declining Polls and Internal Challenges

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau is increasingly expected to announce his intention to step down, although he has yet to make a final decision, according to a source familiar with his thinking. The source spoke with Reuters following a report by the Globe and Mail, which suggested that Trudeau might announce as soon as Monday that he will resign as the leader of Canada’s ruling Liberal Party after nine years in office.

The source, who requested anonymity because they were not authorized to speak publicly, emphasized that no final decision had been made yet. However, it seems likely that Trudeau is preparing to depart. His resignation would leave the Liberal Party without a permanent leader at a time when polling data indicates that the party is expected to face a substantial defeat in an election due by late October, with the official opposition Conservatives in a strong position to win.

Although the exact timing of Trudeau’s announcement is uncertain, sources informed the Globe and Mail that it is expected to happen before a critical emergency meeting of Liberal legislators on Wednesday. The growing uncertainty about Trudeau’s future comes as more Liberal parliamentarians publicly call for him to step down, a reflection of the party’s poor polling performance in recent months.

The Prime Minister’s Office did not provide a response to Reuters’ request for comment outside regular business hours. According to Trudeau’s publicly available schedule for Monday, he is set to attend a virtual cabinet committee meeting focused on Canada-U.S. relations. It remains unclear whether Trudeau will leave office immediately or remain as Prime Minister until a new leader is chosen for the Liberal Party, a decision that has yet to be finalized.

As the Liberal Party grapples with the fallout of a poor polling period, calls for Trudeau’s resignation have grown louder. The Prime Minister became leader of the Liberal Party in 2013, at a time when the party was in disarray and had fallen to third place in the House of Commons. His leadership helped revitalize the party, culminating in the Liberals’ victory in 2015, when Trudeau promised a progressive agenda centered around gender equality, climate change action, and a vision of “sunny ways” in politics.

However, in recent years, Trudeau’s popularity has waned. Sources close to the party say that Trudeau and Finance Minister Dominic LeBlanc have discussed the possibility of LeBlanc stepping in as interim leader and Prime Minister if Trudeau resigns. However, one source noted that this would likely be unworkable if LeBlanc plans to run for the leadership position himself. As of now, no one has stepped forward as a clear successor, and the internal struggles within the party are mounting.

Trudeau had managed to fend off pressure from some Liberal lawmakers who were concerned about the party’s prospects in the polls and its loss of safe seats in two special elections. However, the calls for his resignation have grown significantly since December, when Trudeau attempted to demote one of his closest allies, Finance Minister Chrystia Freeland, after she disagreed with his plans for increased government spending. Freeland resigned instead, publicly accusing Trudeau of prioritizing “political gimmicks” over the country’s well-being.

The Prime Minister’s difficulties extend beyond internal party issues. In addition to the growing discontent within the party, Trudeau’s government has struggled to navigate a series of complex challenges. He had initially become popular for his progressive policies, which included promises of inclusivity, environmental sustainability, and social justice. However, over the course of his leadership, the realities of governing have made it difficult for Trudeau to maintain the same level of enthusiasm he once enjoyed.

Like many Western leaders, Trudeau’s administration has been significantly impacted by the global pandemic, which placed immense pressure on governments to provide economic support and health measures for their populations. While Ottawa spent heavily to protect consumers and businesses, leading to record budget deficits, these efforts have not been enough to shield the public from rising inflation and soaring prices. Public anger over the government’s handling of these issues has led to increasing discontent, with many Canadians expressing frustration over the lack of tangible improvements in their daily lives.

Another source of controversy has been Trudeau’s immigration policies, which some critics argue have been poorly managed. The government’s approach led to the arrival of hundreds of thousands of new immigrants, which put additional strain on Canada’s already overstressed housing market. As the housing crisis deepens, the government’s inability to address the challenges faced by Canadians has further fueled dissatisfaction with Trudeau’s leadership.

As the pressure mounts, Trudeau’s position within the Liberal Party has become more tenuous. While some still express loyalty to him, an increasing number of party members and lawmakers are calling for a leadership change. The situation is complicated by the fact that the next election is rapidly approaching, and the Liberals are struggling to gain momentum in the polls. Trudeau’s resignation, if it happens, would likely lead to further demands for a swift election to ensure that the country has a stable government capable of addressing both domestic and international challenges.

While there is still uncertainty about what Trudeau’s next move will be, it is clear that his leadership is under intense scrutiny. The possibility of his resignation, following years of political highs and lows, marks a pivotal moment in Canadian politics. Trudeau’s legacy will likely be shaped by both his successes and the growing dissatisfaction with his handling of key issues in recent years.

In conclusion, Trudeau’s decision about whether to step down remains uncertain, but growing calls for his resignation from within his party and from the Canadian public suggest that his time in office may be coming to an end. As his leadership faces mounting criticism and internal struggles, the Liberal Party is left to navigate a difficult period as it looks toward the future of Canadian politics.

Anita Anand: Frontrunner for Canadian Prime Minister as Justin Trudeau Announces Resignation

Canada’s Transport Minister, Anita Anand, has emerged as one of the leading contenders for the role of Canadian Prime Minister following Justin Trudeau’s recent announcement. Trudeau revealed on Monday his decision to step down as Prime Minister before the 2025 elections, stating that he would resign once the ruling Liberal Party selects a new leader.

This announcement has triggered widespread speculation regarding Trudeau’s successor. Among the top names being considered is Anita Anand, a prominent Indian-origin leader who currently serves as Canada’s Minister of Transport and Internal Trade.

Anita Anand’s Background

Anita Anand was born and raised in rural Nova Scotia before moving to Ontario in 1985. She and her husband, John, settled in Oakville, where they raised their four children. Anand’s journey into Canadian politics has been marked by a series of significant accomplishments across various roles in public service.

Her political career began in 2019 when she was elected as the Member of Parliament for Oakville. Since then, Anand has held multiple high-profile positions within the Canadian government. From 2019 to 2021, she served as Minister of Public Services and Procurement, followed by a tenure as President of the Treasury Board and Minister of National Defence. Her current role as Minister of Transport was assigned in September 2024, in addition to her ongoing responsibilities as President of the Treasury Board.

Key Achievements in Public Service

Anand’s tenure as Minister of Public Services and Procurement was marked by her leadership during the critical period of the Covid-19 pandemic. She spearheaded Canada’s efforts to secure essential resources, including vaccines, personal protective equipment (PPE), and rapid tests. Her negotiation skills and commitment ensured that Canadians had access to these vital supplies when they were needed most.

Later, as Minister of National Defence, Anand introduced substantial reforms to address sexual misconduct in the Canadian military. Recognizing the urgent need for cultural change within the Canadian Armed Forces, she implemented initiatives aimed at creating a safer and more inclusive environment for service members. During this time, she also played a pivotal role in Canada’s support for Ukraine by overseeing military aid and training programs for Ukrainian soldiers in the wake of Russia’s invasion.

Her appointment as Minister of Transport further expanded her portfolio, reflecting her expertise and dedication to serving the nation across multiple domains.

Academic and Professional Background

Beyond her political career, Anita Anand has an impressive academic and professional background as a scholar, lawyer, and researcher. She served as a Professor of Law at the University of Toronto, where she held the JR Kimber Chair in Investor Protection and Corporate Governance.

During her tenure at the University of Toronto, Anand took on several leadership roles, including Associate Dean and Director of Policy and Research at the Capital Markets Institute at the Rotman School of Management. She was also a member of the Governing Board of Massey College. Her teaching career extended to other esteemed institutions, including Yale Law School, Queen’s University, and Western University.

Educational Qualifications

Anand’s educational journey is equally remarkable, marked by degrees from prestigious institutions. She holds a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in Political Studies from Queen’s University and a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in Jurisprudence from the University of Oxford. She earned her Bachelor of Laws from Dalhousie University and her Master of Laws from the University of Toronto.

In 1994, she was called to the Bar of Ontario, further solidifying her legal expertise.

A Potential Milestone for Canadian Leadership

As speculation grows around Trudeau’s successor, Anita Anand’s name stands out not only for her extensive experience in governance but also for her ability to navigate complex challenges. Her Indian heritage adds a layer of significance to her candidacy, as her potential appointment would mark a milestone for diversity in Canadian leadership.

While the decision on the next Prime Minister remains in the hands of the Liberal Party, Anand’s track record and leadership qualities position her as a strong contender for the role. Her contributions across various domains of public service and her commitment to addressing critical issues have earned her widespread respect and recognition.

Whether or not she ultimately assumes the role of Prime Minister, Anita Anand’s journey serves as an inspiring example of dedication, resilience, and excellence in public life.

Elon Musk Criticizes UK Government, Suggests “Liberating” Britain from its Leadership

Elon Musk, the CEO of Tesla and key advisor to U.S. President-elect Donald Trump, has sparked controversy by questioning whether the United States should “liberate the people of Britain from their tyrannical government.” This statement followed a series of critical social media posts aimed at top British lawmakers and the U.K. government, leading to a heated exchange between Musk and British officials. Musk, using the social media platform X (which he owns), voiced his concerns over how the British government has handled historical child abuse scandals.

Musk’s criticisms were particularly directed at Jess Phillips, the U.K. Safeguarding Minister, who he accused of being a “rape genocide apologist.” The remarks were made on Friday, and Musk’s social media activity escalated over the weekend. He continued to call for Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s resignation, stating that Starmer should be held accountable and jailed for his handling of child grooming gangs and other criminals targeting children. Musk even posted a poll on X, asking users whether the U.K. should be “liberated from its tyrannical government.”

Musk’s attacks came after Phillips rejected the call for a government-led inquiry into child sexual exploitation in Oldham, a town that had been the center of local child abuse scandals. Before entering politics, Starmer served as the U.K. Director of Public Prosecutions, overseeing the Crown Prosecution Service during the country’s child rape gang scandal. Phillips, meanwhile, had worked with Women’s Aid, a charity dedicated to supporting victims of domestic violence, before becoming a political figure.

Responding to Musk’s online comments, Starmer defended the actions he took during his tenure as the Director of Public Prosecutions. At a Monday news conference, Starmer said, “On the question of Elon Musk … it is a really important set of issues. Child sexual exploitation is utterly sickening.” However, he also criticized those spreading “lies and misinformation” in such matters, accusing them of being more interested in self-promotion than in helping victims. Starmer emphasized that during his time at the Crown Prosecution Service, they achieved the highest number of child sexual abuse cases ever prosecuted.

Starmer further stated, “Just as I took on the criminal justice system and the institutions when I was chief prosecutor, I’m prepared to call out this for what it is.” He was particularly outraged by what he perceived as a “poison of the far right” leading to serious threats against Phillips and others. He continued, “When the poison of the far right leads to serious threats to Jess Phillips and others, in my book a line has been crossed. I enjoy the cut and thrust of politics, but that’s got to be based on facts … not on those who are so desperate for attention that they’re prepared to debase themselves and their country.”

Wes Streeting, the U.K. Health Minister, also weighed in on the controversy, condemning Musk’s attack on Phillips. Streeting called the comments a “disgraceful smear,” noting that both Starmer and Phillips had dedicated significant portions of their professional lives to locking up dangerous criminals, including pedophiles, rapists, and abusers. Speaking to the BBC, Streeting said, “Keir Starmer and Jess Phillips, who have both been on the end of completely ill-judged criticism have done, in their professional lives, more than most people will ever do to lock up pedophiles, rapists, wife beaters and every other scumbag in our society.” He also challenged Musk to “roll his sleeves up and actually do something about tackling violence against women and girls,” pointing to the role that digital platforms, like X, should play in ensuring online safety.

This public dispute comes just two weeks before the inauguration of Donald Trump’s second presidency, raising questions about the future of the so-called “special relationship” between the U.K. and the U.S. Musk’s new role as an unofficial advisor to Trump coincides with heightened attention on the future of Anglo-American relations. The tensions surrounding Musk’s remarks, as well as Britain’s dealings with the incoming U.S. administration, highlight the challenges the U.K. faces in balancing its international relationships.

Britain has already faced pressure to rebuild diplomatic ties with the United States in light of previous critical remarks made by a top British official regarding Trump. Meanwhile, the European Union has been working to strengthen its relationship with the U.K., anticipating that they may need to collaborate to protect both parties from potential U.S. trade tariffs. As the political landscape evolves, Musk’s comments have added a new layer of complexity to the discussions surrounding Britain’s foreign policy and its domestic challenges.

As the war of words continues, the exchanges between Musk and U.K. politicians reflect a broader debate over the handling of child abuse cases, the role of social media in political discourse, and the tensions between national governments and powerful tech figures. Musk’s remarks have garnered widespread attention, and while his spokespersons have yet to respond to media inquiries, his role in shaping political conversations—particularly through social media—remains undeniable.

This incident serves as a reminder of the growing influence of tech billionaires like Musk, who are increasingly willing to engage directly with political issues. Whether Musk’s actions will lead to any concrete change in U.K. policies or shift public opinion remains uncertain, but the confrontation has certainly made waves both in the U.K. and the U.S. As Musk continues to use his platform to voice his opinions on global matters, the lines between business, politics, and social responsibility are becoming increasingly blurred.

Payal Kapadia’s Film All We Imagine As Light Makes History at Golden Globes Despite Loss

Indian filmmaker Payal Kapadia’s film, All We Imagine As Light, failed to win an award at the 82nd Golden Globe Awards held on January 5. Despite being a strong contender, the film lost in both of its nominated categories: Best Director (Motion Picture) and Best Motion Picture (Non-English Language).

In the Best Motion Picture – Non-English Language category, All We Imagine As Light was defeated by Emilia Pérez, a 2024 Spanish-language French musical crime comedy written and directed by Jacques Audiard. While Kapadia’s film didn’t secure a win, it achieved a significant milestone by becoming the first Indian film ever to be nominated in this category at the Golden Globes.

Kapadia’s loss in the Best Director category also marked a setback, as she was outpaced by Brady Corbet, who won for his film The Brutalist. However, Kapadia’s nomination placed her in elite company, as she became only the second Indian director to be nominated in the Best Director category at the Golden Globes, following in the footsteps of Shekhar Kapur, who earned a nomination for the English film Elizabeth.

The Golden Globe ceremony, held at the Beverly Hilton Hotel in California, attracted attention from the global film industry. Despite not claiming a win, Kapadia’s work continues to garner international acclaim, with critics and audiences praising her distinctive storytelling approach. Furthermore, Kapadia’s presence at the Golden Globes red carpet was a moment of cultural celebration. She wore a striking black silk jumpsuit designed by Payal Khandwala, known for her understated luxury and contemporary design. The outfit, from Khandwala’s Autumn-Winter 2024 collection, was made from ethically sourced handwoven matka silk from Eastern India. Featuring intricate brocade detailing on the pockets and a signature loop neck, the jumpsuit combined traditional Indian textiles with a modern, elegant silhouette.

All We Imagine As Light is an Indo-French co-production that stars Kani Kusruti, Divya Prabha, and Hridhu Haroon. The film explores deep themes of personal struggle and emotional awakening, focusing on the lives of a nurse named Prabha and her roommate, Anu, as they navigate their desires during a trip to a beach town. The film made headlines last year when it became the first Indian film in three decades to be entered into the competition section at the prestigious Cannes Film Festival, where it won the Grand Prix, one of the event’s highest honors.

In addition to the Golden Globe nominations, All We Imagine As Light continues to build momentum internationally. It has been longlisted for three categories at the upcoming 2025 British Academy of Film and Television Arts (BAFTA) Awards, further solidifying its global recognition. The film is part of the longlist for Best Director, Best Original Screenplay, and Best Film Not in the English Language. The BAFTA longlist was revealed on January 3, marking another important milestone for the film.

Although All We Imagine As Light did not win the Golden Globe, Payal Kapadia’s filmmaking continues to resonate with audiences worldwide. Her innovative storytelling and thoughtful exploration of human emotions have earned her a spot among the most respected voices in international cinema. The film’s historic Golden Globe nomination, along with its growing recognition at other prestigious awards, marks the beginning of an exciting chapter for Kapadia, promising even more success on the global stage in the years to come.

Kapadia’s All We Imagine As Light has proven itself as not only a critical success but also a cultural milestone, representing the richness of Indian cinema on the international stage.

Penang Hosts 11th GOTO Conference, Strengthening Ties Between Tamil Nadu and the Global Tamil Community

Penang marked a significant milestone as it hosted the 11th Global Organisation of Tamil Origin (GOTO) conference on January 4 and 5, becoming the first location outside Tamil Nadu, India, to hold the prestigious event. The conference took place at Dewan Sri Pinang in Malaysia and saw the participation of 1,000 delegates representing various countries, including Singapore, India, and Myanmar.

The event was an important occasion for fostering and enhancing long-term economic relationships between Penang and Tamil Nadu. Chow Kon Yeow, the Chief Minister of Penang, emphasized the crucial role the conference played in strengthening these ties. He pointed out that such international gatherings create significant opportunities for growth, business partnerships, and cultural exchanges, further solidifying the bond between Penang and Tamil Nadu. His comments reflected the conference’s broader objective of promoting economic cooperation alongside cultural unity.

GOTO, a global network, serves as a unifying force for Tamils around the world. The organization connects Tamils through their shared language, transcending differences in religion and geography. The Tamil population is vast, with an estimated eight crore residing in Tamil Nadu, while an additional two crore live in other Indian states like Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, and Pondicherry. Additionally, there are 3.6 crore Tamils spread across countries such as Malaysia, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Europe, the Americas, Canada, Africa, Mauritius, and Norway. Through its various initiatives, GOTO seeks to ensure that Tamils everywhere continue to preserve and celebrate their rich culture, arts, traditions, cuisine, and fashion.

While the conference has traditionally been held in Tamil Nadu, its relocation to Penang this year marked a turning point, signaling a new chapter in the relationship between Malaysia and the Tamil diaspora. This move was symbolic of the increasing global presence of the Tamil community and the growing importance of their international networks. By holding the conference in Penang, GOTO also highlighted the Malaysian state’s deep connection with the Tamil community, which has flourished in the region for generations.

The conference covered a wide range of activities, including business talks, educational exchanges, and cultural discussions. These sessions were designed to unite the Tamil diaspora by facilitating dialogue and collaboration in various fields. The focus on education, business, and culture aimed at bridging gaps between the Tamil community’s global presence and fostering a stronger sense of unity among them. The event provided an invaluable platform for Tamils worldwide to engage in meaningful discussions and share insights on issues that matter most to their communities.

One of the standout features of the conference was the Women Leadership Forum. This special segment celebrated the achievements of women leaders from around the globe and empowered them by offering a space for networking, mentorship, and experience-sharing. The forum underscored the importance of elevating women’s roles in leadership and provided a platform to discuss challenges and opportunities for women in various sectors. The event highlighted how the Tamil diaspora is increasingly acknowledging and nurturing the leadership potential of women, ensuring their voices are heard in key areas of society and business.

The conference’s emphasis on uniting the Tamil diaspora was evident throughout its proceedings. Business dialogues were central to the event, focusing on how Tamils worldwide can collaborate to strengthen their economic presence and influence. The educational exchanges offered valuable opportunities for knowledge-sharing and collaboration among Tamil communities globally, while cultural discussions celebrated the diverse yet interconnected cultural heritage of Tamils across borders.

As a whole, the 11th GOTO conference successfully brought together people from diverse backgrounds, creating an environment conducive to learning, collaboration, and growth. By engaging participants in both traditional and modern discussions, the event achieved its goal of fostering greater unity among the global Tamil community. Through such conferences, GOTO continues to serve as a vital platform for Tamils worldwide to connect, share ideas, and work toward a future where their cultural legacy thrives.

Penang’s hosting of the conference exemplified its role as a key player in the Tamil diaspora’s global network. It underscored Malaysia’s significant contributions to the broader Tamil community, both in terms of cultural integration and economic partnerships. Moreover, the success of this year’s event proved that the Tamil community’s influence extends far beyond their native lands, with strong and thriving networks across continents.

The 11th GOTO conference was a significant event for Penang, for the Tamil diaspora, and for the future of global Tamil unity. It reinforced the notion that despite geographical distances, the Tamil community remains united in their commitment to preserving their culture, supporting one another, and working together for shared progress. Moving forward, events like this will continue to play a crucial role in strengthening the bonds between Tamils worldwide and in advancing their collective interests in various spheres, including business, education, and cultural heritage.

The event’s success also reflects the growing recognition of the global Tamil community’s potential and influence, as they continue to contribute to the social, cultural, and economic fabric of nations around the world.

Devastating Earthquake in Tibet Claims Over 120 Lives, Tremors Felt Across the Himalayas

A powerful earthquake of magnitude 7.1 struck a remote region of Tibet on Tuesday morning, leaving at least 126 people dead and 188 others injured, according to China Central Television (CCTV). The quake, recorded at 9:05 a.m. local time at a depth of 10 kilometers (6.2 miles), caused widespread destruction across the Himalayan region, with tremors reverberating in neighboring Nepal, Bhutan, and parts of northern India.

The United States Geological Survey (USGS) confirmed the quake’s epicenter in Tingri county on the Tibetan plateau, about 50 miles north of Mount Everest and near the border with Nepal. The seismic energy toppled homes in remote villages, shook the Tibetan holy city of Shigatse, and startled visitors at a Mount Everest base camp.

Impact and Casualties

The earthquake severely affected sparsely populated areas close to the epicenter, with more than 3,600 houses damaged, according to CCTV. The China Earthquake Networks Center reported at least 150 aftershocks, including 19 measuring 3.0 or higher. Xinhua news agency estimated about 6,900 people live in 27 villages within a 20-kilometer (12-mile) radius of the epicenter.

The tremors reached Kathmandu, Nepal’s capital, causing panic. Bishal Nath Upreti of the Nepal Centre for Disaster Management described the scene: “It was very strong. People came running out of their houses. You could see the wires from poles shaken loose.”

Rescue efforts are underway in affected areas, with emergency teams, medical personnel, and supplies being transported by Tibet Airlines and Air China. Social media footage showed extensive damage in Lhatse county, 53 miles from the epicenter, with debris littering streets, damaged vehicles, and collapsed shopfronts.

Shigatse: A City Shaken

Shigatse, the nearest major city to the epicenter, lies about 180 kilometers (111 miles) away. Known as the traditional seat of the Panchen Lama, the city is home to approximately 800,000 residents. Surveillance footage from a local supermarket captured the chaos as the quake struck, with customers fleeing and goods toppling from shelves.

Despite the strong tremors, reports of significant damage in Shigatse were limited. The Dalai Lama, who lives in exile in India, expressed his sorrow, stating, “I am deeply saddened to learn of the earthquake. I offer my prayers for those who have lost their lives and extend my wishes for a swift recovery to all who have been injured.”

Eyewitness Accounts

In Bainang County, 200 kilometers (125 miles) from Tingri, 24-year-old Pu Chi described her fear as she experienced her first earthquake. “I was lying in bed when I felt the room shake and saw the ceiling light sway. I quickly threw on some clothes and ran outside,” she told CNN.

Anna Guo, an 18-year-old college student visiting Shigatse, was preparing to travel to Mount Everest when the quake struck. “We have never felt an earthquake that strong before,” she said, recounting how the windows shook violently.

At a Mount Everest base camp, where winter tourism is less common, about 30 visitors were evacuated. Ba Luo, a staff member, reported feeling tremors but noted no structural damage.

Nepal’s Reaction

In Nepal, the quake reignited memories of the catastrophic 2015 earthquake that killed about 9,000 people. Rupesh Vishwakarmi, an official from Solukhumbu district near the Nepal-China border, said, “The tremors were very strong. Definitely, everyone is panicked.”

Nepali police reported 13 injuries, with several homes damaged, including one completely destroyed. The Ministry of Home Affairs confirmed the tremors had shaken buildings and left many fearful.

Rescue Operations

China deployed extensive resources to the affected regions. CCTV reported the arrival of more than 200 Chinese military soldiers in Tingri county, with 1,500 additional personnel on standby. Three villages experienced a complete communication blackout, complicating rescue efforts.

Social media videos released by China’s National Immigration Administration showed officers digging through rubble with their bare hands in search of survivors. In one village, collapsed houses and crumpled walls left residents seeking warmth by sipping hot water while sitting on roadside blankets.

President Xi Jinping emphasized the need for urgent action, directing officials to prioritize rescue operations, minimize casualties, and ensure the safety and comfort of affected residents in the harsh winter conditions.

Preparing for Winter Challenges

With temperatures expected to drop below 0 degrees Fahrenheit (-18 degrees Celsius), China’s meteorological administration urged residents to seek shelter. Local authorities dispatched thousands of tents, beds, and coats to assist survivors in Shigatse and nearby regions.

Everest Base Camp and Tourism

Although winter is not the peak season for Mount Everest climbers, the scenic area still attracts visitors. Authorities temporarily closed the Everest base camp following the quake. Nearly 500 tourists visited the area a day before the earthquake, according to Ba Luo.

Broader Implications

The quake serves as a stark reminder of the Himalayan region’s seismic vulnerability. Tibet, in particular, is an earthquake-prone zone due to the Indian and Eurasian tectonic plates’ collision. The region’s isolation and rugged terrain pose additional challenges for rescue and recovery efforts.

Historical and Political Context

Tibet remains one of China’s most politically sensitive regions, with foreign access tightly controlled. Beijing has maintained strict authority over the region since the Dalai Lama fled to India in 1959 following a failed uprising against Chinese rule.

This earthquake, while a natural disaster, brings renewed attention to the area’s geopolitical complexities and humanitarian challenges. As rescue teams continue to work tirelessly, the international community watches closely, offering support and solidarity to those affected.

Trump’s Coalition Faces Rift: Immigration Debate Sparks MAGA Tensions

Donald Trump’s coalition is showing signs of strain even before his anticipated inauguration, with open conflict erupting between his billionaire supporters and his working-class base. Analysts view this as a glimpse into the challenges that could fracture his fragile alliance, especially over contentious issues like immigration policy.

At the heart of the debate is whether to embrace skilled foreign workers. This issue has revealed deep divisions between staunch immigration hardliners who have backed Trump from the beginning and wealthy tech moguls who invested heavily in his reelection campaign.

These tensions have prompted prominent figures in Trump’s “Make America Great Again” (MAGA) movement to criticize what they see as the irony of a populist agenda being influenced by the ultra-rich.

“I think this most recent war of words between traditional MAGA and big-tech MAGA was an opening salvo in a long-running battle over the future of the MAGA movement,” said Flavio Hickel, a political analyst, in an interview with AFP.

Tech Titans vs. Immigration Hardliners

Elon Musk, the billionaire CEO of SpaceX and Tesla, leads the Silicon Valley faction of Trump’s coalition. Musk, a South African-born entrepreneur, contributed a staggering $250 million to Trump’s campaign, even as Trump emphasized anti-immigrant rhetoric.

However, Musk’s support for visas for skilled foreign workers quickly made him a target of MAGA loyalists. Many in the movement oppose any form of immigration that they believe undermines American jobs, a sentiment that extends to Musk’s own business practices.

Hickel noted that figures like Musk and other tech leaders such as Vivek Ramaswamy are ideologically libertarian and prioritize conservative economic goals, including budget discipline and legal immigration reform. “Traditional MAGA seems to care little about the budget and found Trump’s nativism to be the most appealing feature of his candidacies,” Hickel explained.

This internal conflict, labeled “Oligarchs vs. Nativists” by U.S. media, escalated when Musk lashed out at his critics within the MAGA base, calling them “contemptible fools.” Steve Bannon, a former White House strategist and a prominent MAGA figure, responded sharply on his War Room podcast, warning Musk to tread carefully.

“I’ll rip (Musk’s) face off,” Bannon declared, accusing the billionaire of undermining MAGA principles. He urged Musk and other newcomers to the movement to “sit back and study” its core belief in prioritizing American workers.

Bannon has called for reparations from Silicon Valley, blaming the tech industry for displacing middle-class American workers. “The visa issue is central to the way they gutted the middle class in this country,” he said.

Trump’s Position

Trump, whose wealth is estimated at $5.5 billion, has aligned himself with Silicon Valley on this issue, surprising many of his blue-collar supporters. This stance has even drawn criticism from moderates within his party, including Nikki Haley, his former UN ambassador.

Yet Donald Nieman, a political analyst and professor at Binghamton University, believes Trump’s broader coalition strategy may explain his actions. “He knows he has to deliver on the economy — the issue that brought him to the White House — so kicking the tech sector in the teeth is bad politics,” Nieman told AFP.

Some analysts argue that this rift could ultimately weaken Musk’s influence within the movement. Trump has always relied on his appeal to working-class voters and may prioritize their support over the financial backing of Silicon Valley elites.

Others, however, suggest that the influx of tech money might permanently reshape MAGA. Trump, known for his pragmatism, may choose to steer the movement toward the center rather than letting his base push him further to the right.

Future of MAGA

Jeff Le, a former deputy cabinet secretary for California Governor Jerry Brown, who worked on immigration policy during Trump’s first term, believes the conflict reflects a broader philosophical divide.

“The tension between Mr. Musk, Mr. Ramaswamy… (and) Mr. Bannon and the MAGA wing represents significant philosophical differences,” Le said.

Le also noted that Trump’s base might remain loyal if he focuses on other immigration measures, such as expanded judicial authority, aggressive ICE enforcement, and enhanced border security. “If Mr. Trump continues to emphasize other tools for immigration reform… his base will likely stick with Mr. Trump,” he added.

As Trump’s coalition grapples with these divisions, the resolution of this conflict will likely define the future of the MAGA movement. Whether Trump can balance the interests of his billionaire backers and his working-class supporters remains an open question, but the outcome will undoubtedly shape the direction of his political agenda.

Hillary Clinton, George Soros, and Denzel Washington to Receive Highest US Civilian Honor

Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, renowned philanthropist George Soros, and celebrated actor-director Denzel Washington will receive the Presidential Medal of Freedom, the United States’ highest civilian honor. The awards will be presented in a White House ceremony on Saturday, marking a significant moment of recognition for their contributions to society.

President Joe Biden will confer the honor on 19 prominent individuals across various fields, including politics, sports, entertainment, civil rights, LGBTQ+ advocacy, and science. The White House has described the honorees as individuals who have made “exemplary contributions to the prosperity, values, or security of the United States, world peace, or other significant societal, public or private endeavors.”

Posthumous Honors for Four Figures

Four of the 19 medals will be awarded posthumously. One recipient is Fannie Lou Hamer, a pivotal figure in the civil rights movement who founded the Mississippi Freedom Democratic Party. Her efforts laid the groundwork for the landmark 1965 Voting Rights Act. Another is Robert F. Kennedy, the former attorney general and senator known for his advocacy for justice and equality.

George W. Romney, a former Michigan governor and secretary of housing and urban development, will also be honored. Romney is recognized for his significant public service and contributions to governance. Notably, he is the father of former Utah Republican Senator Mitt Romney, a leading conservative critic of Donald Trump.

Ash Carter, a former secretary of defense who played a key role in shaping U.S. defense policy, is the fourth posthumous recipient.

Major Figures in Philanthropy Recognized

The awards also highlight prominent philanthropists. Chef José Andrés, a Spanish-American culinary icon, is among the honorees. Andrés’ World Central Kitchen has become one of the most recognizable food relief organizations globally, providing meals to communities in crisis.

Bono, the lead singer of U2 and a passionate advocate for social justice, will also be honored. Known for his work in addressing global poverty and health issues, Bono has long been a figure at the intersection of art and activism.

Sports and Entertainment Icons Honored

In the realm of sports and entertainment, several distinguished figures are being recognized. Lionel Messi, widely regarded as one of the greatest soccer players in history, is among the recipients. His influence extends beyond the field, inspiring millions worldwide with his achievements and dedication.

Earvin “Magic” Johnson, the legendary retired Los Angeles Lakers basketball player and successful businessman, will also receive the honor. Johnson’s contributions to sports and his work as an advocate for HIV/AIDS awareness have cemented his legacy.

Actor Michael J. Fox, renowned for his roles in television and film, will be awarded for his advocacy in Parkinson’s disease research. Fox’s openness about his own diagnosis has brought significant attention and funding to the cause.

William Sanford Nye, affectionately known as “Bill Nye the Science Guy,” will be celebrated for his efforts to promote science education. Generations of students have benefited from his engaging and accessible approach to complex scientific concepts.

Contributions to Arts, Fashion, and Activism

Other recipients include conservationist Jane Goodall, whose groundbreaking work with primates has advanced global conservation efforts. Vogue editor-in-chief Anna Wintour, a driving force in the fashion industry, will be honored for her influence on culture and style.

American fashion designer Ralph Lauren, known for his iconic contributions to the industry, is another recipient. Lauren’s work has defined a timeless aesthetic in American fashion.

George Stevens Jr., the founder of the American Film Institute, will also be recognized. His work in film and his efforts to preserve cinematic history have left an indelible mark on the arts.

Tim Gill, an entrepreneur and LGBTQ+ activist, will receive the honor for his advocacy for equal rights and inclusion. David Rubenstein, co-founder of The Carlyle Group global investment firm, will also be acknowledged for his philanthropic contributions.

Building on Tradition

The Presidential Medal of Freedom is an annual tradition that highlights the achievements of individuals who have significantly impacted society. Last year, President Biden honored 19 individuals, including civil rights leader Medgar Evers, former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, Representative James Clyburn, and actor Michelle Yeoh.

This year’s honorees, ranging from politicians and philanthropists to athletes and entertainers, reflect a diverse array of achievements and contributions. As the White House noted, the awards underscore the values of prosperity, peace, and societal progress that the recipients embody.

With these accolades, the ceremony not only celebrates the accomplishments of the honorees but also underscores the enduring power of individual contributions to the collective good.

Mumbai Drama Gains Global Acclaim with Lyrical Depiction of Modern Struggles

A feature film set in Mumbai has stunned audiences and critics alike, earning a flawless 100% score on Rotten Tomatoes. Described as “lyrical,” “quietly resonant,” and “beautiful,” the movie has emerged as a surprise contender in this year’s awards season. It weaves the stories of three working-class women navigating life in India’s bustling metropolis, tackling issues that resonate universally while shining a light on socio-political challenges in contemporary India.

The narrative follows nurse Prahba (Kani Kusruti), who grapples with her estranged husband’s new life in Germany; her roommate Anu (Divya Prabha), forced to conceal her relationship with a Muslim man; and Parvaty (Chhaya Kadam), who faces wrongful eviction from her home. These intertwined journeys form a compelling tale of resilience, solidarity, and defiance in the face of systemic challenges.

Director Payal’s vision for the film extends beyond storytelling, aiming to spark meaningful dialogue. “I wanted to propose utopian togetherness in a world where we are so divided and things are just so complicated and unnecessary,” she explained in an interview following her groundbreaking Golden Globe nomination.

One of the film’s central themes is female friendship, an intentional focus for Payal. “One thing that keeps coming up in interviews is, ‘Why did you want to make a film about female friendship?’ which is a bit weird for me,” she noted. “Men have been making films about themselves being friends forever, and now that women are making more films, it happens to be about friendship. It’s not a whole new thing—somebody just passed the mic.”

The film also bravely addresses interfaith relationships, a sensitive topic in India. Couples from different religious backgrounds, particularly Hindu-Muslim pairings, often face societal scrutiny and political interference. The “love jihad” conspiracy theory, perpetuated by right-wing groups, claims Muslim men are attempting to convert Hindu women, leading to legislative actions and public outcries. Payal handled this subject with caution, aware of the potential backlash.

“We are in 2025. Why do young people need to choose between the people they love [like family] and the person they want to be with? It’s an age-old issue in our country, and it’s not just about religion but caste too,” she said.

Despite these challenges, Payal was determined to tell an authentic story. However, she admitted feeling nervous about the film’s reception. “These days people are very touchy, so anything you put in a film makes one nervous about what people will say in India. People get upset about all kinds of things. Of course, I was nervous, but once the censor passed it, I felt a bit better. But you never know. [The movie] is starting to grow bigger as it gets more acclaim, so it might be time to think about this [issue] more.”

Through its growing international acclaim, the film is redefining perceptions of India and its culture. “What is wonderful about our country is that it has diversity of thought, language, and culture—there is no such thing as ‘this is Indian,’” Payal remarked.

The struggles faced by the film’s protagonists, though rooted in India, reflect universal themes of gender inequality and societal pressures. “We are living in 2025, and there are still very few female filmmakers who get selected at big film festivals. So [All We Imagine As Light] is about the zeitgeist in India that affects women,” Payal explained.

Despite its critical success, All We Imagine As Light was not chosen as India’s submission for the Best International Feature Film category at the Oscars, with Kiran Rao’s Laapta Ladies taking the spot. Nevertheless, Payal’s Golden Globe nomination has brought her immense pride and gratitude. “I’m really, really overwhelmed. I’m really grateful that people are seeing this film and finding something that resonates with them,” she said.

She remains grounded, attributing the film’s recognition to a broader shift in the industry. “The world is now recognising that there has been a disservice to underrepresented people. The tide is changing and taking me with it. This is only the beginning—a big change is coming for representation in all forms: gender, religion, sexuality, and more. Diversity can only lead to good things.”

With the Oscars on the horizon, Payal remains hopeful about securing a nomination for Best Director. “If it happens, I would be very grateful because it’s a huge deal. I watched [the ceremony] as a child on TV. But you just have to take everything one step at a time, that’s how we made this film,” she said.

Ultimately, Payal’s film underscores the power of storytelling to inspire empathy, foster understanding, and challenge societal norms. As its acclaim grows, it promises to leave a lasting impact on audiences worldwide, celebrating diversity and advocating for change in a world that desperately needs it.

Winter Storm Disrupts U.S. with Snow, Ice, and Freezing Temperatures

A powerful winter storm swept across a vast area of the United States on Sunday, affecting more than 60 million people from Kansas to New Jersey. Over a dozen states were placed under winter weather warnings and advisories as snow, ice, and frigid conditions blanketed the region.

The storm advanced toward the mid-Atlantic, with Washington, D.C., preparing for significant snowfall and sub-zero temperatures on Monday. Coincidentally, the same day marks a significant political event—the formal certification of Republican Donald Trump’s election as president by the U.S. Congress.

Despite the weather, Republican House Speaker Mike Johnson assured on Fox News that the storm would not hinder lawmakers from performing their duties. However, federal offices in Washington, D.C., will remain closed on Monday, as announced by the Office of Personnel Management.

Severe Weather in the Midwest

Kansas and parts of northwestern Missouri faced some of the harshest conditions, with blizzard-like weather severely impacting travel. The National Weather Service (NWS) reported that major roadways, including the crucial Interstate 70 in Kansas, were coated in snow and ice, leading officials to urge residents to stay off the roads. The interstate remained closed for much of Sunday due to dangerous driving conditions.

In Missouri, state police took action along a 50-mile shutdown of Interstate 29, assisting stranded motorists. By late Sunday afternoon, troopers had responded to nearly 600 drivers stranded by the storm and handled 285 crashes, the agency said on X.

Snowfall, Ice, and School Closures

The storm’s reach extended across the Midwest and mid-Atlantic, with snowfalls ranging from six to 12 inches (15 to 30 cm) expected in areas stretching from southern Ohio to Washington, D.C. The hazardous conditions prompted hundreds of schools to preemptively announce closures for Monday. Public schools in cities such as Indianapolis, Cincinnati, Washington, and Philadelphia were among those affected.

Freezing rain and sleet compounded the storm’s dangers in northern Kentucky and southern West Virginia. The NWS warned that these areas would experience “hazardous ice accumulations,” adding to the challenges faced by residents.

Meanwhile, the storm’s back end brought severe thunderstorms to the southern states, including Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama, with some of these storms capable of producing tornadoes.

Flight Disruptions and Emergency Declarations

The severe weather caused extensive travel disruptions, particularly in the aviation sector. Hundreds of flights were canceled, with more than 275 cancellations reported in Kansas City and St. Louis alone, according to the flight tracking website FlightAware.

Governors in multiple states, including Kansas, Kentucky, Arkansas, West Virginia, and Virginia, declared states of emergency to address the storm’s impacts and coordinate relief efforts.

Arctic Air to Follow the Storm

While the storm is expected to move offshore by Monday night, it will leave behind a wave of bitterly cold arctic air. Daytime temperatures on Monday and Tuesday are predicted to plunge 10 to 20 degrees Fahrenheit below average across regions spanning from the Great Plains to the East Coast, the NWS reported.

This winter storm has already disrupted millions of lives and is set to continue its impact, both through lingering cold air and the challenges left in its wake.

Payal Kapadia’s Historic Nomination at Golden Globes Sparks High Hopes

Payal Kapadia’s film All We Imagine As Light is making waves as it heads into the 82nd Golden Globe Awards with nominations in two significant categories. Kapadia has become the first Indian filmmaker to secure a nomination for Best Director, marking a milestone in the history of Indian cinema. Should she win, it will be a historic achievement. However, the category is fiercely competitive in what has been an unpredictable awards season.

The film has also earned a nomination for Best Motion Picture in a Non-English Language, competing against notable films like Jacques Audiard’s Emilia Pérez, Sean Baker’s Anora, Edward Berger’s Conclave, Brady Corbet’s The Brutalist, and Coralie Fargeat’s The Substance.

The Importance of the Golden Globes

Often seen as a precursor to the Academy Awards, the Golden Globes set the tone for the awards season. A win for Kapadia in the Best Director category could firmly establish her as a contender in the Oscar race. However, the competition is fierce, and other factors could influence the outcome.

A Look at the Contenders

Kapadia faces tough competition, particularly from Jacques Audiard, whose film Emilia Pérez has made history by securing 10 nominations in musical/comedy categories. This drug cartel musical drama captured attention at Cannes earlier this year, solidifying its status as a favorite. Audiard has also been nominated for Best Screenplay and Best Original Score, further enhancing his chances. Known for his previous Golden Globe successes with The Prophet and Rust and Bone, Audiard is a formidable competitor. Should he win, his momentum toward the Oscars will be unmatched.

Brady Corbet’s The Brutalist is another strong contender. The three-hour-long epic about a Holocaust survivor has garnered seven nominations, including Best Director. Corbet’s win at the Venice Film Festival for Best Director adds to the film’s growing momentum. With Adrien Brody and Guy Pearce also in contention for acting prizes, The Brutalist could emerge as a big winner, especially in the Best Director category.

Edward Berger’s Conclave, with six nominations, also poses a challenge. Meanwhile, Coralie Fargeat’s The Substance, a body-horror epic, and Sean Baker’s Anora, share five nominations each, making them potential dark horses in the race.

Kapadia’s Chances

While Kapadia’s win in the Best Director category would be groundbreaking, it would also come as a surprise. Historically, the Golden Globes have played it safe in this category. Over the past five years, all winners in this category were from U.S. productions, with three of them eventually winning the Oscar for Best Director.

However, All We Imagine As Light seems to have a stronger chance in the Best Motion Picture in a Non-English Language category. The film has gained significant momentum, having won multiple critics’ awards in recent weeks. It was named Best Foreign Language Film by prominent organizations such as the Gotham Awards, New York Film Critics Circle, Los Angeles Film Critics Association, and Toronto Film Critics Association, among others.

Sight and Sound hailed it as the best film of the year, a notable accomplishment given the tough competition from frontrunners like The Seed of the Sacred Fig, I’m Still Here, and Anora. This critical acclaim positions All We Imagine As Light as a leading contender in the Non-English feature film category.

Historical Context

If Kapadia’s film wins in the Non-English feature category, it would join the ranks of Indian co-productions like Richard Attenborough’s Gandhi, which won in 1982. Mira Nair’s Salaam Bombay! was another Indian-directed film nominated in this category in 1988. More recently, in 2022, SS Rajamouli’s RRR also earned a nomination.

The Road Ahead

The stakes are high for Kapadia at the Golden Globes, with the potential to create history not only for herself but also for Indian cinema. As the awards ceremony unfolds on January 6th, streaming live in India on Lionsgate Play at 6:30 AM IST, all eyes will be on All We Imagine As Light. Whether or not Kapadia triumphs in the Best Director category, her film’s critical acclaim ensures its legacy as a landmark in Indian filmmaking.

The night promises to be an exciting one for global cinema, and Kapadia’s groundbreaking nomination is already a victory for representation and storytelling.

Microsoft Plans $80 Billion Investment in AI and Data Centers for Fiscal 2025

Microsoft has announced plans to allocate approximately $80 billion in fiscal 2025 to expand its network of data centers, aimed at supporting artificial intelligence (AI) model training and the deployment of AI and cloud-based applications. The announcement was made in a blog post on Friday, highlighting the tech giant’s commitment to AI-driven innovation.

Since OpenAI’s release of ChatGPT in 2022, interest in artificial intelligence has skyrocketed, with businesses across various industries racing to incorporate AI capabilities into their offerings. This surge in AI adoption has led to an increased demand for advanced computing power, particularly in the form of specialized data centers capable of clustering thousands of chips to facilitate the immense processing needs of AI systems.

To stay ahead in the competitive AI landscape, Microsoft has been investing billions to strengthen its AI infrastructure and expand its global data-center network. Industry analysts project that Microsoft’s capital expenditure for fiscal 2025, including capital leases, will reach $84.24 billion, as per data from Visible Alpha.

The company’s spending in this area is already on the rise. In the first quarter of fiscal 2025, Microsoft’s capital expenditure increased by 5.3%, amounting to $20 billion.

Microsoft’s strategic position in the AI space is bolstered by its exclusive partnership with OpenAI, the developer of ChatGPT. As OpenAI’s primary backer, Microsoft is widely regarded as a frontrunner in the AI competition among major technology firms.

A significant portion of the planned $80 billion investment will be concentrated in the United States. Brad Smith, Microsoft’s Vice Chair and President, emphasized this point in the blog post, stating, “More than half of Microsoft’s $80 billion investment will be in the United States.”

Smith underscored the country’s leadership in the AI sector, attributing it to robust private investment and the innovative efforts of American companies. He remarked, “Today, the United States leads the global AI race thanks to the investment of private capital and innovations by American companies of all sizes, from dynamic start-ups to well-established enterprises.”

By significantly expanding its data-center capabilities, Microsoft aims to solidify its position as a leader in AI development while catering to the growing demand for AI-powered tools and services.

Pushpa 2 Overtakes Baahubali 2 as India’s Highest-Grossing Film

When the first installment of Pushpa released in 2021, its success in the Hindi-speaking regions of India set the stage for an epic sequel. Fans and industry insiders alike speculated whether Pushpa 2 could surpass the monumental success of Baahubali 2: The Conclusion. Now, the sequel has not only met expectations but also shattered records, becoming the highest-grossing film in India’s box office history. The Hindi belt played a crucial role in this achievement, as the film emerged as the top grosser in nearly every state within the region, with just a few exceptions.

With this milestone, Pushpa 2 joins an elite group of around 20 films that have held the title of the highest-grossing movie in Indian cinema’s history. This list chronicles the evolution of box office dominance over the decades. While earlier films, particularly before Mother India (1957), may also have claimed the title, there is little reliable box office data from that period. However, starting with Mother India, the documentation of India’s box office champions has become clearer and more consistent.

The earliest known record-holder, Kismet (1943), is credited as the first Indian film to achieve a net domestic gross of Rs. 1 crore. At the time, this figure encompassed regions that are now Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Myanmar. From there, Indian cinema has experienced exponential growth, with each new box office champion reflecting a growing audience base and a more globalized appeal.

Below is a chronological list of India’s highest-grossing films, showcasing their release years and box office collections:

Title Year Gross
Kismet 1943
Chandralekha 1948
Barsaat 1949
Aan 1952
Shree 420 1955
Mother India 1957 Rs. 10.00 cr.
Mughal-e-Azam 1960 Rs. 15.00 cr.
Sholay 1975 Rs. 60.00 cr.
Hum Aapke Hain Koun 1994 Rs. 120.00 cr.
Gadar 2001 Rs. 140.00 cr.
Ghajini 2008 Rs. 160.00 cr.
3 Idiots 2009 Rs. 273.00 cr.
Chennai Express 2013 Rs. 283.00 cr.
Dhoom 3 2013 Rs. 363.00 cr.
PK 2014 Rs. 449.00 cr.
Baahubali: The Beginning 2015 Rs. 481.00 cr.
Dangal 2016 Rs. 511.00 cr.
Baahubali: The Conclusion 2017 Rs. 1,347.00 cr.
Pushpa: The Rule 2024 Rs. 1,352.00 cr. (32 days)

 

It is important to note that box office collections before 2008 are approximate due to inconsistent data. Furthermore, numbers before 1990 are even less reliable, and figures from before Mother India are often avoided altogether due to the lack of verifiable records.

The success of Pushpa 2 underscores the ever-growing influence of Indian cinema, both domestically and internationally. Its unprecedented box office run highlights how regional films can resonate across linguistic and cultural boundaries, uniting audiences through universal storytelling and larger-than-life characters.

As Indian cinema continues to expand its reach and evolve, each new record-breaker reflects the industry’s increasing ambition and ability to capture the imagination of diverse audiences. Pushpa 2’s remarkable achievement is yet another testament to the power of cinema as a cultural and economic force.

House Republicans Name Committee Leaders: No Women at the Helm for the First Time in Two Decades

For the first time in two decades, no women will lead a House committee after House Republicans announced their roster of committee chairs for the 119th Congress on Thursday. The selection, made by the House Republican Steering Committee, will result in all 17 standing committees being led exclusively by white men when the new Congress convenes on January 3.

This marks the first absence of women heading House committees since the 109th Congress, which lasted from 2005 to 2006. Additionally, no people of color were chosen to chair any of the committees.

“From securing our southern border, to unleashing American energy, to fighting to lower Bidenflation, and making our communities safe again, our Committee Chairs are ready to get to work fulfilling the American people’s mandate and enacting President Trump’s America-First agenda,” House Majority Leader Steve Scalise said while announcing the list of chairs. He added, “House Republicans are heading into the 119th Congress prepared to address the issues most important to hardworking Americans and fight for meaningful legislative wins.”

Scalise emphasized his support for the committee leaders, stating, “I look forward to working with these strong leaders and their Committees to advance President Trump’s priorities and deliver the American people the government they voted for in November.”

In the outgoing 118th Congress, three Republican women held committee leadership positions. Texas Rep. Kay Granger chaired the Appropriations Committee, Washington Rep. Cathy McMorris Rodgers led the Energy and Commerce Committee, and North Carolina Rep. Virginia Foxx chaired the Education and the Workforce Committee. However, Granger and McMorris Rodgers did not seek reelection in 2024, and while Foxx won an 11th term, she did not request a waiver to continue chairing her committee.

Foxx, 81, had previously been granted a waiver to lead the Education and the Workforce Committee during the 118th Congress, despite the House GOP’s six-year term limits for committee chairs. She had also served as chairwoman in the 115th Congress and ranking member during the 116th and 117th Congresses. With Foxx stepping down, Michigan Rep. Tim Walberg will take over as chair of the Education and the Workforce Committee.

House Speaker Mike Johnson addressed concerns about the lack of female leadership earlier this week, stating, “Chairmen of committees are very important positions, but we really do engage all the membership. We have extraordinary women serving in Congress and in the Republican Conference. In fact, we elected some really strong women in the upcoming freshmen class.” Johnson added, “We value those voices. And everybody has an equal say at the table. These are thoughtful elections. We have an embarrassment of riches, frankly.”

Among the notable appointments, Florida Rep. Brian Mast, a staunch ally of former President Donald Trump, will lead the House Foreign Affairs Committee. Other prominent figures retaining their leadership roles include Ohio Rep. Jim Jordan as chair of the Judiciary Committee, Kentucky Rep. James Comer as head of the Oversight Committee, and Missouri Rep. Jason Smith as chair of the influential Ways and Means Committee.

The absence of women in committee leadership drew sharp criticism from some within the Republican Party. Former Virginia Rep. Barbara Comstock, a Republican, expressed her dismay on social media, stating, “Very fitting in the MAGA Era – No Women Need Apply.”

The Republican Party enters the new year holding a political trifecta, controlling the House, Senate, and White House. However, the narrow majority in the House, with 220 Republicans to 215 Democrats, leaves little room for internal dissent. This slim margin is further complicated by the anticipated departure of two House Republicans for positions in the Trump administration and the resignation of Florida Rep. Matt Gaetz.

“After four years of suffering under the radical policies of the Biden-Harris Administration and a Democrat-controlled Senate, the American people made clear they are ready for a change,” Scalise said, underscoring the stakes of the GOP’s unified control. He added, “With Republicans taking control of the White House, Senate, and House, it is imperative we are in position to move President Trump’s agenda efficiently and thoughtfully so we can quickly restore our nation to greatness.”

This shift in leadership reflects the priorities of the GOP as it navigates its agenda under unified government control. While the absence of women and minority representation in committee leadership has sparked criticism, Republican leaders have emphasized their focus on addressing the policy issues they believe resonate most with their constituents. Whether these decisions will yield legislative success remains to be seen as the new Congress begins its work.

India Highlights the Benefits of Skilled Professional Mobility Amid H-1B Visa Debate

India has underscored the importance of the movement of skilled professionals between its borders and the United States, emphasizing how this exchange benefits both nations. The discussion gains prominence as debates around the H-1B visa program intensify, with notable figures like President-elect Donald Trump and Tesla CEO Elon Musk recently weighing in on the matter.

Elon Musk, in a recent social media post, strongly defended the H-1B visa program. “The reason I’m in America along with so many critical people who built SpaceX, Tesla, and hundreds of other companies that made America strong is because of H1B,” Musk wrote. He further declared, “I will go to war on this issue the likes of which you cannot possibly comprehend.”

The H-1B visa program, which facilitates the hiring of foreign workers in specialized fields, has long been a contentious topic in the United States. This debate has created visible rifts among Donald Trump’s allies. While some consider the program vital for the technology industry, others criticize it for allegedly threatening American jobs. Notably, Mr. Trump has taken a somewhat contradictory stance on the issue. Despite his earlier move to restrict access to these visas through an executive order, he has now expressed his full support for the program.

India has positioned itself as a strong advocate of the H-1B visa program, emphasizing the program’s mutual benefits. Randhir Jaiswal, the spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, recently highlighted the critical role skilled professionals play in enhancing India-US ties. “Our countries have a strong and growing economic and technological partnership, and within this ambit, mobility of skilled professionals is an important component,” Jaiswal noted during a press conference.

Jaiswal further stressed the broader economic impact of these exchanges, adding, “India-US economic ties benefit a lot from the technical expertise provided by skilled professionals, with both sides leveraging their strengths and competitive value. We look forward to further deepening India-US economic ties, which are to our mutual benefit.”

The data backs India’s argument. Indian professionals accounted for approximately 78% of the 265,777 H-1B visas issued by the US in the fiscal year ending September 30, 2023. This figure underscores their pivotal role in driving the US tech industry, a sector that heavily relies on specialized talent.

Mr. Musk, echoing his unwavering support for the H-1B program, indicated his readiness to defend it against detractors. His statement aligns with Mr. Trump’s recent endorsement of the program, despite resistance from some factions within his base.

India’s advocacy for the H-1B visa program aligns with its broader efforts to deepen economic ties with the United States. Indian Foreign Minister Dr. S. Jaishankar has already initiated discussions with Mr. Trump’s transition team, signaling India’s eagerness to strengthen this bilateral relationship.

The growing cooperation between the two nations reflects in their burgeoning trade ties as well. In 2022-23, bilateral trade rose by 7.65% to reach USD 129 billion. Such numbers indicate the expanding economic partnership between the US and India, with the movement of skilled professionals playing a central role in this dynamic.

Beyond the immediate economic benefits, the H-1B program is emblematic of the larger technological and innovative exchange between the two countries. Skilled professionals, particularly those in the tech industry, contribute not only to economic growth but also to advancements that strengthen both nations’ global competitiveness.

India’s stance on the matter is clear. By championing the mobility of skilled professionals, the country seeks to ensure that both nations continue to leverage their respective strengths in building a robust economic and technological partnership. As Jaiswal noted, the mutual benefits of this relationship make it a priority for both nations.

As debates over the H-1B program persist, the broader implications for US-India relations remain significant. With Indian professionals playing a key role in the US tech sector, and bilateral trade continuing to grow, both countries recognize the importance of fostering cooperation in areas of shared interest.

In the end, the movement of skilled professionals is more than just a visa issue; it is a cornerstone of the economic and technological relationship between India and the United States. As these two nations navigate the complexities of their partnership, the commitment to mutual benefit and collaboration remains steadfast.

The coming months will likely see intensified discussions around the H-1B program, but one thing is certain: the movement of skilled professionals between India and the US is vital for the success of both nations in an increasingly interconnected world.

Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award 2025: Honoring Excellence Among Overseas Indians

The Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award (PBSA) stands as the highest accolade bestowed upon overseas Indians, celebrating their exceptional achievements both in India and abroad. Presented by the Hon’ble President of India, this prestigious honor is an integral part of the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (PBD) Convention. It recognizes Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), Persons of Indian Origin (PIOs), or organizations and institutions established and run by NRIs or PIOs who have made remarkable contributions in their respective fields.

The upcoming 18th edition of the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention is set to take place from January 8–10, 2025, in Bhubaneswar, Odisha. As part of this event, the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Awards will be presented by the Hon’ble President during the Valedictory Session, marking a significant highlight of the celebrations.

To identify the awardees for 2025, a Jury-cum-Awards Committee was convened, chaired by the Hon’ble Vice-President of India. The Hon’ble External Affairs Minister served as the Vice-Chair, along with other distinguished members from various fields. After a thorough evaluation of the nominations, the committee unanimously selected individuals whose achievements exemplify the excellence of the Indian diaspora across diverse domains.

Here is the list of individuals recommended by the Jury-cum-Awards Committee for the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award 2025:

Profiles of Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Awardees

Sr. No. Name Country Field
1 Prof. Ajay Rane Australia Community Service
2 Dr. Marialena Joan Fernandes Austria Education
3 Dr. Philomena Ann Mohini Harris Barbados Medical Science
4 Swami Sanyuktanand Fiji Community Service
5 Saraswati Vidya Niketan Guyana Community Service
6 Dr. Lekh Raj Juneja Japan Science & Technology
7 Dr. Prem Kumar Kyrgyz Republic Medical Science
8 Mr. Soukthavy Chowdhury Laos Business
9 Mr. Krishna Savjani Malawi Business
10 ‘Tan Sri’ Dr. Subramaniam K.V. Sathasivam Malaysia Politics
11 Dr. Sarita Boodhoo Mauritius Community Service
12 Mr. Abhaya Kumar Moldova Business
13 Dr. Ram Niwas @ Hla Tun Myanmar Education
14 Mr. Jaggannath Shekhar Asthana Romania Business
15 Hindustani Samaj Russia Community Service
16 Ms. Sudha Rani Gupta Russia Education
17 Dr. Syed Anwar Khursheed Saudi Arabia Medical Science
18 Mr. Atul Arvind Temurnikar Singapore Education
19 Mr. Robert Masih Nahar Spain Community Service
20 Dr. Kaushik Laxmidas Ramaiya Tanzania Medicine
21 H.E. Christine Carla Kangaloo ORTT Trinidad & Tobago Public Affairs
22 Mr. Ramakrishnan Sivaswamy Iyer UAE Business
23 Mr. Bonthala Subbaiah Setty Ramesh Babu Uganda Community Service
24 Baroness Usha Kumari Prashar UK Politics
25 Dr. Sharad Lakhanpal USA Medicine
26 Dr. Sharmila Ford USA Community Service
27 Mr. Ravi Kumar S. USA Business (IT & Consulting)

 

This year’s honorees represent the pinnacle of achievement among the Indian diaspora, showcasing their commitment to excellence and their contributions to global progress.

India’s Most Profitable Film of 2024: A Small Wonder Outshines Big-Budget Hits

The year 2024 proved to be monumental for Indian cinema, with remarkable box office achievements. Three films stood out as the most prominent: Pushpa 2: The Rule, Kalki 2898 AD, and Stree 2. While these movies dominated with their massive global collections—two surpassing ₹1000 crore and one nearing the milestone—they were not the most profitable. That honor went to a small-budget Malayalam film, Premalu, which eclipsed its big-budget competitors with a staggering profit margin.

A ₹3-Crore Wonder

The Malayalam romantic drama Premalu emerged as 2024’s most profitable Indian film, showcasing how content-driven cinema can defy expectations. With a modest production budget of ₹3 crore and no major stars in the cast, the movie initially struggled to attract audiences. However, fueled by positive word-of-mouth, it steadily gained traction and eventually grossed an astounding ₹136 crore. The return on investment—45 times its budget—was unparalleled this year and marked one of the highest profit margins in Indian cinema history.

“The most successful films are not always the biggest; sometimes they’re the most heartfelt,” remarked a critic when reflecting on Premalu’s extraordinary journey.

Outperforming the Giants

While Pushpa 2, Kalki 2898 AD, and Stree 2 dominated the headlines for their massive collections, they could not rival Premalu’s profitability.

Pushpa 2, the sequel to the 2021 blockbuster, became the highest-grossing Indian film of 2024, raking in ₹1800 crore globally. However, with a hefty production budget of ₹350 crore, its profit margin was limited to five times its cost. Similarly, Kalki 2898 AD, a sci-fi extravaganza, earned ₹1200 crore against a massive budget of ₹600 crore, yielding a modest 2x profit. Bollywood’s big hit, Stree 2, performed slightly better with a global gross of ₹875 crore, but its 10x return on a ₹90-crore budget still paled in comparison to Premalu’s remarkable feat.

“Big-budget films often struggle to achieve exponential returns due to their scale of investment. It’s rare for them to match the profitability of smaller, content-driven films,” said a trade analyst, emphasizing Premalu’s unique success.

To contextualize, Premalu’s 45x profit margin ranks among the greatest in Indian film history, trailing only the legendary success stories of Secret Superstar (2017) and Jai Santoshi Maa (1975). The latter two films are celebrated as benchmarks in profitability, and now Premalu proudly joins this elite list.

The Story Behind Premalu

Directed by Girish AD, Premalu is a coming-of-age romantic drama that resonated deeply with audiences. The story follows the journey of love and self-discovery, striking a chord with viewers through its relatable narrative and heartfelt performances. The cast, comprising mostly newcomers, included Naslen K. Gafoor, Mamitha Baiju, Sangeeth Prathap, Akhila Bhargavan, Shyam Mohan, Meenakshi Raveendran, Mathew Thomas, and Althaf Salim.

Despite its lack of big names, Premalu thrived on authenticity and emotional depth. Girish AD’s direction brought out nuanced performances, and the film’s relatability made it a crowd favorite.

A Critical and Commercial Triumph

What makes Premalu’s success even more remarkable is its journey from a lukewarm start to becoming one of the highest-grossing Malayalam films of the year. The movie demonstrated the power of word-of-mouth marketing, with audiences praising its simple yet poignant storytelling.

“Small films like Premalu prove that good cinema doesn’t need extravagant budgets or star power. They just need a compelling story,” a leading film critic noted.

The Bigger Picture

Premalu’s success serves as a reminder of the unpredictability of the film industry. While large-scale productions like Pushpa 2 and Kalki 2898 AD are vital for the industry’s global presence, movies like Premalu underscore the importance of meaningful content. They highlight the potential for smaller films to carve their niche and achieve unprecedented success.

As Indian cinema continues to evolve, Premalu stands as an inspiring example of how the underdog can triumph in a competitive industry. In a year dominated by big-budget spectacles, this ₹3-crore gem quietly stole the spotlight, redefining profitability in Indian cinema.

Trump Faces Sentencing Amid Historic Return to the Presidency

Before his return to the White House, President-elect Donald Trump will face sentencing in a New York court for his conviction in the “hush money” case. Justice Juan Merchan ruled on Friday that the sentencing will occur on January 10, just ten days before Trump’s inauguration, marking an unprecedented moment in U.S. history.

Trump’s conviction stems from a $130,000 payment made by his former attorney, Michael Cohen, to adult film actress Stormy Daniels during the closing days of the 2016 presidential campaign. The payment was intended to secure Daniels’ silence about an alleged affair with Trump. The case and the subsequent conviction have placed Trump in the unique position of being the first former president in American history to be criminally convicted.

The decision concludes two months of speculation over the case following Trump’s narrow election victory on November 5. Despite the legal cloud, Trump’s supporters propelled him back into office, making him the first individual to win the presidency after being convicted of a crime.

Trump’s legal team filed a motion to dismiss the conviction, citing the demands of his new role as president-elect. They argued that his election victory necessitated the dismissal of the charges. However, Justice Merchan dismissed these claims in his Friday ruling, stating, “This court finds that neither the vacatur of the jury’s verdicts nor dismissal of the indictment are required by the Presidential immunity doctrine, the Presidential Transition Act, or the Supremacy Clause.”

While sentencing options included incarceration, Merchan indicated that Trump would not serve time behind bars. He also suggested that Trump could attend the sentencing virtually. “It seems proper at this juncture to make known the court’s inclination to not impose any sentence of incarceration,” Merchan wrote, adding that prosecutors concurred with this approach.

Merchan’s ruling highlighted the constitutional limits of presidential immunity, noting that even Trump’s motion to dismiss acknowledged the lack of immunity for a president-elect. “Undoubtedly, the transition period between election and the taking of the presidential oath is one filled with enormous responsibility,” Merchan wrote. “Yet, even (the) defendant in his motion refers to presidential immunity as one relating specifically to a sitting president no fewer than 33 times.”

Despite the conviction’s potential for up to four years of jail time, Merchan’s ruling opened the door to alternatives like probation or fines. Trump’s legal team shifted their tone following the election, adopting what Merchan described as rhetoric “dangerously close to crossing the line.” He criticized their language, stating, “Counsel has resorted to language, indeed rhetoric, that has no place in legal pleadings.”

The Manhattan District Attorney’s office, led by Alvin Bragg, proposed several unconventional measures to address the unprecedented situation. These included postponing proceedings until after Trump’s presidency or terminating the case with an acknowledgment of the unresolved verdict. Bragg’s team argued for creative solutions to balance the justice system’s integrity with the demands of Trump’s presidency.

Outside the courtroom, Trump’s communications director, Steven Cheung, condemned the case as a politically motivated attack. He labeled the proceedings a “witch hunt” and described Merchan as “deeply conflicted,” stating, “This lawless case should have never been brought, and the Constitution demands that it be immediately dismissed.”

Trump’s trial, which began in March 2023 with his indictment, captivated the nation. The seven-week trial, coinciding with the Republican presidential primaries, saw a jury deliver a unanimous guilty verdict in May. Inside the courtroom, Trump often appeared disengaged, at times leaning back with his eyes closed or seemingly dozing off. Outside, he continued to campaign, surrounded by Republican allies, attorneys, and Secret Service agents.

The trial revealed intricate schemes involving Trump, Cohen, and former National Enquirer publisher David Pecker. Prosecutors presented evidence of efforts to suppress damaging stories about Trump’s 2016 campaign through hush money payments and nondisclosure agreements. Pecker testified about three such arrangements, including the $130,000 payment to Daniels.

Cohen detailed how he was covertly reimbursed for the payment through falsified business records. Prosecutors argued that Trump authorized the scheme while in office, resulting in 34 falsified records disguised as payments for legal services. These records, in reality, covered Cohen’s reimbursements.

Witnesses recounted Trump’s relief that Daniels’ story remained hidden before the election. The jury deliberated for less than two days before delivering their verdict. When the foreperson read the 34 guilty counts, Trump, who had frequently stared at the jury during the trial, avoided eye contact.

Justice Merchan reprimanded Trump’s team for violating a gag order prohibiting public statements about jurors and witnesses, holding him in contempt ten times during the trial. Merchan also referenced concerns raised by the Supreme Court’s chief justice about political leaders undermining judicial institutions, warning that Trump’s attorneys’ arguments could have a chilling effect on the judiciary.

After the sentencing date was set, Trump’s reaction was defiant. Emerging from the courtroom, he grasped his son Eric’s hand, addressed the cameras, and declared his innocence. He described the proceedings as unjust and resumed his presidential campaign.

As January 10 approaches, Trump’s legal troubles and his return to the White House promise to make his sentencing a historic moment. The case not only underscores the challenges of balancing justice with political realities but also marks a pivotal chapter in America’s legal and political history.

Surgeon General Warns of Alcohol-Cancer Link, Calls for Stronger Policies

The U.S. Surgeon General issued a significant advisory on Friday, highlighting the link between alcohol consumption and an increased risk of cancer, while urging policy reforms to curb the prevalence of alcohol-related cancers.

Dr. Vivek Murthy, the U.S. Surgeon General, stated that the connection between alcohol and cancer is “well-established,” identifying at least seven types of cancers, including breast, colorectal, esophagus, and liver cancers. “Alcohol is a well-established, preventable cause of cancer responsible for about 100,000 cases of cancer and 20,000 cancer deaths annually in the United States — greater than the 13,500 alcohol-associated traffic crash fatalities per year in the U.S. — yet the majority of Americans are unaware of this risk,” Murthy noted in a press release.

The advisory revealed that even modest alcohol consumption could increase the likelihood of developing certain cancers. For cancers like breast, mouth, and throat, risks begin to rise with as little as one drink per day or fewer, according to the Surgeon General’s office.

To tackle the issue, Dr. Murthy proposed several policy interventions. These include making alcohol warning labels more prominent, incorporating clear information about the heightened cancer risk. He also suggested revising recommended alcohol consumption limits based on up-to-date scientific findings and expanding public education efforts to enhance awareness of alcohol’s connection to cancer.

The proposed measures align with strategies previously used to address tobacco-related harms. Tobacco packaging and advertisements, for instance, are mandated to display explicit warnings about associated health risks, a model that could inform alcohol-related initiatives.

Murthy urged individuals to weigh the cancer risks of alcohol consumption when making decisions about drinking. “Alcohol consumption is the third leading preventable cause of cancer in the U.S., behind only tobacco and obesity,” he emphasized.

The advisory also noted a significant gap in public awareness. Between 2019 and 2020, 72% of U.S. adults reported drinking at least one alcoholic beverage per week, yet fewer than half understood the link between alcohol consumption and cancer risk.

On a global scale, alcohol-related cancers accounted for 741,300 cases in 2020, according to the Surgeon General. Alarmingly, alcohol-related cancer deaths typically reduce victims’ lives by an average of 15 years.

Shares of major alcohol producers, including Molson-Coors and Anheuser-Busch, briefly fell over 1% after the release of the advisory.

Notably, younger Americans are already reducing their alcohol intake and turning to non-alcoholic alternatives. According to a Gallup survey from August, nearly two-thirds of adults aged 18 to 34 believe alcohol negatively impacts health. In contrast, fewer than 40% of those aged 35 to 54, and 55 and older, share this view.

The advisory serves as a wake-up call for both policymakers and the public to reconsider the role of alcohol in everyday life and its implications for long-term health.

Cosmic Spectacles Await in 2025: Lunar Eclipses, Planetary Parades, and More

The upcoming year is set to dazzle stargazers with an array of celestial events, though a total solar eclipse like the one that captivated North America last spring will be absent. While enthusiasts must wait until 2026 for the next such event, 2025 offers plenty of other cosmic phenomena worth anticipating. From eclipses to supermoons and meteor showers, the skies will deliver a series of awe-inspiring moments.

Eclipses to Watch For

Two lunar eclipses will dominate the celestial calendar in 2025. The first occurs on March 14, when the moon will disappear for over an hour, visible across North and South America. Just two weeks later, a partial solar eclipse will grace skies in Maine, eastern Canada, Greenland, Europe, Siberia, and northwestern Africa.

The spectacle will repeat in September with a total lunar eclipse lasting even longer, visible over Europe, Asia, Africa, and Australia. Another partial solar eclipse will follow, this time visible in the southernmost parts of the globe.

Supermoons Take Center Stage

Three supermoons are on the horizon, slated for October, November, and December. These full moons will appear larger and brighter due to the moon’s closer-than-usual orbit around Earth. November’s supermoon will be the most impressive, coming as close as 221,817 miles (356,980 kilometers) to our planet.

Last year, four supermoons lit up the night sky, with the final one appearing in November. This year’s trio promises to be equally enchanting.

Planet Parade Promises a Show

A stunning planetary lineup will greet skywatchers in January 2025. Six planets—excluding Neptune and Uranus—will form a long arc visible just after sunset. For those with clear skies and a sharp eye, this parade will extend for weeks, providing a spectacular opportunity to view planets like Jupiter and Saturn without special equipment.

By February, Mercury will briefly join the show, creating a seven-planet lineup. As Bruce Betts, the chief scientist at The Planetary Society, remarked, “People should go out and see them sometime during the next many weeks. I certainly will.” Over time, these planets will exit the stage one by one, concluding the display in spring.

Auroras Expected to Impress

Last year’s solar activity gave rise to vivid auroras, lighting up skies in regions unaccustomed to such sights. With the sun reaching its solar maximum—an 11-year peak in activity—more geomagnetic storms are expected, potentially producing more dazzling displays of the northern and southern lights.

Shawn Dahl from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration recommends staying informed about space weather updates. “Don’t miss any pop-up, razzle-dazzle shows,” Dahl advised, emphasizing the unpredictability of these natural light spectacles.

Meteor Showers for All

The Perseids in August and the Geminids in December remain annual favorites for meteor enthusiasts, but smaller meteor showers will also shine this year. The Lyrids in April, the Orionids in October, and the Leonids in November provide additional opportunities to witness streaking meteors across the night sky.

For optimal viewing, seek out darker areas with minimal light pollution and a dim moon. Meteor showers occur when Earth passes through debris trails left by comets or asteroids, with each event named for the constellation from which the meteors appear to radiate.

A Year of Cosmic Wonders

2025 is shaping up to be a remarkable year for astronomy fans and casual observers alike. With an array of events including eclipses, supermoons, auroras, and planetary alignments, the year promises to be filled with moments of celestial wonder. Whether gazing at the moon’s disappearance, marveling at a seven-planet lineup, or catching a streak of meteors, the night sky will provide plenty of reasons to look up and be amazed.

Canada to Halt New Applications for Parents and Grandparents Sponsorship Program in 2025

Canada will cease accepting new applications for permanent residence under the Parents and Grandparents sponsorship program (PGP) in 2025, according to Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada (IRCC). The department clarified that it will only process sponsorship applications submitted during the 2024 intake period for the program.

In 2025, IRCC plans to process no more than 15,000 family sponsorship applications under the PGP. However, Canadian citizens and permanent residents still have the option to facilitate extended stays for their parents and grandparents through the super visa program. This alternative permits visits lasting up to five years per stay.

Understanding the Parents and Grandparents Sponsorship Program

The Parents and Grandparents Program is designed to allow Canadian citizens and permanent residents to sponsor their parents or grandparents for permanent residency in Canada. Given its popularity, the program employs a lottery system to manage application invitations, as the number of interested sponsors often far exceeds the available slots.

Since the 2020 intake period, IRCC has been using this lottery system to send invitations, continuing the process annually through 2024. Those who submitted their interest forms in 2020 have had the opportunity to apply for sponsorship as part of this system.

Reason for Suspension

The decision to halt new applications in 2025 aligns with a broader reduction in Canada’s immigration targets. IRCC has cut its permanent resident targets by 20% for 2025, directly impacting the PGP allocation.

The new target for PGP landings in 2025 has been set at 24,500 foreign nationals. This is a notable decrease from the targets outlined in the Immigration Levels Plan released in 2023, which had aimed for 32,000 landings in 2024 and 34,000 in 2025.

By adjusting these targets, IRCC appears to be managing its resources to focus on existing applications while balancing broader immigration goals. For families wishing to reunite with their parents and grandparents in Canada, the super visa program remains a viable and flexible option.

This strategic shift underscores the challenges of managing immigration priorities amid competing demands, offering alternatives like the super visa to ensure families can still maintain connections.

Disgraced South Korean President Eludes Arrest as Political Turmoil Deepens

South Korea witnessed an extraordinary six-hour standoff on Friday when more than 100 police officers armed with an arrest warrant failed to detain suspended President Yoon Suk Yeol. Despite their efforts, they were thwarted by Yoon’s security team, who formed a human barrier and used vehicles to block the authorities, according to local media reports.

This dramatic event is the latest in a series of unprecedented developments in South Korean politics. Yoon’s brief and controversial imposition of martial law last month was followed by his impeachment by parliament. A criminal investigation ensued, during which Yoon refused to appear for questioning. Earlier this week, authorities issued a warrant for his arrest.

Despite being impeached and suspended from office, Yoon retains a significant support base. On Friday morning, thousands of his supporters gathered outside his residence to oppose his arrest. For now, Yoon remains a disgraced leader awaiting the constitutional court’s decision, which could permanently remove him from office.

Challenges in Arresting Yoon

Even though Yoon no longer holds presidential powers following his impeachment, he is still entitled to a security detail, which proved instrumental in blocking the arrest.

The presidential security service (PSS) played a decisive role in Friday’s events. Mason Richey, an associate professor at Seoul’s Hankuk University of Foreign Studies, suggested that the PSS’s actions could reflect either loyalty to Yoon or a misunderstanding of their constitutional responsibilities.

Given Yoon’s suspension, the PSS should technically be taking orders from acting President Choi Sang-mok. “They have either not been instructed by acting President Choi to stand down, or they are refusing his orders to do so,” Richey explained.

Some experts argue that the PSS’s actions indicate “unconditional loyalty” to Yoon rather than adherence to their official duties. Christopher Jumin Lee, a U.S.-based lawyer and Korea expert, posited that Yoon might have filled the organization with hardline loyalists to prepare for such a scenario. The current PSS chief, Park Jong-joon, was appointed by Yoon in September.

Adding to the controversy, Park’s predecessor, Kim Yong-hyun, is accused of advising Yoon to impose martial law. Kim is currently under investigation as part of the broader criminal inquiry into Yoon’s actions.

Political Stalemate and Risks of Escalation

The situation underscores the deep political polarization in South Korea. While most South Koreans agree that Yoon’s martial law declaration on December 3 was a mistake, there is little consensus on how he should be held accountable.

“The actors involved disagree over process, procedure, and their legal basis, which is adding to the current political uncertainty,” explained Duyeon Kim, an adjunct senior fellow at the Center for a New American Security.

This uncertainty fueled the tense standoff outside Yoon’s residence, where his supporters have been camping for days, delivering impassioned speeches and occasionally clashing with police.

Law enforcement faces a dilemma. Returning with a larger force and attempting to use more aggressive measures would be fraught with risks. “The PSS is heavily armed, so arresting officers would be looking to avoid any escalation,” Richey warned.

Christopher Jumin Lee raised a troubling question: “What happens if the police show up with additional warrants calling for the arrest of PSS personnel, [the PSS] defy those warrants as well and then brandish their guns?”

Authorities have announced that they are investigating the PSS director and his deputy for obstruction. This could lead to additional charges and warrants in the coming days.

A Precarious Legal and Political Landscape

The fallout from Yoon’s martial law order is a significant test for the Corruption Investigation Office (CIO), which is leading the probe against him. Established just four years ago in the wake of public outrage over former President Park Geun-hye’s corruption scandal, the CIO is still finding its footing.

Unlike Park, who was impeached, removed from office, and jailed after her term ended, Yoon is the first South Korean president to face potential arrest while still in office.

Investigators have until January 6 to detain Yoon before the current warrant expires. They may attempt another arrest over the weekend, but the growing number of Yoon’s supporters could make the task even more challenging. Alternatively, they could apply for a new warrant and try again later.

With South Korea plunging into uncharted political territory, the uncertainty surrounding Yoon’s case shows no signs of abating.

The Richest Thrive in 2024 Amid AI Boom, Economic Growth, and Trump’s Victory

The wealthiest individuals worldwide experienced a remarkable surge in their fortunes in 2024, driven by the artificial intelligence (AI) boom, interest rate cuts by the Federal Reserve, Donald Trump’s return to the presidency, and a strong economic outlook that invigorated the stock market.

Collectively, the 10 richest people amassed over $500 billion in additional wealth, propelling their combined net worth to slightly above $2 trillion. This figure closely rivals the market values of major corporations like Amazon and Alphabet, Google’s parent company, valued at $2.3 trillion.

Expanding the scope to include the top 20 billionaires listed on the Bloomberg Billionaires Index, their combined net worth soared by $700 billion, surpassing $3 trillion by year’s end—a figure nearly equivalent to Microsoft’s $3.1 trillion market capitalization.

Elon Musk Leads with Unparalleled Wealth Gains

Elon Musk, the CEO of Tesla and SpaceX, spearheaded the wealth accumulation trend with an extraordinary gain of $203 billion in 2024. This increase elevated his personal fortune to $432 billion by December 31.

Earlier in December, Musk’s net worth briefly peaked at $486 billion, following Tesla’s stock reaching a record high and SpaceX’s valuation soaring to $350 billion. During this brief period, Musk’s year-to-date gain of $257 billion exceeded the total net worth of Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, the second wealthiest individual.

Other Billionaires Enjoy Substantial Gains

Musk was not alone in reaping enormous financial rewards. Several tech industry leaders witnessed significant wealth expansions as their companies’ valuations surged.

  • Mark Zuckerberg, CEO of Meta, Nvidia’s Jensen Huang, Oracle’s Larry Ellison, and Jeff Bezos each gained between $60 billion and $80 billion.
  • Michael Dell, the founder of Dell Technologies, saw his wealth grow by $45 billion.
  • Google cofounders Larry Page and Sergey Brin added $42 billion and $38 billion to their fortunes, respectively.

Although the technology sector accounted for much of the wealth increase, other industries saw substantial gains as well. Walmart founder Sam Walton’s three heirs—Jim, Alice, and Rob Walton—each saw their net worth rise by more than $38 billion, enabling all three to join the exclusive $100 billion club.

Meanwhile, Warren Buffett, chairman of Berkshire Hathaway, added $22 billion to his fortune. By the end of 2024, his wealth reached $142 billion. Buffett’s diversified conglomerate, which includes businesses like Geico and significant stakes in Coca-Cola, continued to deliver robust returns.

Wealth Losses Among a Few Billionaires

Despite the widespread prosperity, not every billionaire fared well. A handful of the ultra-rich saw declines in their fortunes during 2024.

  • Bernard Arnault, founder and CEO of LVMH, experienced a notable drop in his wealth, which fell from its March peak of over $230 billion to $176 billion by December. This decline saw Arnault slip from the first to fifth position on the rich list.
  • Indian industrialist Mukesh Ambani, Mexican telecom mogul Carlos Slim, Indian infrastructure tycoon Gautam Adani, and L’Oréal heiress Françoise Bettencourt Meyers also faced reductions in their net worth, according to Bloomberg estimates.

Factors Driving the Surge in Wealth

The super-rich saw their wealth skyrocket largely due to the excitement surrounding AI and the pivotal roles companies like Nvidia, Tesla, and Microsoft play in this technological revolution. Investors bet heavily on these firms, anticipating significant profit growth as AI becomes more integral to various industries.

The Federal Reserve’s decision to lower interest rates also played a crucial role. After two years of aggressive rate hikes aimed at curbing inflation, the central bank pivoted to rate cuts in 2024. This shift made stocks more attractive compared to fixed-income assets like government bonds, while also fostering an environment conducive to corporate growth by encouraging borrowing and spending.

Another factor contributing to the stock market’s rally was Donald Trump’s election victory in November. The former president’s campaign promised pro-growth measures, including tax cuts and deregulation, which buoyed investor confidence.

Tesla, in particular, benefited from this optimism, as markets speculated that Elon Musk’s close relationship with Trump could yield advantages for the electric vehicle manufacturer.

A Record-Breaking Year

2024 will be remembered as a year of unprecedented wealth accumulation for the world’s richest individuals. With technology leaders at the forefront and favorable economic conditions bolstering asset prices, the gains of the wealthiest underscore the powerful interplay of innovation, policy, and market forces in shaping the global economy.

Indian Village ‘Carterpuri’ Fondly Remembers Jimmy Carter’s Visit Amid Funeral Preparations in the US

Thousands of miles away from Washington, where the late Jimmy Carter will be honored with a state funeral next week, a small Indian village named after the former U.S. president is recalling his memorable visit nearly five decades ago.

Carter, a one-term president from 1977 to 1981, passed away on December 29, 2024, at the age of 100. A state funeral will take place at the Washington National Cathedral on January 9 to commemorate his life and legacy.

In India, a village called ‘Carterpuri,’ located about 20 miles (32 km) from Delhi, stands as a unique tribute to Carter. The village, originally known as Daulatpur Nasirabad, was renamed in his honor after his visit in January 1978. This hamlet’s connection to the former president stems from his mother, Lillian Carter, who lived and worked there as a nurse and volunteer in the 1960s.

Moti Ram, a resident of the village, fondly recalled the day Carter and his wife, Rosalynn, visited their community. “Villagers dressed his wife in traditional attire. He (Carter) also tried out a hookah,” Moti Ram said, reflecting on the simplicity and warmth of the occasion. The sight of the Carters walking through the village, engaging with the locals, left a lasting impression on the community.

The visit required extensive preparations, with villagers working diligently to ensure everything was perfect. According to some residents who spoke to news agency ANI, efforts began months in advance of Carter’s arrival on January 3, 1978. The village was cleaned and decorated, and welcome ceremonies were held in the main square to greet the American president and his wife.

The visit was so impactful that the villagers decided to rename their community after Carter, cementing his legacy in their lives. The renaming symbolized their admiration and gratitude toward the man who had taken the time to connect with their small, rural community.

News of Carter’s death this week brought an outpouring of tributes in Carterpuri. Locals paid their respects by garlanding a framed picture of him and placing flowers before it. The gesture reflected their enduring affection for the former president, whose visit had become an indelible part of the village’s history.

Eric Garcetti, the U.S. ambassador to India, also acknowledged the unique bond between Carterpuri and Jimmy Carter. In a post on X (formerly Twitter) after Carter’s death, Garcetti highlighted the village as a “testament to the high regard in which he was held here in India.” Accompanying his message was a photograph from the historic visit, showing Rosalynn Carter, dressed in traditional Indian attire, laughing warmly while standing beside her husband amid a crowd of villagers.

Among the village’s cherished treasures is a letter that Carter sent following his visit. In the letter, he expressed gratitude to the residents for their hospitality and the efforts they made to make the occasion “successful and so personally satisfying.” This heartfelt note, along with photographs from the visit, holds a place of pride in the village’s collective memory.

The story of Carterpuri serves as a poignant reminder of the deep personal connections Carter fostered during his lifetime. Even as the world mourns his passing, this small Indian village stands as a living tribute to his legacy, commemorating the warmth and humanity he brought to their lives nearly 50 years ago.

Niraj Antani Concludes Decade-Long Legislative Career in Ohio

Ohio State Senator Niraj Antani (R-Miamisburg) has officially concluded his term in the Senate, marking the end of a remarkable ten-year career in the Ohio General Assembly. Antani’s journey, which began in 2014 when he became one of the youngest State Representatives at the age of 23, has been a trailblazing one, particularly for the Indian American and Hindu communities.

Over six years in the Ohio House of Representatives and a subsequent four years in the Senate, Antani made history as the first Indian and Hindu American to serve as an Ohio State Senator. He also holds the distinction of being the youngest Hindu and Indian American elected to a state or federal office in U.S. history.

Reflecting on his time in public service, Antani remarked, “It has been the privilege of my life to serve the community in which I was born and raised in the Ohio General Assembly for the past decade. I have worked hard every day over the last decade to give every Ohioan the ability to achieve their American Dream.”

Throughout his tenure, Antani focused on several critical legislative priorities that benefited both his district and the broader Ohio community. He was instrumental in securing additional funding for Ohio’s community colleges, which he viewed as key to workforce development. This funding also played a significant role in bolstering educational opportunities across the Dayton region.

One of his notable achievements was ensuring tax exemptions that safeguarded the Miamisburg Mound business park, a move that helped sustain local economic growth. In addition, he was responsible for bringing millions of dollars in state capital budget funding to important institutions in the Dayton area, such as the Dayton Art Institute and the Boonshoft Museum.

Antani earned a reputation for his legislative skills and groundbreaking initiatives. His authorship of Ohio’s law granting name, image, and likeness (NIL) rights to college athletes had a transformative impact. This legislation not only gave college athletes the ability to earn compensation but also influenced the National Collegiate Athletics Association (NCAA) to adopt similar policies nationwide.

Transparency and accountability in law enforcement were other key areas where Antani made his mark. He led efforts to pass legislation that ensured public access to police body camera footage, promoting trust and openness between law enforcement and the communities they serve.

Antani’s leadership extended far beyond his legislative accomplishments. During his tenure in the Senate, he served as vice-chair of the Senate Health Committee, contributing to critical discussions on healthcare policies affecting Ohioans. In the Ohio House, he held prominent positions, including vice-chair of both the Rules and Insurance Committees.

In 2020, Antani took on a significant leadership role by managing the campaign to elect Speaker Bob Cupp during a time of political turbulence in Ohio. The campaign followed one of the state’s largest corruption scandals, and Antani’s efforts were instrumental in navigating the complex political landscape.

Looking ahead, the 33-year-old Antani remains optimistic about his future. While he has not yet disclosed specific plans, he has stated that an announcement regarding his next steps will be made soon.

Antani’s decade-long career in the Ohio General Assembly leaves behind a legacy of groundbreaking achievements and dedicated service. From championing workforce development and economic growth in his district to influencing national policies through his legislative work, Antani has cemented his place as a trailblazer in Ohio politics.

Etihad Airways Introduces New Pre-Clearance Lounge for US-Bound Travelers in Abu Dhabi

Etihad Airways has unveiled a new pre-clearance lounge at Abu Dhabi’s Zayed International Airport, strategically located near the US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Pre-clearance facility. This move is designed to enhance the travel experience for passengers flying to the United States. According to the airline, the lounge offers “eligible guests a space to unwind after completing their US entry formalities and before boarding their flight.”

The Abu Dhabi hub is one of a select few worldwide to feature a US CBP Pre-clearance facility, providing significant convenience for travelers. This system allows passengers to complete all US customs and immigration processes before leaving Abu Dhabi. As a result, upon arrival in the United States, they are treated as domestic passengers. Etihad highlighted the benefits of this setup, stating, “Guests arrive in the States as domestic passengers, saving valuable time upon arrival. Guests can simply collect their bags and go, or proceed seamlessly to their connecting flights.” This facility has been positioned as a key selling point for travelers, particularly for the sizable market of passengers journeying between India and the United States.

John Wright, Etihad Airways’ chief operations and guest officer, emphasized the significance of the new lounge. “This new lounge marks another milestone in our commitment to delivering exceptional experiences for our guests. By combining our premium lounge service with the convenience of US Preclearance, we’re offering our guests an elevated journey through Abu Dhabi before they even board their flight. Zayed International is the only Middle East hub to offer this time-saving service,” he said.

The newly introduced US Pre-clearance Lounge is accessible to specific categories of travelers. Eligible guests include those flying in The Residence, First, or Business class, as well as Platinum and Emerald members of the Etihad Guest program. For other passengers, access to the lounge can be purchased, subject to availability. The facility is designed to complement Etihad’s premium travel experience. It features a variety of beverages and light dining options, ensuring travelers can relax in comfort before their flights. Additionally, some flights offer direct boarding from the lounge, further streamlining the journey for passengers. “The facility features a selection of beverages and light dining options, complementing Etihad’s travel experience. Select flights offer the convenience of direct boarding from the lounge, enhancing the seamless journey,” the airline stated.

Etihad currently operates nonstop flights to four destinations in the United States: Boston, Chicago, New York, and Washington. Moreover, the airline has plans to expand its services with the introduction of flights to Atlanta in July 2025.

9 Habits to Let Go for a Joyful Life in Your 70s and Beyond

Aging gracefully and joyfully involves more than just advancing in years. It’s about making deliberate choices to cultivate happiness. Many seniors who age happily learn to let go of certain habits that no longer serve them, paving the way for a fulfilling life. Here are nine habits worth reconsidering if you’re aiming to embrace the golden years with joy and contentment.

1) Releasing the Past

Happiness in later years often stems from the ability to let go of the past. Many joyful seniors have mastered releasing regrets, grudges, and unresolved “what-ifs” that weighed them down in their youth. Letting go doesn’t mean forgetting your past; rather, it’s about learning from experiences and moving forward. Although memories may linger, clinging to negative ones can sap emotional energy better spent appreciating the present. “The freedom it brings can make the effort well worth it,” they often affirm. While challenging, the peace that comes with letting go is transformative.

2) Overcoming Perfectionism

The relentless pursuit of perfection often diminishes joy. One senior reflected, “In my younger years, I was a self-confessed perfectionist. Every task had to be flawless, but the stress and energy drain were immense.” This pursuit often prevents us from enjoying the process. Joyful seniors learn to let go of perfectionism, embracing flaws as part of the human experience. Mistakes teach us and add authenticity to our lives. Instead of seeking perfection, focusing on doing one’s best brings a liberating peace of mind.

3) Neglecting Physical Health

Physical health becomes paramount as we age. According to the World Health Organization, adults over 65 should engage in at least 150 minutes of moderate exercise weekly. Many joyful seniors prioritize staying active and eating healthily, benefiting both body and mind. Exercise boosts mood, reduces stress, and sharpens cognitive abilities, while a balanced diet helps manage chronic conditions. The message is clear: “It’s never too late to start taking care of your physical health.”

4) Avoiding Social Connections

As people retire and children grow up, social circles can shrink. However, maintaining relationships is vital for happiness. Seniors who continue to thrive prioritize strong social connections, whether by reconnecting with old friends, making new ones, or joining community activities. “It’s not just about the quantity but the quality of your relationships,” research emphasizes. Genuine bonds significantly enhance mental and emotional well-being, making them indispensable for a joyful life.

5) Shying Away from New Experiences

Routine and familiarity are comforting, but they can stifle growth. Joyful seniors step out of their comfort zones and embrace new experiences, whether it’s trying a new hobby, traveling, or learning a skill. These activities stimulate the mind and create lasting memories. “Life doesn’t stop being an adventure just because we’ve grown older,” many remind us. Staying curious keeps life exciting and fulfilling.

6) Ignoring Self-Care

The tendency to prioritize others—spouses, children, or grandchildren—often leads to neglecting one’s own needs. However, self-care is essential, not indulgent. Simple acts like enjoying a walk, reading, or savoring a quiet moment make a profound difference in overall well-being. “You cannot pour from an empty cup,” wise seniors stress. Prioritizing self-love allows you to be present and supportive for others while maintaining your own happiness.

7) Holding Onto Clutter

Decades of accumulation can result in an overwhelming amount of possessions. Decluttering brings a sense of freedom. “I realized how much stuff I had—things I hadn’t used in years,” shared one senior. Letting go of unnecessary items clears both physical and mental space, making room for what truly matters. Joyful seniors often embrace minimalism, finding that less is indeed more.

8) Resisting Change

Change is inevitable, yet resisting it can lead to frustration. Joyful seniors accept and adapt to evolving technologies, shifting norms, and new perspectives. Embracing change keeps them engaged with the world and open to growth. “Life is a journey of constant learning,” they say. Adjusting to change fosters resilience and connection, crucial elements of a happy life.

9) Forgetting the Present

Finally, joyful seniors understand the value of living in the moment. The past is unchangeable, and the future is uncertain, but the present is a gift to be cherished. Dwelling on past regrets or future anxieties robs us of today’s joys. By fully immersing in the present, seniors find happiness in the little things and savor the richness of life. “This is where happiness and joy are found,” they emphasize.

Final Thoughts: Joy Is a Choice

American author Leo Buscaglia once said, “Life is a paradise for those who love many things with a passion.” Aging joyfully isn’t just about letting go; it’s about embracing habits that nurture happiness. Seniors who choose to prioritize relationships, self-care, and present living shape a life filled with joy and fulfillment. As you journey through your golden years, reflect on what you can let go of and what you can embrace to create your own paradise.

H-1B Visa Policy Reforms Could Benefit Indian IT Firms Despite Declining Approvals

Recent discussions around potential reforms to the H-1B visa policy could bring advantages to Indian IT services firms, even though their share of total visa sponsorships remains relatively small. A report by Macquarie Research, cited by the Economic Times, highlights the critical role H-1B visas play in addressing the U.S. technical talent shortage, despite challenges such as limited local hiring.

Concerns Over Proposed Flat Wage Policy

One of the most debated proposals is the introduction of a flat wage floor for H-1B visa holders. A flat wage implies a fixed rate of pay, irrespective of factors like job nature, location, or living costs. Macquarie expressed concerns over this approach, pointing out its impracticality due to the varying cost of living across different U.S. regions.

“For example, what might be a fair wage in a smaller town would fall short in a high-cost city like New York,” the report noted. A standardized wage could inadvertently widen economic disparities between urban and rural areas.

To mitigate these issues, Macquarie suggested converting H-1B visas into general work permits, akin to Norway’s skilled work permit model. This shift would grant visa holders greater job mobility, promote healthy competition among employers, and enhance worker protections.

Declining H-1B Visa Approvals for Indian IT Firms

An analysis of fiscal year 2024 data underscores a sharp decline in H-1B visa approvals for Indian IT firms. According to the National Foundation for American Policy (NFAP), a U.S.-based non-partisan think tank, the top seven Indian IT companies collectively received only 7,299 approvals for new H-1B employment—nearly halving from the 14,792 approvals recorded in 2015.

Amazon led in new H-1B approvals among individual companies, with 3,871 approvals in FY24. However, this marked a decline from 4,052 in FY23 and a peak of 6,396 in FY22. Cognizant followed with 2,837 approvals, while Infosys and Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) secured 2,504 and 1,452 approvals, respectively. Other major companies like IBM (1,348), Microsoft (1,264), HCL America (1,248), Google (1,058), Capgemini (1,041), and Meta Platforms (920) also reported varying levels of success.

The Way Forward

The potential reforms to H-1B visa policies and their implications remain closely watched by Indian IT firms. While challenges persist, measures to make the system more flexible and equitable could strengthen the U.S. workforce and benefit both employers and employees.

Minimum-Wage Workers in 21 States to See Pay Boost in the New Year

As the new year begins, minimum-wage workers in 21 states will see their paychecks increase, marking significant changes in labor laws. According to the Economic Policy Institute (EPI), a think tank specializing in economic research, these wage hikes will impact approximately 9.2 million workers, collectively raising pay by $5.7 billion in 2025.

In addition to these state-level increases, 48 cities and counties will implement higher minimum wages that exceed their state-mandated wage floors starting Tuesday. These adjustments aim to address inflation and cost-of-living concerns, providing much-needed relief to low-wage workers.

States Tackling Inflation with Wage Adjustments

California is among the 14 states increasing minimum wages to account for inflation. The state will raise its wage floor from $16 to $16.50 per hour. For full-time minimum-wage workers in these states, the annual pay increase is estimated to be around $420, according to EPI.

Meanwhile, five states will implement wage increases based on previously passed legislation, while Nebraska and Montana are making changes following voter-approved ballot measures. This trend underscores a growing recognition of the challenges faced by low-wage workers amidst rising costs of living.

EPI projects that by 2027, 19 states and Washington, D.C., will have a minimum wage of at least $15. Despite these advances, the federal minimum wage remains stagnant at $7.25 per hour—a rate unchanged for 15 years. The decreasing purchasing power of the dollar exacerbates the financial struggles of minimum-wage workers, particularly as expenses for necessities like groceries and housing continue to climb.

The Federal Minimum Wage and Poverty

The inadequacy of the federal minimum wage is starkly evident when compared to poverty thresholds. A full-time worker earning $7.25 per hour makes just $20 more annually than the poverty guideline for a single-person household. For those supporting children or other dependents, this income level often falls below the poverty line.

Research by Drexel University’s Center for Hunger-Free Communities in 2021 found that a “true living wage” sufficient to meet basic needs for food and housing ranges between $20 and $26 per hour, depending on the state. This highlights the significant gap between current wage standards and the income required for a decent quality of life.

Who Benefits Most from Wage Increases?

Women, Black workers, and Hispanic workers are among those most positively affected by the new wage increases. Women constitute nearly 60% of workers receiving raises, according to EPI. Furthermore, over 11% of those benefiting from higher wages are Black, while almost 40% are Hispanic.

EPI emphasized the broader societal benefits of these changes, stating, “The January 1 increases show that the minimum wage continues to be a powerful tool for combating racial and gender wage disparities, supporting working families, and reducing poverty.”

However, the institute also noted that minimum-wage levels in some areas remain insufficient to keep pace with inflation and rising living costs. In Ohio, for example, the minimum wage will increase from $10.45 to $10.70 due to an inflation adjustment. Yet, the state has not enacted a significant minimum-wage hike since 2007, leaving many workers struggling to meet basic needs as costs for food and housing surge.

Economic Context and Voter Sentiments

High living costs, particularly for essentials such as food and housing, have been a significant concern for voters. These issues played a key role in shaping the political landscape during the 2024 elections. Many voters expressed dissatisfaction with the economy, which analysts cited as a contributing factor to President-elect Donald Trump’s reelection.

This outcome came despite reassurances from economic experts, including Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell, that the U.S. economy was performing well as 2024 concluded. The disconnect between macroeconomic indicators and individual financial realities underscores the importance of policies aimed at addressing wage stagnation and affordability issues.

While the latest minimum-wage increases offer some relief to millions of workers, the challenges posed by inflation, rising living costs, and stagnant federal wage standards persist. These developments highlight the ongoing need for targeted measures to support low-income workers and ensure economic equity.

India’s Economic Ascendancy: A Look at its Strengths and Challenges in 2024

India has emerged as the world’s fifth-largest economy, boasting a GDP of $3.89 trillion in FY 2023-24, with an impressive growth rate of 8.2%. Despite challenges such as global economic uncertainties and high inflation, the country has demonstrated resilience, reflected in robust GDP growth, a strong reserve of foreign exchange, and record foreign direct investment (FDI) inflows in 2024.

In terms of purchasing power parity (PPP), India ranks as the third-largest economy globally, with a GDP of $16.02 trillion, trailing only China and the United States, according to recent data from the International Monetary Fund (IMF). Projections by the World Bank indicate that India’s growth trajectory will remain steady, with a forecasted GDP growth of 7% in FY 2024-25 and robust growth expected through FY 2026-27.

India’s journey to becoming the third-largest economy in real GDP by 2030 hinges on its economic resilience and progressive policies. Alongside GDP performance, the nation’s ranking on international indexes paints a broader picture of its economic strengths and areas requiring improvement.

India’s 2024 Rankings on Global Economic Indexes

India’s standing in various global economic indexes showcases its progress and challenges. While its rapid urban development, wealth creation, and GDP growth emphasize its strengths, issues like low labor productivity and employment rates highlight ongoing hurdles.

For instance, India’s remarkable growth is evident in the recognition of four cities as the fastest-growing globally by Savills Research. Bengaluru tops the list, with Delhi, Hyderabad, and Mumbai also featuring in the top five. This urban development underpins India’s rise as a significant global economic force.

A Superpower in the Making

India’s transformation into a global superpower is becoming increasingly apparent. Ray Dalio’s Great Powers Index 2024 highlights the country’s favorable position, with low debt levels and strong projected real growth of 6.3% annually over the next decade. Strategic investments in infrastructure and military spending further strengthen its global standing and national security.

The nation’s infrastructure growth and economic policies position it favorably to lead on the world stage. As Dalio noted, “India’s economic trajectory suggests it will emerge as a key global power within the next decade.”

Rising Wealth and Billionaire Growth

India’s wealth creation has reached unprecedented levels, with billionaire wealth totaling approximately $1 trillion, accounting for 7% of global wealth. This surge has positioned Mumbai as the “Billionaire Capital” of the world, overtaking Beijing.

The Hurun Report 2024 underscores the growth of India’s wealthy population, with 94 new billionaires added this year—the highest globally after the US and China—bringing the total count to 271. India now ranks third worldwide in terms of its billionaire population.

The UBS Global Wealth Report 2024 also highlights India’s upward trajectory, ranking it 11th among nations with the fastest-growing millionaire populations. The report projects a 22% increase in the country’s millionaires over the next five years, solidifying its position as a hub for wealth creation.

Employment and Labor Productivity

India’s employment landscape witnessed significant shifts in 2024, with a record seven crore job applications—a 25% year-on-year increase. However, the employment-to-population ratio stands at 52.8%, with a labor dependency ratio of 1.52, indicating a considerable portion of the population remains outside the workforce.

Labor productivity remains a challenge. The International Labour Organization’s statistics reveal that India ranks 133rd globally in GDP per hour worked, with an average productivity rate of $8. The country also has one of the highest rates of prolonged working hours, with 51% of the workforce logging 49 or more hours weekly.

According to an ILO report, “India’s workforce is industrious, but addressing productivity gaps is crucial to achieving sustainable growth.”

Sustaining Momentum Amid Challenges

While India’s economic rise is undeniable, sustaining its momentum requires addressing critical challenges. Enhancing labor productivity, expanding workforce participation, and improving working conditions are vital for maintaining growth and ensuring better living standards for its population.

India’s multifaceted progress—marked by rapid urban development, wealth creation, and strategic investments—cements its position as a global superpower in the making. However, the journey ahead involves overcoming persistent challenges to unlock its full potential.

By focusing on these areas, India is poised to secure its place as a leader in the global economy, driving not only its growth but also contributing significantly to the world stage.

Shah Rukh Khan: The King of Bollywood Who Inspires Love and Faces Challenges

Shah Rukh Khan, affectionately known as the “King of Bollywood,” is a global icon whose charm and acting prowess have won the hearts of millions. His ability to bring out deep emotions in romantic and family roles has endeared him to audiences not just in India but around the world. Despite his immense popularity, even a superstar like Shah Rukh Khan has faced setbacks, with some films falling short of expectations. One such example is the 2018 film Zero.

Released amid significant anticipation, Zero featured an impressive cast, including Shah Rukh Khan, Katrina Kaif, and Anushka Sharma, with Salman Khan making a cameo appearance. The film, directed by Aanand L. Rai, was expected to draw huge crowds to theaters, particularly given Shah Rukh’s massive fan base. However, it failed to live up to expectations and did not perform well at the box office.

The Story of Zero

Zero introduced audiences to Baua Singh, one of Shah Rukh Khan’s most distinctive characters. Baua, a 38-year-old man with dwarfism, struggles with life and relationships. Katrina Kaif portrayed Babita Kumari, a glamorous superstar who becomes the object of Baua’s affection, while Anushka Sharma took on the role of Afia, a scientist with cerebral palsy who significantly impacts Baua’s journey.

The film’s unique premise garnered some appreciation for its bold attempt to explore unconventional themes. However, despite its innovative storyline and the presence of Bollywood heavyweights, the movie fell short of capturing the audience’s interest. While some praised its fresh approach, it failed to resonate broadly.

Surprisingly, Zero managed to earn Rs 178 crore worldwide, a figure that might seem respectable for most films. Yet, given Shah Rukh Khan’s superstar status, this was considered underwhelming. For a star of his stature, expectations are sky-high, and the film’s performance did not align with those lofty standards.

A History of Hits and Misses

Zero was not the first time Shah Rukh Khan experienced a setback at the box office. Other films, including Jab Harry Met Sejal, Fan, Dulha Mil Gaya, and King Uncle, also underperformed commercially. Despite these occasional misses, Shah Rukh’s career remains a testament to his resilience and ability to reinvent himself, a quality that has kept him at the forefront of Bollywood for decades.

A Triumphant Comeback

In recent years, Shah Rukh Khan has experienced a remarkable resurgence, delivering three consecutive blockbusters: Pathaan, Jawan, and Dunki. These films have reaffirmed his position as a powerhouse in the Indian film industry. Each of these hits showcases Shah Rukh’s versatility and enduring appeal, demonstrating his knack for selecting roles that resonate with audiences across generations.

Currently, Shah Rukh is preparing for his next venture, King. The action-thriller was initially slated to be directed by Sujoy Ghosh, but Siddharth Anand has reportedly taken over the project. The screenplay is a collaborative effort by Ghosh, Anand, Suresh Nair, and Sagar Pandya. With such a talented team behind the film, expectations are running high once again. Fans are eagerly awaiting another spellbinding performance from the superstar.

Conclusion

Shah Rukh Khan’s journey in Bollywood is a tale of passion, perseverance, and an unbreakable bond with his fans. While some projects like Zero have faced challenges, they serve as reminders of the unpredictability of cinema. The superstar’s recent successes and his relentless drive to entertain ensure that his legacy as the “King of Bollywood” remains unshaken. With King on the horizon, Shah Rukh Khan is poised to continue captivating audiences and cementing his place as one of the greatest actors of his time.

Tesla Cybertruck Explosion in Las Vegas Leaves One Dead, Sparks Investigation into Terrorism Links

A tragic incident unfolded on Wednesday morning in Las Vegas when a Tesla Cybertruck exploded outside the Trump International Hotel, resulting in one death and injuries to seven others. Authorities, including the Las Vegas Police Department, are investigating the explosion as a potential act of terrorism.

The blast occurred near S. Sammy Davis Jr. Drive and Fashion Drive, with the fire reported at the hotel entrance. The Clark County Fire Department Deputy Chief, Thomas Touchstone, stated that emergency crews arrived at the scene within four minutes of receiving reports of a vehicle fire. Responders from Las Vegas police, fire departments, and rescue teams were quickly on-site, extinguishing the fire and attending to the injured.

Touchstone confirmed that seven individuals sustained minor injuries, two of whom were transported to a hospital for further treatment. Tragically, one person was found deceased inside the Cybertruck. Details about the deceased individual have not yet been disclosed.

Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department Chief Kevin McMahill assured the public that the situation at the scene is now under control. He detailed that officers were dispatched to the area at 8:40 a.m. following reports of an explosion and fire. McMahill also highlighted a concerning connection to another incident in New Orleans earlier that day.

In New Orleans, a man driving a pickup truck, adorned with an ISIS flag on its trailer hitch, rammed into a crowd on Bourbon Street. The attack resulted in the deaths of 10 people and injuries to dozens more. McMahill acknowledged the timing and nature of these incidents, noting that police are taking extra precautions, such as searching for potential secondary devices.

Jeremy Schwartz, the FBI’s acting special agent in charge, confirmed the death resulting from the Las Vegas explosion but admitted that many questions remain unanswered.

Eric Trump, son of President-elect Donald Trump, addressed the incident on social media platform X. He wrote, “Earlier today, a reported electric vehicle fire occurred in the porte cochère of Trump Las Vegas. The safety and well-being of our guests and staff remain our top priority. We extend our heartfelt gratitude to the Las Vegas Fire Department and local law enforcement for their swift response and professionalism.”

Tesla CEO Elon Musk also took to X to comment on the event. Initially, Musk stated, “The whole Tesla senior team is investigating this matter right now. Will post more information as soon as we learn anything. We’ve never seen anything like this.” Later, Musk clarified the cause of the explosion, saying, “We have now confirmed that the explosion was caused by very large fireworks and/or a bomb carried in the bed of the rented Cybertruck and is unrelated to the vehicle itself. All vehicle telemetry was positive at the time of the explosion.”

Both the Cybertruck involved in the Las Vegas explosion and the truck used in the New Orleans attack were rented vehicles obtained through the peer-to-peer car rental platform, Turo. Fox News Digital has reached out to Turo for a statement but has not yet received a response.

Paul Mauro, a former New York City Police Department official and Fox News contributor, provided his perspective on the two events. “I cannot recall two terrorist events occurring on the same day that were not coordinated,” Mauro remarked. “While chances are that these two events are not related, it is something investigators have to consider.”

As authorities continue their investigations into the two tragic incidents, the connection, if any, between them remains a critical focus. The safety and security measures on Las Vegas Boulevard and other high-profile locations are being heightened to prevent further occurrences.

Chief Justice Roberts Stresses Judicial Independence Amid Political Tensions

Supreme Court Chief Justice John Roberts delivered a strong message on Tuesday, emphasizing the necessity of preserving judicial independence in the United States. This declaration came just weeks before the inauguration of President-elect Donald Trump, as Roberts released his annual report on the federal judiciary.

In his 15-page report, Roberts warned against politicizing the judiciary. “It is not in the nature of judicial work to make everyone happy. Most cases have a winner and a loser. Every Administration suffers defeats in the court system—sometimes in cases with major ramifications for executive or legislative power or other consequential topics,” he stated. Roberts highlighted the longstanding tradition of respecting court rulings, which has helped the nation avoid conflicts reminiscent of those in the 1950s and 1960s.

However, Roberts expressed concern about recent attitudes toward federal court decisions. “Within the past few years, however, elected officials from across the political spectrum have raised the specter of open disregard for federal court rulings,” he observed. While refraining from naming specific individuals like Trump or Biden, he emphasized, “These dangerous suggestions, however sporadic, must be soundly rejected. Judicial independence is worth preserving.”

Roberts invoked the words of the late Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, who described an independent judiciary as “essential to the rule of law in any land,” but cautioned that it “is vulnerable to assault; it can be shattered if the society law exists to serve does not take care to assure its preservation.” Echoing this sentiment, Roberts urged Americans to value and protect the judicial system. “I urge all Americans to appreciate this inheritance from our founding generation and cherish its endurance,” he wrote.

Roberts also cited former Chief Justice Charles Evans Hughes, emphasizing the necessity of collaboration among the three branches of government to uphold the rule of law. “Our political system and economic strength depend on the rule of law,” he asserted.

The chief justice’s remarks came in a politically charged atmosphere. A recent Supreme Court decision penned by Roberts provided immunity to Trump in a landmark case, and the court’s intervention to block efforts to disqualify Trump from the ballot were seen as significant victories for the former president. However, these rulings drew criticism from Democrats, including President Biden, who has advocated for judicial term limits and an enforceable ethics code. Such calls arose after controversies involving justices receiving undisclosed trips and gifts from wealthy benefactors.

Roberts also referenced incidents where public officials suggested bypassing court rulings. Last year, some Democrats and one Republican urged President Biden to disregard a Trump-appointed judge’s decision to revoke the FDA’s approval of the abortion drug mifepristone. Biden chose not to circumvent the ruling, and the Supreme Court eventually granted a stay, allowing the drug to remain available.

Further, the Supreme Court’s conservative majority ruled last year against Biden’s sweeping student loan forgiveness initiative, deeming it an unconstitutional use of executive power. Such decisions underscore the ongoing tensions between the judiciary and the executive branch.

Roberts has not shied away from addressing conflicts with political figures. In 2018, he criticized Trump for referring to a judge who blocked his asylum policy as an “Obama judge.” Similarly, in 2020, Roberts condemned Senate Democratic leader Chuck Schumer for making provocative remarks while the court deliberated a prominent abortion case.

In his report, Roberts also included historical context, recounting how King George III once stripped colonial judges of lifetime appointments, a move that was met with widespread disapproval. This anecdote served as a reminder of the importance of judicial independence, particularly as Trump prepares for a possible second term with a conservative agenda that may face legal challenges before a Supreme Court with three Trump-appointed justices.

Roberts stressed the importance of other branches of government enforcing judicial decisions, even when those rulings are unpopular. He cited the landmark 1954 Brown v. Board of Education decision, which required federal enforcement to overcome resistance from southern governors who opposed desegregation.

Additionally, Roberts condemned attempts to pressure judges over their rulings. “Attempts to intimidate judges for their rulings in cases are inappropriate and should be vigorously opposed,” he wrote. While public criticism of court decisions is valid, Roberts cautioned that such statements could incite dangerous reactions. “Violence, intimidation, and defiance directed at judges because of their work undermine our Republic and are wholly unacceptable,” he added.

The chief justice highlighted the rising threats against federal judges, with U.S. Marshals Service data revealing a more than threefold increase in such threats over the past decade. Roberts referenced two tragic incidents: the murders of state court judges in Wisconsin and Maryland at their homes in 2022 and 2023, respectively.

Roberts also addressed the role of disinformation in undermining judicial independence. He noted how social media amplifies distortions of court rulings, sometimes exploited by hostile foreign actors to deepen societal divisions.

“Judicial independence is a cornerstone of our democracy,” Roberts concluded, urging Americans to safeguard this principle amid mounting political and social pressures. His message underscored the judiciary’s critical role in maintaining the rule of law and the enduring strength of the nation’s democratic institutions.

Indian Nurse on Death Row in Yemen: Nimisha Priya’s Fight for Survival

Nimisha Priya, an Indian nurse from Kerala, remains on death row in Yemen as her family and supporters intensify their efforts to save her life. Priya was sentenced to death following her conviction for the murder of her Yemeni business partner, Talal Abdo Mahdi, in 2018. Her case has drawn international attention, with diplomatic efforts and humanitarian support highlighting the complexities of justice and forgiveness under Yemen’s legal system.

As of December 31, 2024, the Indian Ministry of External Affairs reiterated its commitment to assisting Priya. “We are aware of the sentencing of Ms. Priya in Yemen. We understand that the family of Ms. Priya is exploring relevant options. The government is extending all possible help in the matter,” stated the Ministry.

Priya’s family, including her mother, husband, and daughter, visited her in prison in 2024 to discuss her case with Mahdi’s family. In Yemen, the legal system allows a convicted individual to seek a pardon by paying “blood money,” or diyya, to the victim’s family. Negotiating this settlement has become the family’s primary focus, as they attempt to explain Priya’s version of events and secure her release.

Efforts to raise the required sum are ongoing. Thus far, Priya’s supporters have collected $40,000, part of which has been sent to the Indian Embassy in Yemen to facilitate negotiations. However, the total amount demanded for the pardon is approximately $400,000, leaving a significant gap to be filled.

The case has garnered global attention, with international figures stepping in to support Priya. Iran has extended humanitarian assistance, with a senior Iranian official expressing readiness to help resolve the matter.

Why is Priya on Death Row?

Priya’s ordeal began in 2017 when her partnership with Mahdi took a dark turn. A nurse by profession, she had moved to Yemen in 2008 to advance her career. After marrying Tomy Thomas in 2011, the couple returned to Yemen, where she continued nursing, and Thomas worked as an electrician. Together, they aspired to open a medical clinic.

Under Yemeni law, foreign nationals must partner with a local citizen to operate a business. This led Priya to enter into a partnership with Mahdi. However, she alleges that Mahdi took control of her passport, falsely presented himself as her husband, and subjected her to physical and emotional abuse. Isolated and unable to leave Yemen due to these circumstances, she faced mounting despair.

Her family, too, struggled to reach her. Yemen’s ongoing civil war prompted India to impose a travel ban on its citizens visiting the country, making it difficult for Priya’s husband and daughter to travel there. They eventually received special permission to enter Yemen to support her case.

In 2017, Priya attempted to escape her abusive situation. Reports suggest that she planned to sedate Mahdi with ketamine to retrieve her passport and flee. However, the plan went tragically wrong when Mahdi died from a drug overdose.

Priya’s trial in 2018 raised serious concerns about fairness. Without legal representation or an interpreter, she could neither understand the charges against her nor effectively defend herself. Despite these significant procedural flaws, the court convicted her of murder and sentenced her to death.

Her legal team filed several appeals, citing violations of due process, but Yemeni courts upheld her death sentence. In November 2023, Priya’s final appeal was rejected, leaving her with limited legal options.

Blood Money and the Hope for Forgiveness

Under Yemen’s Sharia law, diyya, or blood money, allows the victim’s family to pardon a convicted person in exchange for financial compensation. This practice is central to Priya’s chances of survival. If her family can raise the required $400,000, Mahdi’s family may agree to pardon her, potentially securing her release.

While the Indian government and Iranian officials have offered support, the substantial sum needed remains a daunting challenge. The moral and legal dimensions of the case have sparked widespread debate, as Priya’s fate hinges on both diplomatic efforts and the willingness of Mahdi’s family to accept financial restitution.

The Broader Implications

Priya’s case highlights the vulnerabilities faced by foreign nationals working in countries with flawed legal systems and limited protections. Her struggle underscores the risks of exploitation, particularly for women in unfamiliar environments where systemic injustices may be prevalent.

In addition to raising awareness about such risks, her story has shed light on the importance of diplomatic engagement in protecting citizens abroad. The involvement of multiple governments and international organizations reflects the complexity of addressing cases that intersect with deeply rooted cultural and legal traditions.

The Road Ahead

As negotiations continue, Priya’s family is racing against time to gather the remaining funds. Their efforts are supported by a global network of well-wishers who have rallied around the cause. Diplomatic channels remain open, with Indian and Iranian authorities exploring avenues for resolution.

“We will not give up until we bring Nimisha home,” said a family spokesperson, emphasizing their unwavering determination.

The case remains a poignant reminder of the human cost of injustice and the potential for forgiveness to prevail in even the most challenging circumstances. As the world watches, Priya’s fate serves as a testament to resilience and the enduring hope for a second chance.

Sewa Milan 2024: A Celebration of Service and Community Spirit

On Sunday, December 8, 2024, the Sewa South Jersey Chapter held its inaugural Sewa Milan, an event dedicated to celebrating the year’s achievements while recognizing the invaluable contributions of volunteers, donors, and supporters. The gathering brought together a spirited crowd of around 230 attendees, reflecting the community’s enthusiasm for service and togetherness.

The event was graced by several prominent guests, including Senator Latham Tiver, Assemblywoman Andrea Katz, Chesterfield Township Deputy Mayor Denise Koetas, Committee Member Shreekant Dhopte, and Sewa International’s Northeast Region Director Swarup Kurella. Their presence underscored the importance of the occasion and highlighted the impact of Sewa South Jersey’s efforts on the broader community.

As part of the ceremony, 49 donors and supporters were honored with appreciation plaques for their unwavering support. These individuals were acknowledged for their contributions to over 105 community programs, as well as their generosity towards the 9/11 Memorial in Chesterfield. Their dedication has played a significant role in fostering a culture of giving and community engagement.

A major highlight of the evening was the recognition of 82 youth volunteers for their exceptional commitment throughout the year. These young changemakers received Sewa Certificates and the prestigious Presidential Volunteer Service Awards (PVSA) Certificates, a testament to their hard work and dedication to various initiatives. Adding to this honor, Assemblywoman Andrea Katz personally presented the youth volunteers with citations from the State of New Jersey Assembly, further elevating the significance of their achievements.

In expressing gratitude to all participants, the Sewa South Jersey Chapter stated, “A heartfelt thanks to all who contributed to making the event a memorable celebration of service, community, and gratitude.”

As the chapter reflects on a successful year, it is already looking ahead to 2025 with aspirations to make an even greater impact. Sewa South Jersey remains steadfast in its mission to serve the community, ensuring that the spirit of volunteerism and generosity continues to thrive.

India’s Tourism Sector in 2024: A Year of Growth and Innovation

India’s tourism industry achieved remarkable milestones in 2024, driven by targeted initiatives by the Ministry of Tourism. By focusing on infrastructure development, sustainable practices, cultural preservation, and business-friendly reforms, the sector has positioned India as a global tourism hub, paving the way for continued growth.

Boosting Infrastructure for a Seamless Tourist Experience

The Ministry of Tourism made significant strides in infrastructure enhancement. Its flagship Swadesh Darshan Scheme played a pivotal role, with 76 projects sanctioned at a cost of ₹5,287.90 crore, and 75 projects completed. In 2024, Swadesh Darshan 2.0 (SD2.0) emphasized sustainable tourism, with ₹793.20 crore allocated for 34 projects aimed at enriching tourist experiences in lesser-explored regions.

The PRASHAD Scheme centered on spiritual tourism, with ₹1,646.99 crore allocated to 48 projects. Out of these, 23 were completed, improving key pilgrimage sites and making them more appealing to global visitors.

Additionally, the Assistance to Central Agencies Scheme aimed at improving accessibility. Sixty-five projects were sanctioned with a budget of ₹937.56 crore, of which 38 are already operational. These efforts are transforming the nation into a traveler-friendly destination while maintaining sustainability and inclusivity.

Dynamic Campaigns to Showcase India’s Diversity

Promoting India’s rich cultural heritage and attractions, the Ministry launched innovative campaigns that garnered global attention. Bharat Parv 2024, hosted at the historic Red Fort in Delhi, celebrated the country’s cultural diversity with state pavilions, regional performances, and exhibitions aligned with the “Vocal for Local” initiative. This event highlighted regional tourism assets and strengthened local industries.

The Dekho Apna Desh campaigns, including the People’s Choice Poll 2024 and Schools Contest, inspired citizens to explore their homeland, fostering national pride and boosting domestic tourism.

To attract the Indian diaspora, the Chalo India Global Diaspora Campaign offered one lakh free e-visas to international tourists. This initiative showcased India’s rich heritage and diverse attractions, drawing visitors from around the world.

These campaigns significantly elevated India’s visibility on the global tourism map and cemented its reputation as a vibrant, culturally rich destination.

Promoting Sustainability Through Tourism

Sustainability was a key focus in 2024, with various programs emphasizing eco-friendly and community-driven tourism. The Best Tourism Village Competition awarded 36 villages for their excellence in sustainable practices. These villages now serve as role models, promoting eco-tourism while supporting local communities and safeguarding cultural heritage.

Under the Paryatan Mitra and Paryatan Didi initiatives, locals were trained as tourism ambassadors, fostering responsible travel and creating economic opportunities. The programs emphasized balancing tourism development with social inclusion and environmental responsibility.

Collaborations between hospitality chains and educational institutions also improved service quality, ensuring tourism aligned with sustainability goals.

Simplifying Business Processes to Attract Investment

In a move to bolster investor confidence, the Ministry of Tourism introduced a handbook simplifying the process of granting “industry status” to tourism. By streamlining approvals and offering clear guidelines, this initiative made the sector more attractive to investors, creating opportunities for growth and employment.

This emphasis on ease of doing business reflects India’s dedication to fostering a robust tourism ecosystem that supports local enterprises while welcoming international investments.

Showcasing India’s Cultural Wealth

Cultural promotion remained central to India’s tourism strategy. By highlighting the country’s art, architecture, and traditions, the Ministry attracted both domestic and international visitors. Efforts to preserve cultural heritage ensured that these treasures are protected for future generations.

Events such as Bharat Parv not only celebrated India’s cultural wealth but also created awareness among global audiences about the nation’s unique offerings. The emphasis on cultural tourism supported the broader agenda of sustainable tourism by linking heritage preservation with economic development.

Future Prospects for Indian Tourism

The progress achieved in 2024 marks the beginning of a broader transformation of India’s tourism landscape. With a strategic focus on infrastructure, sustainability, and cultural promotion, the nation is poised to become a premier destination for international travelers.

Efforts to improve accessibility, streamline business processes, and enhance tourism experiences are expected to strengthen India’s position as a leading travel destination. As the nation marches towards becoming a developed economy by 2047, tourism will play a crucial role in fostering growth and building national pride.

“The achievements of the Ministry of Tourism in 2024 are laying the foundation for a vibrant future,” stated a senior tourism official. “With continued innovation and inclusivity, we are confident that India will emerge as a top choice for travelers worldwide.”

Conclusion: A Promising Path Forward

India’s tourism sector in 2024 has seen unprecedented growth, driven by targeted investments in infrastructure, sustainability, and cultural promotion. Dynamic marketing campaigns, enhanced accessibility, and investor-friendly reforms have collectively positioned the nation as a global leader in tourism.

With a commitment to preserving cultural heritage, supporting local communities, and fostering responsible travel, India is well on its way to becoming a must-visit destination for global travelers. These efforts are not only enhancing tourist experiences but also contributing to the nation’s economic and cultural development. As tourism continues to thrive, it promises a bright future for both visitors and local communities alike.

Air India Introduces Airbus A350s for Direct Flights from Delhi to New York and Newark

Looking for premium travel options to India? Air India has transitioned all flights between Delhi and New York City to its state-of-the-art Airbus A350-900s, offering refreshed cabins across all classes. The most recent changeover involves the route connecting Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport (DEL) and Newark Liberty International Airport (EWR). Additionally, flights from Mumbai to New York JFK and Newark continue to operate with the Airbus A350.

This shift builds on Air India’s initial introduction of the A350 on US routes in late 2023, when the airline replaced the Boeing 777-300ER with the A350-900 for its Delhi to New York JFK Airport (JFK) flights starting November 1.

First Airbus A350 Flight to Newark

The inaugural Airbus A350 flight from Delhi to Newark landed in the United States earlier today. Departing Delhi on Wednesday afternoon US time, the flight arrived in Newark at 6:55 a.m. local time on Thursday. The flight was operated by VT-JRH, a relatively new Airbus A350, just over a year old according to data from ch-aviation. This aircraft is the fifth A350 delivered to Air India, which currently has six of these planes in service.

Here are the details of the Airbus A350s currently in Air India’s fleet:

  • VT-JRA: 1.4 years old, delivered in September 2023
  • VT-JRB: 1.3 years old, delivered in October 2023
  • VT-JRE: 1.3 years old, delivered in October 2023
  • VT-JRF: 1.2 years old, delivered in November 2023
  • VT-JRH: 1.1 years old, delivered in December 2023
  • VT-JRI: 1.1 years old, delivered in December 2023

The flight duration was 14 hours and 35 minutes. The same aircraft later departed Newark, bound for Delhi, as AI106.

To celebrate this milestone, Air India also sent its cabin crew on a “cinematic journey” around iconic New York landmarks. The event showcased their new uniforms, designed by Manish Malhotra, as part of the airline’s efforts to promote its “new Air India experience.”

New Features on the Airbus A350

The Airbus A350s mark a significant upgrade for Air India, featuring completely redesigned cabin interiors. The airline highlights several enhancements:

  • An award-winning inflight entertainment system offering over 3,000 hours of content, including 1,400 hours of movies, 850 hours of TV shows, and 1,000 hours of audio.
  • Complimentary onboard WiFi for all passengers.
  • Improved catering and new serviceware.
  • Private suites in the Business Class cabin.
  • A dedicated Premium Economy section.

Business Class Private Suites

Air India’s Business Class on the A350 offers 28 private suites arranged in a 1-2-1 configuration, ensuring each passenger has direct aisle access. These suites can be converted into fully flat beds and feature doors for added privacy, along with personal wardrobes. The airline emphasizes that it is the only non-stop carrier between India and the US offering private suites in Business Class.

Premium Economy

The A350s’ Premium Economy cabin features 24 seats in a 2-4-2 layout, designed for passengers seeking extra legroom and comfort. The airline describes this section as an “upscale” and exclusive area within the aircraft.

Economy Class

The Economy Class cabin accommodates 264 passengers, with seats offering a pitch of 31 inches, a width of 17.5 inches, and a recline of 6 inches. Each seat is equipped with adjustable headrests, a 12-inch responsive entertainment screen, and USB power outlets. Passengers also receive blankets, pillows, and full-course hot meals as part of the service.

A Comprehensive Transformation

The introduction of the Airbus A350s is part of Air India’s broader transformation to reestablish itself as a leading global carrier. The airline returned to Tata Sons’ control in 2022 after being under government ownership for 70 years. Since then, it has embarked on a significant overhaul, focusing on enhancing service quality and modernizing its fleet.

As part of this transformation, Air India has placed orders for hundreds of new aircraft. Currently, 374 aircraft remain on order, including:

  • 98 Airbus A320neo
  • 210 Airbus A321neo
  • 19 Airbus A350-900
  • 25 Airbus A350-1000
  • 10 Boeing 777-9
  • 20 Boeing 787-9

In an earlier interview with Simple Flying, Air India CEO Campbell Wilson acknowledged that the airline had been hampered by a shortage of aircraft. This fleet expansion and upgrade aim to address such challenges while elevating the passenger experience.

Africa’s Emerging Ocean: The Tectonic Forces Shaping the Continent’s Future

The African continent is undergoing a remarkable transformation driven by tectonic forces, which are rapidly altering its geographical and ecological landscape. At the heart of this change lies the East African Rift System, a vast network of faults stretching from Mozambique to the Red Sea. Recent studies show that the tectonic plates in the region are separating at an accelerated rate, potentially leading to the formation of a new ocean. What was once thought to be a process spanning millions of years is now projected to unfold in the next million years or even sooner.

This dramatic geological shift is reshaping Africa’s geography, with the African and Somali plates moving apart at a rate of around 0.8 centimeters per year. The rift, located in the Ethiopian desert, stretches 60 kilometers and reaches depths of 10 meters, marking the early stages of a significant geological event—the birth of a new ocean basin. While this process is slow from a human perspective, it signals the beginning of a transformation that will redefine Africa’s landscape over time.

Cynthia Ebinger, a geoscientist from Tulane University, underscores the accelerated pace of this change, noting that the timeframe for the rift’s development has been shortened considerably. “We’ve reduced the timeframe to about 1 million years, possibly even half that,” Ebinger explains. Although she acknowledges that a major seismic event, such as an earthquake, could further hasten the process, she also points out that predicting such occurrences with precision remains a challenge.

The evolution of the East African Rift mirrors the historical formation of the Atlantic Ocean millions of years ago. It is a unique occurrence, as it is the only place on Earth where continental crust is transitioning into oceanic crust in real time. This rare opportunity allows scientists to closely observe the processes that drive tectonic movement and the formation of new geological features.

In 2005, a significant event in Ethiopia highlighted the rift’s dynamic nature. Over a short period, more than 420 earthquakes triggered the creation of a large fissure in the Afar region, an area known for its extreme heat and arid conditions. What typically occurs over the course of centuries unfolded in just a few days, challenging long-standing assumptions about geological timescales and further emphasizing the rapidly changing nature of the region.

The formation of a new ocean in East Africa could drastically alter the continent’s geography, with far-reaching consequences. Countries that are currently landlocked, such as Zambia and Uganda, may find themselves with new coastlines, which could significantly impact their economies and ecosystems. This shift underscores the dynamic nature of Earth’s surface, where natural forces constantly redefine the landscape.

The potential creation of a new ocean brings with it several key implications for Africa’s future. Geographically, the new coastlines and the splitting of the continent will bring about significant changes. For countries that are landlocked, the emergence of new coastlines could offer new opportunities for trade and access to maritime resources. This transformation could alter not only the economic landscape but also the ecosystems of the region, creating marine habitats where none existed before. At the same time, this shift will require adjustments in land management and coastal infrastructure, posing challenges for planners and governments.

The scientific community faces numerous challenges in studying and predicting these changes. Developing accurate models to forecast the rift’s progress, along with effective techniques for monitoring seismic and tectonic activity, will require collaboration across multiple disciplines. Understanding the environmental impacts of the new ocean basin and its potential effects on the surrounding ecosystems will also demand innovative research and international cooperation.

Ebinger and her colleagues are actively working to refine their models of plate movement, seismic activity, and the transformation of Earth’s crust. Their work is critical not only for unraveling the mysteries of the East African Rift but also for preparing the scientific community and the world for the broader implications of this extraordinary geological event. As the rift continues to evolve, scientists will be better equipped to predict and understand the long-term consequences of this tectonic activity.

The East African Rift serves as a reminder of the planet’s ever-changing nature and the powerful forces that continue to shape it. The accelerated timeline for the formation of a new ocean basin in East Africa underscores the dynamic processes that drive the movement of tectonic plates and the formation of new geological features. As research into this process continues, it offers a unique opportunity to observe and study these changes as they happen.

Ebinger’s statement that “we’ve reduced the timeframe to about 1 million years, possibly even half that” highlights the urgency with which scientists must adapt their research methods to keep pace with this accelerated process. The ongoing shifts in Africa’s geography will not only alter the continent’s physical features but also its political and economic landscape, especially for those countries currently without access to the sea.

The East African Rift’s development is a rare geological event that provides a glimpse into the processes that drive the formation of oceans. As tectonic forces continue to shape the region, scientists will have the opportunity to observe the transformation of continental crust into oceanic crust in real time, offering valuable insights into Earth’s geological history and the forces that have shaped the planet over millions of years.

The implications for Africa’s future are vast. The creation of new coastlines and the reshaping of ecosystems could bring about significant changes in the distribution of resources, economic opportunities, and even the political dynamics of the region. Researchers, policymakers, and environmentalists will need to work together to understand and address the challenges posed by these changes. The accelerated pace of the rift’s development calls for innovative approaches to studying tectonic activity and its impact on the environment.

In conclusion, the ongoing tectonic activity in East Africa represents a transformative moment for the continent. As the East African Rift continues to evolve, the creation of a new ocean basin could drastically alter Africa’s geography, bringing with it new opportunities and challenges. The work of scientists like Cynthia Ebinger and others is crucial in understanding and preparing for these changes, as the continent navigates this dramatic geological upheaval.

The East African Rift’s emergence as a site of tectonic activity offers a unique chance to study the processes that shape Earth’s crust and the formation of new oceans. As researchers continue their work, they are not only unraveling the mysteries of this geological event but also preparing for the broader implications it will have on Africa’s future.

Indian Universities Shine in Global Rankings Amid Mixed Progress

As 2024 draws to a close, the global academic performance of Indian universities has come under the spotlight. The QS World University Rankings for 2025 and the Times Higher Education (THE) rankings reflect both achievements and areas for growth. These rankings underline the growing influence of Indian institutions on the global stage, showcasing steady advancements and notable breakthroughs.

Over the past five years, from 2021 to 2025, India’s academic institutions have made remarkable strides, with several universities achieving new milestones.

The Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs) have demonstrated a strong upward trajectory in the QS World University Rankings. Among them, IIT Bombay has been the standout performer, improving its rank from 172 in 2023 to 118 in 2025. This steady climb underscores the institution’s growing reputation worldwide. Similarly, IIT Delhi has made significant gains, advancing from rank 197 in 2024 to 150 in 2025. This progress highlights the institution’s focus on research, innovation, and educational excellence.

QS Rankings

Institute 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
IIT Bombay 118 149 172 177 172
IIT Delhi 150 197 174 185 193
IISc Bangalore 211 225 155 186 185
IIT Kharagpur 222 271 270 280 314
IIT Madras 227 285 250 255 275
IIT Kanpur 263 278 264 277 350
DU 328 407 521-530 501-510 501-510
IIT Roorkee 335 369 369
IIT Guwahati 344 364 384 395 470
Anna Univ 383 427 551-560 801-1000 801-1000

Other IITs, including IIT Madras and IIT Kanpur, have also improved their standings. IIT Kharagpur and IIT Guwahati have shown consistent progress, cementing their places in the rankings. The rise of these institutions highlights the broader commitment of IITs to enhancing their academic and research contributions.

Beyond the IITs, other Indian universities have also gained recognition. Delhi University (DU) recorded a significant improvement, jumping from the 521-530 range in 2023 to rank 328 in 2025. This leap reflects its increasing global influence and academic excellence. Similarly, Anna University has risen rapidly, moving from the 801-1000 range to rank 383 in 2025, underscoring its emphasis on quality research and education. These achievements represent a broader effort by Indian universities to align with global standards and attract international attention.

Indian higher education has seen dynamism with new entrants and institutions improving their standings. For example, IIT Roorkee made a significant debut in the QS rankings, entering the top 335 in 2025 after not being listed in earlier years. IIT Guwahati has also steadily risen, progressing from rank 470 in 2021 to 344 in 2025. These improvements reflect growing academic and research outputs from these institutions.

In the Times Higher Education (THE) rankings, IISc Bangalore has consistently performed well, maintaining a position in the top 300 over the years. From being in the 301-350 range in 2021, it climbed to the 251-300 range by 2025. However, not all institutions have shown positive trends. IIT Ropar, for instance, experienced a decline, dropping from the 351-400 range in 2021 to the 801-1000 range in 2025. IIT Gandhinagar and IIT Guwahati showed fluctuations, with the latter rising from the 1001+ range in 2021 to 601-800 in 2024 before slipping to 801-1000 in 2025.

Despite challenges, IIT Patna and IIT Indore maintained stable performances, consistently ranking in the 501-800 range. These varied performances highlight the diverse pace of development and competitiveness among the IITs.

However, the six older IITs—Bombay, Madras, Delhi, Roorkee, Kanpur, and Kharagpur—have been absent from the THE rankings since 2020. This boycott stemmed from concerns about the transparency of the ranking methodology.

THE World University Rankings Overall Category

Institute 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
IISc Bangalore 251-300 201-250 251-300 301-350 301-350
Anna University 401-500 501-600 801-1000 1001+ 1001+
Mahatma Gandhi University 401-500 501-600 401-500 401-500 401-500
Saveetha Institute of Medical and Technical Sciences 401-500 601-800 501-600 801-1000 801-1000
Shoolini Biotechnology and Management Sciences 401-500 501-600 351-400 351-400 351-400
IIT Indore 501-600 601-800 601-800 401-500 401-500
Jamia Millia Islamia 501-600 501-600 501-600 601-800 601-800
Aligarh Muslim University 601-800 601-800 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
Amity University, Noida 601-800 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
Banaras Hindu University 601-800 601-800 601-800 601-800 601-800
BITS Pilani 601-800 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
Chitkara University 601-800 1001+ 1001+ 1001+ 1001+
IIT Patna 601-800 601-800 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
International Institute of Information Technology, Hyderabad 601-800 601-800 501-600 601-800 601-800
KIIT University 601-800 601-800 601-800 801-1000 801-1000
Lovely Professional University 601-800 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
Malviya Institute of Technology 601-800 601-800 Not Ranked Not Ranked Not Ranked
Panjab University 601-800 601-800 801-1000 601-800 601-800
Symbiosis International University 601-800 1001+ 1001+ 1001+ 1001+
Thapar Institute of Engineering and Technology 601-800 1001+ 1001+ 1001+ 1001+
VIT University 601-800 601-800 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
Alagappa University 801-1000 601-800 401-500 401-500 401-500
Bharathiar University 801-1000 601-800 401-500 401-500 401-500
Delhi Technological University 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
IIT Gandhinagar 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 601-800 601-800
IIT Guwahati 801-1000 601-800 1001-1200 1001-1200 1001+
IIT Ropar 801-1000 501-600 501-600 351-400 351-400
Institute of Chemical Technology 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000
Jamia Hamdard University 801–1000 601-800 601-800 801-1000 801-1000
Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Anantapur (JNTUA) 801–1000 601-800
NIT Rourkela 801-1000 601-800 1001-1200 1001-1200 1001+
NIT Silchar 801-1000 601-800 601-800 801-1000 801-1000
NIT Tiruchirappalli 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000 801-1000

 

Meanwhile, the National Institutes of Technology (NITs) have also made strides in the THE rankings. NIT Rourkela advanced from the 1001+ range in 2021 to 601-800 in 2024, although it slipped back to the 801-1000 range in 2025. Similarly, NIT Silchar maintained stability within the 601-800 range in 2023 and 2024. On the other hand, NIT Tiruchirappalli has remained consistent in the 801-1000 bracket over the years.

Other Indian universities and colleges have displayed a mix of progress and stability in the THE rankings. Anna University and Mahatma Gandhi University have performed exceptionally well, securing positions in the 401-500 range in 2025. Shoolini University has consistently ranked in the 351-400 and 401-500 ranges, reflecting its strong emphasis on research.

Institutions like KIIT University, Jamia Millia Islamia, and Panjab University have maintained their positions in the 501-800 range, indicating a steady academic reputation. However, universities such as Lovely Professional University (LPU) and Delhi Technological University (DTU) have struggled to break out of the 801-1000 range. This highlights the need for these institutions to focus more on research output and global collaboration.

Despite encouraging progress by some, others face challenges in meeting global standards. This mixed performance underscores the evolving nature of Indian higher education and its efforts to compete internationally.

As 2024 ends, the growing presence of Indian universities in global rankings offers a reason for optimism. Institutions like IIT Bombay, Delhi University, and Anna University have set benchmarks for others to follow. While challenges remain, particularly in ensuring consistency and global competitiveness, the progress made over the past five years signals a promising future for Indian higher education.

This review of Indian universities’ performance reflects both their achievements and the hurdles they need to overcome as they continue striving for excellence on the global stage.

Americans to Face New Travel Requirement for European Visits Starting 2025

Changes are underway for American travelers heading to the European Union (EU). Soon, visiting some of the most popular and affordable European destinations will require an additional step: applying for travel approval under the European Travel Information and Authorization System (ETIAS). While initially slated to launch in 2024, the timeline has shifted, with implementation now expected in 2025.

New Travel Authorization Requirement

ETIAS will be a mandatory process for Americans visiting EU countries for short stays of up to 90 days within a 180-day period. The application, completed online, will link directly to the applicant’s passport. Approval is straightforward, provided travelers meet the requirements.

ETIAS implementation is tied to the Entry/Exit System (EES), another EU initiative. According to EU officials, EES will be operational in 2025, with ETIAS following six months later.

Applying for ETIAS

Once active, the ETIAS application will require basic personal details, including name, address, passport information, occupation, and travel history to conflict zones. No health information or biometric data, such as fingerprints, is required.

The application process is expected to be quick, with most approvals finalized within minutes. However, approvals can take up to four days. In some cases, additional documentation or interviews may be requested, potentially extending the process by 14 to 30 days. To avoid delays, travelers should apply at least a month before departure.

Once approved, ETIAS authorization is valid for three years or until the associated passport expires, whichever comes first. Confirmation emails will contain a unique application number for future reference. Rejected applications will specify reasons, and applicants can appeal the decision.

Coverage and Exceptions

ETIAS applies to American citizens traveling to Schengen Area countries and Cyprus. The Schengen Area encompasses 30 nations, including France, Germany, Italy, and Spain. However, travelers to non-Schengen countries like the United Kingdom and Ireland are exempt from ETIAS requirements.

It is important to note that ETIAS differs from a Schengen visa. The latter is mandatory for visitors from certain non-EU countries but does not apply to Americans.

Cost of ETIAS

Applying for ETIAS will cost €7 (approximately $7.25). However, travelers under 18 or over 70 years old are exempt from the fee. Certain individuals, such as family members of EU citizens or non-EU nationals with free movement rights, are also exempt.

Travelers are advised to avoid unofficial websites, which may provide incorrect information or compromise personal data. The official ETIAS website should be the sole source for applications and updates.

Impact on Travel

ETIAS will introduce new travel logistics for American visitors. Airlines and cruise operators will verify ETIAS authorization within 48 hours before departure. Without valid approval, boarding will be denied. However, train operators, such as those managing the Eurostar between the UK and Europe, will not conduct ETIAS checks. Instead, border guards will handle verification.

Students and Long-Term Stays

ETIAS accommodates short-term stays for studying, but students planning to remain in Europe for longer than 90 days will need a student visa. After completing their studies, they can extend their stay for up to 90 additional days under ETIAS authorization, provided they are registered in EES.

Residents of European countries requiring ETIAS do not need to apply, nor do European nationals themselves. Family members of EU citizens may also bypass the fee, but only if they meet strict criteria, such as being a spouse, registered partner, or dependent relative.

Preparing for 2025

The shift to ETIAS marks a significant change for American travelers, who have not previously needed visas for short trips to EU countries. Cameron Hewitt, content and editorial director at Rick Steves’ Europe, noted, “It certainly shouldn’t cause anyone to rethink a trip to Europe. From what we know, ETIAS looks like it’ll simply be a manageable bit of red tape.”

For now, Americans can still visit Europe visa-free for up to 90 days. Travelers are reminded to check their passport’s validity, ensuring it is valid for at least six months after arriving in the Schengen Area, as this requirement will remain unchanged.

By 2025, travelers to Greece, France, Italy, and other EU nations will need to incorporate ETIAS into their planning. While it adds a layer of paperwork, its ease of use and long-term validity should make the adjustment relatively smooth for most visitors.

Visa Bulletin January 2025: Impact on Indian Nationals

The U.S. Department of State (DOS) issues the Visa Bulletin every month, detailing the availability of immigrant visas based on applicants’ priority dates. This bulletin includes two primary charts: Final Action Dates and Dates for Filing Applications. The Final Action Dates chart shows when visas can finally be issued, while the Dates for Filing Applications chart indicates the earliest dates applicants may submit their applications.

The United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has confirmed that it will continue using the Dates for Filing Applications chart for Employment-Based Adjustment of Status Applications. This follows a pattern set in October 2024. Similarly, USCIS will stick to the Dates for Filing Applications chart for Family-Sponsored Adjustment of Status Applications. The January 2025 Visa Bulletin shows global changes but is particularly significant for Indian nationals.

Family-Based Preference Categories

For Indian nationals, the January 2025 Visa Bulletin reveals limited changes across family-based visa preference categories:

  1. First Preference Category (F1): This category covers unmarried sons and daughters of U.S. citizens. The visa cut-off date remains fixed at September 1, 2017.
  2. Second Preference Category (F2A): Spouses and children of permanent residents see no change, with the cut-off date staying at July 15, 2024.
  3. Second Preference Category (F2B): For unmarried sons and daughters (21 years or older) of permanent residents, the visa cut-off date holds steady at January 1, 2017.
  4. Third Preference Category (F3): This category covers married sons and daughters of U.S. citizens. The cut-off date has advanced slightly to July 22, 2012.
  5. Fourth Preference Category (F4): Brothers and sisters of adult U.S. citizens see a minor advancement in the cut-off date to August 15, 2006.

Employment-Based Preference Categories

Employment-based visa preference categories also show minimal movement for Indian nationals:

  1. First Preference (EB-1 – Priority Workers): The cut-off date is set at April 15, 2022.
  2. Second Preference (EB-2 – Advanced Degree Holders and Persons of Exceptional Ability): The cut-off date remains unchanged at January 1, 2013.
  3. Third Preference (EB-3 – Skilled Workers and Professionals): The cut-off date stays at June 8, 2013, which also applies to other workers in this category.
  4. Fourth Preference (EB-4 – Special Immigrants): The visa cut-off date is set at February 1, 2021, consistent for religious workers as well.
  5. Fifth Preference (EB-5 – Immigrant Investor Visas):
    1. Unreserved Category: The cut-off date remains at April 1, 2022.
    2. Set-Asides (Rural, High Unemployment, and Infrastructure Areas): Visa numbers for Indian-born applicants in this category continue to be marked as “Current,” meaning there is no backlog.

Observations on Movement

Overall, the January 2025 Visa Bulletin reflects little movement in both family-based and employment-based preference categories. Quoting the report, “There has been minimal movement for both the Family-Based Preference Cases and Employment-Based Preference Cases.”

The decision to continue using the Dates for Filing Applications chart for employment-based visas indicates the Department of State’s intent to maintain a steady pace in visa issuance. This approach helps ensure that visa numbers are not exhausted too quickly. However, due to the high demand for employment-based visas, the DOS continues to exercise caution in setting its monthly visa number goals.

Future Prospects

Given the ongoing demand for both family-based and employment-based immigrant visas, the Department of State is likely to remain vigilant in its visa allocation strategy. The bulletin’s minimal changes reflect this measured approach. As the DOS and USCIS implement their policies in the coming months, stakeholders will closely monitor the movement in priority dates.

Indian nationals looking to adjust their status or apply for immigrant visas should stay informed about updates in future visa bulletins. The consistency in cut-off dates and the cautious advancement in specific categories highlight the complexities of managing the high demand for U.S. visas.

This structured and measured approach ensures a balance between efficient visa allocation and fairness across different categories and regions.

Taiwan Launches New Visa Programs to Attract Skilled Indian Professionals

In a bid to strengthen its workforce and meet the growing demand for skilled professionals, Taiwan is introducing two specialized visa programs aimed at attracting talent from India. These initiatives target sectors such as technology, engineering, and research and development, all of which play a pivotal role in the country’s economic growth.

The first program, known as the Employment Seeking Visa, is tailored to Indian nationals who wish to explore job opportunities in Taiwan. This visa grants individuals the flexibility to enter Taiwan and actively search for employment in their areas of expertise. Unlike traditional work visas, it allows applicants to assess the local job market before making long-term commitments. This approach appeals to professionals who want to understand Taiwan’s employment landscape before deciding on their next career steps.

The second initiative, the Taiwan Employment Gold Card, is designed for highly skilled professionals, entrepreneurs, and specialists. This comprehensive package combines a visa, work permit, and residence permit, offering unparalleled convenience for those aiming to settle in Taiwan. With a validity of up to three years and the option to renew, the Gold Card provides long-term flexibility and is particularly attractive to individuals seeking stability while contributing to Taiwan’s economic development.

“The Taiwan Employment Gold Card is especially beneficial for top-tier talent, as it simplifies the process of living and working in the country while supporting their long-term aspirations,” remarked a government official.

These programs are integral to Taiwan’s strategy to attract international talent to address skill shortages in critical industries. The government’s focus on sectors such as information technology, engineering, and research and development highlights its commitment to fostering innovation and maintaining its competitive edge in the global market.

Prospective applicants can access detailed information on the requirements and application procedures for both visa programs through the official websites of Taiwan’s Bureau of Consular Affairs and the National Development Council. These platforms offer step-by-step guidance to facilitate the process for Indian professionals eager to seize these opportunities.

By introducing these initiatives, Taiwan aims to position itself as an appealing destination for skilled workers, ensuring the growth and sustainability of its workforce in the years to come.

Rupee Hits Record Low Amid Global and Domestic Pressures

The Indian rupee continued its decline, reaching an all-time low of 85.35 against the US dollar in early trade on Friday. This marked the fourth consecutive session of depreciation, primarily driven by the robust dollar and heightened demand from importers. Adding to the pressure, foreign institutional investors sold shares worth Rs 2,376.67 crore in capital markets on Thursday, exacerbating the rupee’s struggles.

Domestic Challenges Compound Weakness

Domestically, the rupee’s depreciation has been influenced by a widening trade deficit and slowing economic growth. The currency has already dropped by 1.75% this quarter, reflecting deeper economic challenges.

Predictions for 2025

Economists expect the rupee to weaken further. Projections indicate the currency may touch 85.5 by the end of this fiscal year, with potential levels of 86 to 86.50 by December 2025. The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is anticipated to intervene selectively in the foreign exchange market, curbing sharp appreciation while permitting controlled depreciation. This strategy is aimed at replenishing forex reserves, which have been depleted during prior interventions.

The RBI’s approach also aligns with global currency trends, including the depreciation of other major currencies such as the Chinese yuan. Analysts suggest that the dollar-rupee exchange rate could rise to 86-86.50 due to a combination of factors: a robust dollar index, persistent trade and fiscal deficits, increasing gold imports, and the possibility of foreign portfolio investors favoring China over India.

The Rupee’s Real Effective Exchange Rate

Despite the depreciation, the rupee demonstrated relative stability in November. The real effective exchange rate (REER), which adjusts the rupee’s value based on inflation and trade with key partners, appreciated to 108.14 in November from 107.20 in October—a 0.9% increase. According to an RBI report, this appreciation counterbalanced adverse price differentials, highlighting the rupee’s comparative steadiness amid global economic turbulence.

Emerging market currencies faced intense pressure in November due to foreign portfolio outflows, a stronger dollar, and rising US Treasury yields. Nevertheless, the rupee’s modest 0.4% depreciation against the dollar underscored its resilience. Additionally, it recorded the lowest volatility among major currencies, reflecting its relative strength in a volatile global environment.

Impact of a Strong Dollar

The dollar remains firmly supported, bolstered by expectations of expansionary policies under Donald Trump’s administration when he takes office in January 2025. Anticipated policies aimed at boosting growth and inflation have driven up US Treasury yields, strengthening the greenback. The dollar index has gained over 7% this quarter, remaining above the 108 level. This dollar strength continues to weigh on the rupee and other Asian currencies.

While these dynamics present challenges, proactive interventions by the RBI have helped the rupee display resilience compared to its peers.

Implications for India’s Import Bill

A depreciating rupee could increase India’s import bill by $15 billion if external conditions remain unchanged. Although short-term relief may come from low oil prices, other import-dependent sectors are vulnerable to cost pressures.

India imports 58% of its edible oil needs and 15-20% of its pulses consumption, leaving these commodities particularly susceptible to rising prices. This could strain food security and elevate fiscal burdens.

Similarly, higher prices for imported fertilisers like urea and DAP may exacerbate fiscal challenges.

Industrial imports, especially from China, represent another concern. India annually imports $100 billion worth of industrial goods from China. Sectors like electronics, where 80–90% of smartphone components are imported, may face costlier imports.

Additionally, India’s reliance on imported coal for thermal power and steel production heightens its exposure to currency fluctuations. For every one-rupee depreciation, coal-based electricity generation costs increase by 4 paise per unit, potentially impacting 75% of India’s electricity generation.

Managing Volatility in the Rupee

The Reserve Bank of India must adopt a nuanced strategy to manage currency volatility while addressing broader economic challenges. Experts suggest that gradual depreciation could offer multiple advantages:

  1. Boosting Export Competitiveness: A weaker rupee enhances the global appeal of Indian exports, potentially narrowing the trade deficit.
  2. Monetary Flexibility: With reduced focus on currency intervention, the RBI can allocate resources to tackle domestic economic priorities.
  3. Avoiding Disruptions: A measured depreciation reduces the likelihood of abrupt and destabilizing adjustments in currency markets.

The rupee’s trajectory will hinge on global economic trends, India’s growth prospects, and the broader outlook for emerging markets. Nations such as China, Brazil, and South Africa are also grappling with economic vulnerabilities, with geopolitical developments further influencing currency dynamics.

Broader Implications and the Path Forward

Policymakers in India face a delicate balancing act as external pressures and domestic vulnerabilities persist. While short-term currency interventions can provide temporary relief, a strategic approach focusing on gradual depreciation and boosting export competitiveness is crucial for long-term resilience.

By adopting this measured approach, the RBI can strengthen the economy’s capacity to withstand external shocks, ensuring stability in the face of global uncertainties.

2024: A Cinematic Rollercoaster for Indian Film Industries

The Indian film industry in 2024 witnessed a whirlwind of highs and lows. Blockbusters with high expectations faltered, while unexpected gems triumphed. Several films that failed at the box office found appreciation on OTT platforms, transcending borders. As we usher in 2025, it’s a fitting time to evaluate the cinematic landscape of the past year, which offered a mix of successes and setbacks across India’s film industries.

Bollywood faced another challenging year, continuing its post-COVID slump. Despite heavy investments in star-studded films, the industry struggled to connect with modern audiences. High-budget films like Bade Miyan Chotte Miyan, Singham Again, Sarfira, Khel Khel Mein, and Yudhra underperformed critically and commercially.

Among these, Singham Again garnered particular attention. Despite a cast featuring Ajay Devgn, Kareena Kapoor, Deepika Padukone, Akshay Kumar, and Tiger Shroff, the film faltered due to a weak storyline. Its attempt to integrate elements of the Ramayana felt “forced and irritating,” according to viewers. Although it managed to break even, the overall reception was disappointing.

For Akshay Kumar, 2024 continued his rough patch. Out of five releases, three failed miserably, including the Hindi remake of Soorarai Pottru. His only relief came with a role in Singham Again and a cameo in the successful Stree 2.

Political narratives also made their way into Bollywood, with films like Accident or Conspiracy: Godhra, The Sabarmathi Report, and Swatantra Veer Savarkar. Critics accused these films of being government-appeasing ventures, and they failed to resonate with audiences, becoming box-office disasters.

On a brighter note, Stree 2 emerged as a blockbuster, rejuvenating Bollywood. Similarly, Kill, a thriller about an army man’s rampage on a train, captivated audiences nationwide. Other hits included Bhool Bhulaiyaa 3, Fighter, Shaitaan, Crew, and Chandu Champion.

Bollywood also found success in smaller, content-driven films. Titles like Laapataa Ladies, Maidaan, Amar Singh Chamkila, and Bhakshak gained traction post-OTT releases. This trend underscores the need for Bollywood to focus on relatable, human-centric storytelling that resonates with audiences.

In contrast, Tollywood showcased a seamless blend of Indian mythology and modern cinema. Nag Ashwin’s Kalki 2898 AD emerged as a standout, weaving a post-apocalyptic narrative with mythological elements like the Mahabharata war. For Prabhas, it marked a triumphant comeback, further solidified by the success of Salaar in 2023. Kalki stood out as a thoroughly satisfying cinematic experience, featuring a stellar cast and visionary direction.

Other Telugu hits included Hanuman, a story of a young man endowed with mythological superpowers, and Devara Part 1 starring Jr NTR. Saripodhaa Sanivaaram, featuring Nani and SJ Surya, also garnered attention both in theatres and on OTT platforms.

Malayalam actor Dulquer Salmaan made waves in the Telugu industry with Lucky Baskhar, a Rs 100 crore hit that eschewed typical cinematic tropes for a strong narrative. The film’s pan-Indian appeal was a testament to the power of storytelling.

Meanwhile, Pushpa 2: The Rule, starring Allu Arjun, continued its box-office dominance, particularly in North India. Despite receiving mixed reviews in Kerala, it reaffirmed Allu Arjun’s pan-Indian appeal. Mahesh Babu’s Guntur Karam also added to Tollywood’s success story.

However, not all was rosy. Ravi Teja’s Mr Bachchan, a lacklustre remake of Raid, faced harsh criticism for its outdated romance. Vijay Deverakonda’s Family Star alienated audiences with its problematic narrative twist. Sequels like Yathra 2 and films like Double iSmart failed to live up to expectations.

Kollywood, often seen as a cinematic powerhouse, had a mixed year. Major releases like Suriya’s Kanguva, Rajinikanth’s Lal Salaam, and Vijay’s The Greatest of All Time disappointed fans. Even Kamal Haasan’s much-anticipated Indian 2 turned out to be a major box-office failure, despite its legacy.

Vikram’s Thangalaan earned critical praise but couldn’t translate it into commercial success. However, films like Maharaja and Amaran provided some relief, with Vijay Sethupathi and Sivakarthikeyan delivering stellar performances. Other successful titles included Captain Miller, Raayan, Aranmanai 4, Guardian, and Vaazhai.

Kollywood’s art-house offerings like Lubber Pandhu and Meiyazhagan gained acclaim, particularly after their OTT releases. Films such as Lover, Blue Star, and Kottukkaali also spurred meaningful discussions among viewers. Late in the year, Viduthalai Part 2 received a strong audience reception, sustaining Kollywood’s reputation for impactful storytelling.

Sandalwood, the Kannada film industry, faced a challenging year, failing to replicate past successes like KGF and Kantara. The release of Martin highlighted the industry’s struggles, as it fell short of the grandeur audiences expected. With weak scripts and repetitive themes, Sandalwood risked audience fatigue, especially with sequels like Martin 2 announced despite lukewarm reception to the original.

In stark contrast, Mollywood continued its golden streak. The Malayalam film industry, known for its nuanced storytelling, delivered consistent successes in 2024. Films like Premalu, Braramayugam, and Manjummel Boys captivated audiences. The year reached its peak with Rifle Club and Marco, the latter being hailed as one of the best Indian films of the year, even outshining Bollywood hits like Animal and Kill.

Mollywood’s diverse narratives and grounded storytelling silenced critics who had previously dismissed its modest approach. As the industry carved its niche in Indian cinema, it delivered a strong reminder of the power of relatable and heartfelt storytelling.

As 2024 ends, Indian cinema stands at a crossroads. Will Mollywood maintain its dominance? Can Bollywood reinvent itself to align with audience expectations? Only time will reveal the cinematic landscape of 2025.

Anurag Kashyap Criticizes Bollywood for Losing Core Hindi-Speaking Audience to South Indian Films

Anurag Kashyap’s recent remarks have sparked conversations about Bollywood’s declining connection with its core audience. The filmmaker criticised the Hindi film industry for producing subpar content compared to South Indian cinema and argued that this negligence has paved the way for South Indian films, including dubbed versions, to dominate even in the Hindi-speaking regions. Speaking to The Hollywood Reporter India, Kashyap expressed frustration with the flawed distribution strategies that hampered his films’ reach.

Reflecting on the challenges during the pandemic, Kashyap shared that two of his critically acclaimed films, Gangs of Wasseypur and Mukkabaaz, were not given wide releases in North India. He explained that studios wrongly assumed his films appealed only to urban audiences in metropolitan cities such as Delhi, Mumbai, Chandigarh, and Hyderabad, disregarding the broader Hindi-speaking regions in the North. Kashyap described this as a significant misjudgment, stating that such decisions underestimated the appeal of his films among their natural audience base.

The filmmaker recounted an incident illustrating the studio’s neglect of smaller regions. A theatre owner from Bihar had reportedly pleaded with Eros, the production house, to release one of Kashyap’s films in their area. However, the studio rejected the request, citing the cost of producing an additional Digital Cinema Package (DCP) for the region as unjustifiable. Kashyap criticized this decision as emblematic of Bollywood’s shortsightedness, contrasting it with the success of South Indian films in similar markets.

According to Kashyap, South Indian films have thrived in Hindi-speaking regions because Bollywood failed to cater to its core audience. He elaborated on how YouTube channels exploited this gap. “We make Hindi films, but we have ignored the Hindi film audience. The advantage was taken by this man who created the YouTube channel ‘Goldmines’. He started acquiring South Indian films at cheap rates, dubbed them into Hindi, and catered to that Hindi-speaking audience. That audience grew so much that Pushpa 2’s trailer was released in Patna,” Kashyap remarked.

The director highlighted how these channels acquired South Indian films at low costs, dubbed them into Hindi, and tapped into an audience that Bollywood had neglected. Over time, this audience grew significantly, leading to a stronger demand for South Indian cinema in regions traditionally dominated by Bollywood.

Kashyap also reflected on the shifting admiration of audiences in the Hindi-speaking belt. “The same audience, which once adored Bollywood stars like Amitabh Bachchan and Govinda, now also recognizes and celebrates South Indian stars with equal enthusiasm,” he observed.

By pointing out Bollywood’s failure to adapt its distribution strategies and content creation to meet the expectations of its core audience, Kashyap painted a stark picture of the industry’s struggles. His remarks underscore a critical issue that Bollywood must address to regain its foothold among Hindi-speaking audiences.

Allu Arjun’s Pushpa 2 Nears 1700 Crore Milestone at the Worldwide Box Office

The fourth weekend of Allu Arjun’s Pushpa 2: The Rule showcased yet another display of cinematic dominance, outshining all recent Indian releases in theaters. Despite fresh competition, the film maintained its stronghold as the top choice for moviegoers. As the weekend ended, Pushpa 2 moved closer to a significant benchmark at the worldwide box office. Here’s a detailed analysis of the film’s remarkable performance over 25 days.

In India, the Sukumar-directed film continued to thrive at the box office, holding a firm grip on ticket sales. According to BookMyShow, the film saw massive sales over the weekend. On the fourth Friday, Pushpa 2 garnered ₹9.75 crores, which rose significantly to ₹13.80 crores on Saturday. The upward trend continued on Sunday, with ₹15.65 crores added to its total. Overall, the movie collected ₹39.20 crores net across all languages in its fourth weekend at the Indian box office.

By the end of its 25-day run, the Indian box office earnings for Pushpa 2 reached an extraordinary ₹1179.85 crores net (across all languages). When taxes are factored in, the gross figure stands at ₹1392.22 crores. On the international front, the movie added ₹3 crores during the weekend, bringing the overseas gross total to ₹288.25 crores. Combined, the film’s global gross stands at an impressive ₹1680.47 crores.

As the film approaches its 1700-crore milestone at the worldwide box office, this landmark achievement is expected within the next 3-4 days. With just ₹19.53 crores remaining to reach this target, Pushpa 2 is set to cement its position among the biggest box office successes in Indian cinema history.

Worldwide Collection Breakdown for Pushpa 2: The Rule

  • India Net: ₹1179.85 crores
  • India Gross: ₹1392.22 crores
  • Overseas Gross: ₹288.25 crores
  • Worldwide Gross: ₹1680.47 crores

Released on December 5, Pushpa 2: The Rule stars Allu Arjun in the lead role, alongside a stellar ensemble cast featuring Rashmika Mandanna, Fahadh Faasil, Jagadeesh Prathap Bandari, Jagapathi Babu, Rao Ramesh, and Sunil.

The film’s remarkable performance is a testament to its widespread appeal and the charisma of its lead actor, Allu Arjun. With a gripping storyline, stellar performances, and exceptional direction, Pushpa 2 continues to captivate audiences across the globe. As one fan noted, “It’s not just a movie; it’s a celebration of Allu Arjun’s brilliance.”

Having already delivered a historic run, Pushpa 2 shows no signs of slowing down as it marches toward the coveted 1700-crore milestone.

The Top International Films of 2024: Critics’ Picks Unveiled

As 2024 comes to a close, the film critics at Deadline have chosen their top three international movies of the year. Several of these films were recently included on the International Feature Oscar shortlist, though not all were submitted by their home countries. Reflecting on the year’s cinematic achievements, Deadline’s Awards Columnist and Chief Film Critic Pete Hammond remarked, “There was an exceptional list to choose from.”

Hammond’s top selections all premiered at the Cannes Film Festival, which he described as “another reason that iconic French fest sets the table for cinema for the rest of the year.” Other highlighted films debuted at major festivals in Berlin, Venice, and Toronto, showcasing a diverse array of global talent. Below are the top picks from Hammond and fellow critics Damon Wise and Stephanie Bunbury, presented alphabetically under their respective names.

Pete Hammond’s Picks

The Count of Monte-Cristo

This latest adaptation of Alexandre Dumas’ classic tale, The Count of Monte-Cristo (Le Comte de Monte-Cristo), captivated audiences with its premiere out of competition at Cannes, earning a massive standing ovation. Directed by Alexandre de la Patellière and Matthieu Delaporte, who previously worked on The Three Musketeers, the film delivers a sweeping three-hour epic. The story of Edmond Dantes, wrongfully imprisoned for 14 years and bent on exacting revenge, is brought to life with a riveting performance by Pierre Niney in the titular role. Hammond called it “the stuff great adventure movies are made of.”

Emilia Pérez

After its Cannes debut, Emilia Pérez became a sensation, winning prizes for its four female leads and earning director Jacques Audiard a Jury Prize. This Spanish-language musical, submitted by France for the Best International Film Oscar, is unique in every respect. It tells the story of a drug cartel boss who decides to change both his life and gender. Featuring stunning performances by Karla Sofía Gascón, Zoe Saldaña, Selena Gomez, and Adriana Paz, the film dazzles with originality. Hammond noted, “Even on its second viewing, it only gets better.”

Flow

Latvia’s submission for Best International Feature Film, Flow, stands out as a haunting animated feature in a year rich with exceptional animation. Directed by Gints Zilbalodis, the film premiered in the Un Certain Regard section at Cannes. It follows a cat who survives a catastrophic flood and bands together with four other animals to survive as their world crumbles. Hammond praised its “gorgeous animation” and emotional resonance, describing it as a story that “will live in your hearts long after seeing it.”

Damon Wise’s Picks

April

At the Venice Film Festival, Dea Kulumbegashvili’s April emerged as a standout, winning the Special Jury Prize. The film, described as a nuanced abortion drama, follows an experienced obstetrician on trial after a patient loses her unborn child. Damon Wise compared the film’s atmosphere to the work of Michael Haneke, noting its “immaculate but knowingly enigmatic compositions.”

Bring Them Down

Christopher Andrews’ Bring Them Down is a rural Irish thriller that unfolds with a unique storytelling approach, withholding key details until halfway through the film. Starring Christopher Abbott as a shepherd and Barry Keoghan as a duplicitous neighbor, the movie evolves into a gripping tale of betrayal and violence. Wise highlighted Keoghan’s performance, stating, “His shiftiness creates a mood of its own in the film’s tense, violent third act.”

Loveable

Lilja Ingolfsdottir’s Loveable, a Norwegian drama, offers a raw deconstruction of suburban relationships. The film focuses on Maria, a 40-year-old divorcee questioning her choices seven years into a new relationship. Helga Guren delivers a powerful performance, embodying Maria’s complexities with vulnerability and strength. Wise likened it to Marriage Story, saying, “This makes Baumbach’s film look like a Pixar comedy by comparison.”

Stephanie Bunbury’s Picks

Dahomey

Directed by Mati Diop, Dahomey explores the cultural history of the West African kingdom now known as Benin. The film reflects on the looting of 7,000 artworks by French invaders in 1890, some of which were only returned to Benin in 2020. Diop’s film blends historical reflection with imaginative storytelling, featuring a statue of King Behanzin coming to life. Bunbury described it as “an intellectually dense film bursting with ideas, some of them contradictory, some troubling, all of them provocative.”

My Favourite Cake

This Iranian romance centers on Mahin, a septuagenarian who defies societal norms to pursue a relationship with a kind taxi driver. Directors Maryam Moghaddam and Behtash Sanaeeha craft the story with charm and subtlety, presenting it as both a rom-com and a critique of restrictive cultural norms. Bunbury praised the film’s “simple charm” and “campaigning fervor.”

When Fall Is Coming

In When Fall Is Coming, French director François Ozon offers a poignant exploration of familial relationships through the story of Michelle, an elderly woman living in Burgundy. Hélène Vincent delivers a mesmerizing performance as Michelle, who harbors dark secrets despite her outward virtue. Bunbury described the film as “a wistful but unsentimental meditation on families: how they fail us and how, with love, they might be rebuilt.”

Conclusion

From sweeping epics to intimate dramas, 2024 has been an exceptional year for international cinema. These top picks from Deadline’s critics showcase the global richness of storytelling, with films that challenge, entertain, and leave a lasting impression. As Pete Hammond summarized, “There was an exceptional list to choose from.”

ISRO Successfully Launches SpaDeX Mission, Paving Way for Advanced Space Technologies

The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) achieved another milestone with the successful launch of the Space Docking Experiment (SpaDeX) mission on Monday, December 30, 2024. This mission marks a significant step in India’s space exploration capabilities, focusing on advanced technologies essential for spacecraft rendezvous and docking.

The mission was carried out using the PSLV C60 rocket, which lifted off from the first launchpad at the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota at 10 p.m. The rocket carried two small satellites, SDX01 (Chaser) and SDX02 (Target), along with 24 additional payloads. Approximately 15 minutes after the launch, the satellites, each weighing about 220 kg, were placed into a 475-km circular orbit, as planned.

“The rocket has placed the satellites in the right orbit, which is a 475-km circular orbit. The spacecraft’s solar panels have been deployed successfully. The two SpaDeX satellites have moved one behind another. Over time, this distance will increase by 20 km, and the rendezvous and docking process will begin. The docking process can happen in another week; the nominal time will be approximately January 7,” stated ISRO Chairman S. Somanath.

Aiming for Advanced Space Technologies

The SpaDeX mission is designed to demonstrate technologies for spacecraft rendezvous, docking, and undocking. These capabilities are critical for future space missions, including sending an Indian astronaut to the Moon, conducting sample return missions, and establishing the Indian Space Station. So far, only a select group of spacefaring nations have mastered such advanced techniques.

The mission’s objectives rely heavily on the precision of the PSLV C60 launch vehicle. According to ISRO, the demonstrated accuracy of the rocket will enable the Target and Chaser spacecraft to maintain a small relative velocity during their separation from the launch vehicle. This precise control is vital for the success of the docking process.

Step-by-Step Docking Procedure

ISRO explained that the Target spacecraft would use its propulsion system to gradually create a separation of 10-20 km from the Chaser spacecraft within the first day. “This incremental velocity will allow the Target spacecraft to build a 10-20 km inter-satellite separation with respect to the Chaser within a day. At this point, the relative velocity between the Target will be compensated using the propulsion system of the Target spacecraft,” ISRO clarified.

Once this drift arrest maneuver is complete, the Target and Chaser will share the same orbit, moving at identical velocities but separated by about 20 km. This stage is referred to as “Far Rendezvous.”

The Chaser will then approach the Target in a phased manner, gradually reducing the inter-satellite distance to 5 km, 1.5 km, 500 m, 225 m, 15 m, and finally 3 m. Ultimately, this sequence will result in the docking of the two spacecraft. “With a similar strategy of introducing and then compensating for a small relative velocity between the two spacecraft, the Chaser will approach the Target with progressively reduced inter-satellite distances, ultimately leading to the docking of the two spacecraft,” ISRO added.

Timeline for Docking

The docking operation is expected to occur between January 7 and 10, according to U.R. Rao Satellite Centre Director M. Sankaran. This timeline aligns with the mission’s nominal schedule, showcasing ISRO’s commitment to precision and technological excellence.

Additional Payloads Onboard

In addition to the SpaDeX mission, the PSLV C60 carried 24 PS4-Orbital Experiment Module (POEM-4) payloads. These payloads are part of ISRO’s broader objectives to advance space science and technology through innovative experiments.

The SpaDeX mission represents a leap forward for ISRO, placing India among the elite nations capable of performing complex spacecraft docking maneuvers. By mastering these advanced technologies, ISRO is paving the way for ambitious missions that will strengthen India’s presence in space exploration.

Trump Endorses Speaker Mike Johnson, Highlighting GOP Tensions Over Leadership

President-elect Donald Trump has formally declared his unwavering support for Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.), just days before a critical House vote to elect a new Speaker. Trump expressed his endorsement on Monday through a post on Truth Social, calling Johnson a principled leader aligned with his vision.

“Speaker Mike Johnson is a good, hardworking, religious man. He will do the right thing, and we will continue to WIN. Mike has my Complete & Total Endorsement. MAGA!” Trump wrote.

Trump’s endorsement is seen as pivotal, given the delicate balance within the Republican majority in the House. Johnson faces the challenge of uniting a divided GOP caucus, as he can afford only minimal defections to secure his position as Speaker.

Tensions within the Republican Party have complicated Johnson’s leadership prospects. Discontent over his handling of issues like the end-of-year funding package, intended to prevent a government shutdown, has drawn criticism. Several conservative hardliners, including Rep. Thomas Massie (R-Ky.), have openly opposed Johnson or refused to confirm their support.

With the GOP holding a razor-thin majority, Johnson’s margin for error is slim. If all House members are present and voting, he can afford to lose no more than one Republican vote.

In response to Trump’s backing, Johnson expressed gratitude and reinforced his commitment to advancing the “America First” agenda. “Thank you, President Trump! I’m honored and humbled by your support, as always. Together, we will quickly deliver on your America First agenda and usher in the new golden age of America. The American people demand and deserve that we waste no time. Let’s get to work!” Johnson posted on X, formerly known as Twitter.

Trump’s endorsement accompanied a broader message in which he celebrated his electoral success and criticized the Democratic Party. He accused Democrats of running a “very expensive ‘sinking ship’” and weaponizing federal agencies like the Department of Justice (DOJ) and FBI against him.

“BUT IT DIDN’T WORK, IT WAS A DISASTER!!!” Trump wrote. “LETS NOT BLOW THIS GREAT OPPORTUNITY WHICH WE HAVE BEEN GIVEN. The American people need IMMEDIATE relief from all of the destructive policies of the last Administration.”

The stakes of the Speaker vote have been closely tied to Trump’s influence within the GOP. Many lawmakers have indicated that Trump’s stance will significantly shape the outcome of the vote.

“It’s going to be more up to Trump than anybody else. He’s going to weigh in on it, I’m sure,” said Rep. Tim Burchett (R-Tenn.), who, like several colleagues, has withheld commitment to supporting Johnson.

Trump’s endorsement is particularly noteworthy in light of prior disagreements between the two leaders. These tensions were most evident during negotiations over the year-end funding package. Trump had pushed for a debt ceiling increase to be included in a short-term funding bill, aiming to prevent Democrats from leveraging it later in 2025. However, Johnson was unable to fulfill this request due to resistance within the Republican ranks.

Ultimately, House Republicans reached a compromise, agreeing to raise the debt ceiling by $1.5 trillion alongside $2.5 trillion in spending cuts. This agreement is part of a reconciliation bill designed to align with Trump’s legislative priorities while circumventing the need for Democratic support.

Despite this resolution, Trump has continued to advocate for immediate action on the debt ceiling. On Sunday night, he reiterated his stance on Truth Social, urging Republicans to address the issue before the end of President Joe Biden’s term.

“The Democrats must be forced to take a vote on this treacherous issue NOW, during the Biden Administration, and not in June,” Trump wrote. “They should be blamed for this potential disaster, not the Republicans!”

In the same post, Trump criticized former Speaker Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.) for his handling of the debt ceiling, suggesting that past decisions have contributed to the current predicament. “The extension of the Debt Ceiling by a previous Speaker of the House, a good man and a friend of mine … will go down as one of the dumbest political decisions made in years,” Trump said.

The interplay between Trump’s directives and Johnson’s leadership will likely define the early days of the new Congress. Johnson’s ability to navigate GOP divisions and maintain Trump’s support could determine whether he can consolidate his position as Speaker and advance the Republican agenda.

As the House prepares for the Speaker vote on Friday, Johnson faces the dual challenge of securing internal GOP unity and managing the expectations set by Trump’s public endorsement.

Netflix’s Latest Hits: A Glimpse at Top Non-English Films and Shows

For the third consecutive week, Jigra and Amaran have claimed spots on Netflix’s global list of most-watched non-English films. Jigra, led by Alia Bhatt, offers a gender-flipped take on the iconic angry young man archetype from Bollywood’s golden era, with Manoj Pahwa and Vivek Gomber supporting her performance. Meanwhile, Amaran, starring Sivakarthikeyan as Major Mukund Varadarajan, pays tribute to the Indian soldier’s legacy. Sai Pallavi also delivers a heartfelt portrayal of the soldier’s wife.

Despite a disappointing theatrical release, Jigra premiered on Netflix on December 6 and has continued to captivate viewers. In the week ending December 22, the film garnered 1.8 million views and 4.5 million watch-hours, ranking fourth on the list. Initially debuting in the seventh position, it climbed to third in its second week. Director Vasan Bala, who co-wrote the script with Debashish Irengbam, expressed pride in Bhatt’s dynamic role, saying, “It’s a character Bollywood hasn’t seen before.”

Similarly, Amaran entered Netflix’s lineup on December 5 after a strong box office run. Ranked sixth for the week ending December 22 with 1.3 million views and 3.6 million watch-hours, the film previously held fourth and sixth slots during its initial weeks. Directed by Rajkumar Periasamy, the movie’s compelling narrative continues to resonate with audiences.

Another standout performer is Vicky Vidya Ka Woh Wala Video, marking its second consecutive week on Netflix’s list. Directed by Raaj Shaandilyaa, this quirky title, starring Rajkummar Rao, Tripti Dimrii, and Mallika Sherawat, recorded 1.2 million views and 2.9 million watch-hours in the same period. Having debuted in the fourth position, it now occupies the seventh spot. Reflecting on the film’s reception, Shaandilyaa shared, “Audiences are loving the fresh narrative and performances.”

The documentary Yo Yo Honey Singh: Famous, directed by Mozez Singh, made a striking debut on Netflix’s list, securing the eighth spot. The film delves into the life of the Punjabi rapper and Bollywood musician, chronicling his meteoric rise and dramatic fall during the 2010s. With 1.1 million views and 1.4 million watch-hours in its first three days, it’s a testament to Honey Singh’s enduring appeal. Singh remarked, “This is a story of fame, struggle, and redemption that resonates universally.”

Among web series, the third season of Mismatched clinched the ninth slot on Netflix’s global list of most-watched non-English shows. Featuring Prajakta Kohli and Rohit Saraf, the show amassed 1.4 million views and 7.4 million watch-hours. Directors Akarsh Khurana and Nipun Dharmadhikari continue to captivate fans with this coming-of-age tale. Kohli, reflecting on the show’s success, said, “Mismatched is more than a story; it’s an emotion that connects with its audience.”

Dulquer Salmaan’s Lucky Baskhar has also maintained its momentum, securing the third spot on Netflix’s global non-English films list for the week ending December 22. With 2 million views and 5 million watch-hours in its fourth week, the film demonstrates staying power. Directed by Venky Atluri, the movie, which debuted on Netflix on November 28 after a moderate box office performance, also stars Meenaakshi Chaudhary and Maganti Srinath. Salmaan shared, “The film’s heartfelt story and relatable characters are the reason behind its success.”

Sikandar Ka Muqaddar, directed by Neeraj Pandey and featuring Jimmy Shergill, Avinash Tiwary, Divya Dutta, and Tamannaah Bhatia, has similarly retained a spot on Netflix’s list for four weeks. With 1 million views and 2.5 million watch-hours, it ranked ninth for the week ending December 22. After debuting at fourth and then rising to third, the film continues to find its audience. Pandey commented, “This is a tale of resilience and justice that strikes a chord with viewers.”

These titles exemplify the growing demand for diverse stories in global entertainment. With unique narratives and captivating performances, they have successfully captured the attention of Netflix audiences worldwide.

Syria’s New Leader Sharaa Suggests Elections Could Take Four Years

Ahmed al-Sharaa, Syria’s de facto leader, indicated that national elections might take as long as four years, according to Reuters. This statement marks his first public comment regarding an electoral timeline since the ousting of Bashar al-Assad earlier this month.

Speaking to Saudi-owned Al Arabiya, Sharaa explained that drafting a new constitution could require up to three years, while significant changes in governance might be implemented within a year. These remarks align with the new administration’s efforts to demonstrate a shift away from Islamist militancy and to reassure neighboring countries in the region.

Sharaa heads Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), the organization responsible for deposing Assad on December 8, effectively concluding Syria’s 13-year-long civil war. In a significant move toward inclusivity, he announced that HTS would dissolve during a planned national dialogue conference.

The group, which once had ties to al-Qaeda, has renounced extremist ideologies and committed to safeguarding Syria’s minority communities.

Despite these changes, uncertainty surrounds Syria’s future governance structure and the role foreign powers like Turkey and Russia might play. While Western countries have cautiously welcomed these developments, many minority groups within Syria remain apprehensive about the potential for Islamist-driven policies under the new leadership.

Sharaa underscored Syria’s strategic relationship with Russia, a key player in the region with military bases in the country. Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov commented on the matter, stating that discussions with Syria’s new leadership would determine the future of these bases. Negotiations will cover operational details and cooperative agreements with local authorities.

Furthermore, Sharaa expressed optimism that the incoming U.S. administration, led by President-elect Donald Trump, might consider lifting sanctions on Syria. U.S. officials who visited Damascus this month acknowledged Sharaa’s pragmatic stance and confirmed that the $10 million bounty previously placed on him had been rescinded.

The developments signal a complex but potentially transformative period for Syria as it navigates governance changes, regional diplomacy, and relationships with global powers.

India’s WTC Final Hopes Remain Alive Despite Boxing Day Defeat

India’s 184-run defeat in the pivotal Boxing Day Test against Australia in Melbourne has not extinguished their hopes of qualifying for the World Test Championship (WTC) Final. Fans showed unwavering support for their team during the fourth Test, even as Australia emerged victorious.

To keep their WTC Final aspirations alive, India faces a must-win situation in the upcoming final Test of the series in Sydney. A victory there would still not be enough on its own. They must also count on a favorable outcome during Australia’s visit to Sri Lanka early next year, either in the form of a Sri Lankan victory or a drawn series.

While the path to the WTC Final is challenging, India’s cricketing prowess and the unpredictable nature of Test cricket leave room for optimism among fans and players alike. As the series moves to its final showdown, India’s focus will be on delivering a strong performance in Sydney to stay in the race for the coveted championship.

Malabar Gold & Diamonds Expands Its Reach with 6th USA Showroom in Atlanta

Malabar Gold & Diamonds, recognized as the world’s sixth-largest jewelry retailer with over 375 outlets spanning 13 countries, has made a significant expansion in North America by inaugurating its sixth showroom in the United States. Situated in Atlanta, Georgia, this addition aims to provide local customers with a diverse collection of exquisite jewelry paired with exceptional service.

The showroom was inaugurated in a grand ceremony attended by Mr. L. Ramesh Babu, Consul General of India in Atlanta, alongside notable figures such as Mr. Dilip Tunki, Mayor Pro Tem of Johns Creek city, Mr. Joseph Eapen, Regional Head of North America for Malabar Gold & Diamonds, and Mr. Alfred John, Forsyth County Commissioner. The event was also graced by community leaders, members of the management team, loyal customers, media representatives, and well-wishers.

Expressing his enthusiasm about the new showroom, Malabar Group Chairman M.P. Ahammed remarked, “The launch of our 6th showroom in the USA is a moment of immense pride for all of us at Malabar Gold & Diamonds. North America has been pivotal in driving our international growth, and our newest showroom in Atlanta is a testament to our commitment to this market. Taking forward our long-held legacy of providing an exceptional jewelry shopping experience to jewelry lovers, we shall continue with the ambitious expansion plan we have charted for North America. The launch of our Atlanta showroom marks yet another step forward on our journey to becoming the world’s largest jewelry retailer. I extend my heartfelt gratitude to our customers, team members, shareholders, and stakeholders for their unwavering support in making this vision a reality.”

The new Atlanta showroom occupies a sprawling 5,400 square feet in a lively community hub. It boasts a collection of over 30,000 designs sourced from 20 countries. From opulent bridal jewelry to everyday wear, the offerings include pieces crafted from gold, diamonds, and precious gemstones to suit various tastes and occasions. Additionally, the showroom provides a customized jewelry design facility, enabling customers to create unique pieces with guidance from skilled artisans. A luxurious customer lounge further enhances the shopping experience, offering visitors a comfortable and welcoming environment.

Highlighting the strategic choice of Atlanta for this new venture, Mr. Shamlal Ahammed, Managing Director of International Operations at Malabar Gold & Diamonds, noted, “Atlanta’s rich cultural diversity and vibrant community made it the perfect choice for our 6th showroom in the USA. As a thriving metropolitan hub with a significant Indian-subcontinental population, the city presents an incredible opportunity for us to bring our wide-ranging portfolio of exceptional jewelry and impeccable services to a discerning audience. Following the overwhelming success of our flagship showroom in Los Angeles, we are confident that the Atlanta showroom will uphold our track record of excellence and become a cherished destination for jewelry lovers in Georgia. We have also charted an ambitious expansion plan for North America, which will include new showrooms in cities like San Francisco, Seattle, Austin, Tampa, Virginia, Detroit, Houston, Charlotte, Phoenix, New York, and San Diego. In Canada, the brand will extend its footprint into British Columbia and Alberta.”

Mr. Abdul Salam K.P., Vice Chairman of Malabar Group, emphasized the company’s mission to blend Indian artistry with modern designs while maintaining sustainable practices. “We are thrilled to expand our operations into Atlanta. Upholding the ethos of ‘Make in India; Market to the World,’ our goal is to seamlessly blend the artistry of traditional Indian jewelry with modern, contemporary designs, ensuring that Malabar Gold & Diamonds is a universal jewelry brand that resonates with all. At Malabar Gold & Diamonds, sustainability is at the heart of everything we do. Similar to all our other showrooms, our Atlanta outlet is a testament to our vision of growing responsibly while meeting the diverse needs of our customers. Every piece of jewelry reflects our promise of quality, purity, and ethical craftsmanship, ensuring a lasting legacy for future generations,” he stated.

Malabar Gold & Diamonds has built a global reputation for offering an unmatched jewelry-buying experience through customer-friendly policies and its signature “Malabar Promise.” This promise guarantees transparent pricing, lifetime maintenance across any of its showrooms in 13 countries, assured buyback, certified diamonds, full value on gold and diamond exchanges, and 100% hallmarked jewelry. The brand also adheres to responsible sourcing practices, fair pricing policies, and ethical labor standards.

The group’s commitment to Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) initiatives underscores its dedication to societal growth. Key areas of focus include health, housing, hunger eradication, women’s empowerment, education, and environmental sustainability. Malabar allocates 5% of its profits to CSR and ESG activities in the countries where it operates. One notable initiative is the Malabar National Scholarship Programme, launched in 2007, which has awarded 21,000 scholarships worth $1.9 million to female students. The group has also established 247 micro-learning centers in India to promote education among underserved communities.

Established in 1993, Malabar Gold & Diamonds serves as the flagship company of the Malabar Group, an Indian conglomerate with a diversified portfolio. The company has grown exponentially, achieving an annual turnover of $6.2 billion. With a global presence, it operates over 375 showrooms in countries such as India, the Middle East, the USA, the UK, Canada, and Australia. Its workforce comprises more than 22,000 professionals from 26 countries, all contributing to its continued success.

In addition to physical showrooms, Malabar Gold & Diamonds offers an online platform, allowing customers to shop for their favorite jewelry from the comfort of their homes at any time.

With ESG principles at its core, the company periodically revises its goals to ensure alignment with global standards for responsibility and sustainability. By integrating ethical practices into its business model, Malabar Gold & Diamonds continues to solidify its position as a socially conscious and forward-thinking organization.

IOCUSA During Prayers Vigil In New York Says, Dr. Manmohan Singh Dignified The Office With Integrity And Honor

The Indian Overseas Congress, USA, held a prayer vigil at Gurdwara Guru Nanak Darbar in Hicksville, New York, to condole Dr. Manmohan Singh’s passing. One after another, the speakers lauded his contributions and praised his stewardship on behalf of the people of India.

Former Indian prime minister Manmohan Singh died at the age of 92. Singh was one of India’s longest-serving prime ministers and he was considered the architect of key liberalizing economic reforms, as premier from 2004-2014 and before that as finance minister.

PHOTO 2024 12 30 13 03 06During the prayer vigil, George Abraham, Vice-Chair of the IOCUSA, spoke about his humanity and how his personal attributes have influenced a nation. “He was a man of humility despite his long resume and outstanding accomplishments at the behest of the ordinary people with whom he identified himself. He conducted himself with the highest level of integrity and honesty that was a hallmark of his life as well,” added Mr. Abraham

Mohinder Singh Gilzian, President of IOCUSA, spoke glowingly of Dr. Singh’s dedication to the Progress and welfare of the nation. He added, “His leadership shaped India into a global powerhouse, and his contributions to the welfare of the people will never be forgotten. His legacy of inclusive growth, bold economic reforms, and his commitment to the constitution and its values will forever remain an inspiration for all of us”, Mr. Glzian added.

Joshua Jaysingh, Treasurer of IOCUSA, lauded his leadership, which will continue to be a beacon of hope for marginalized and minority communities, reflecting his unwavering commitment to justice, equality, and inclusive growth.

Leela Maret, a senior leader of IOCUSA remembered Dr. Singh’s unwavering dedication to public service and added that he will be greatly missed.

Balbeer Singh Pahwa, the President of the Gurudwara Guru Nanak Darbar at Hicksville emceed the event. “Manmohan ji has brought India from the brink of bankruptcy with the country’s foreign currency reserves at a dangerously low level, barely enough to pay for two weeks of imports. He made bold measures to change the nation’s trajectory, and his name in the history book will be written in golden letters,” Mr. Pahwa said.

Several leaders of the IOCUSA and the community spoke, including Dave Randhawa, Leela Maret, Amer Singh Gulshan, Sharat Chandra Vemuganti, and Sukhjinder Singh Badesha.

Singh was the first Indian leader since Jawaharlal Nehru to be re-elected after serving a full first term, and the first Sikh to hold the country’s top post. Singh was born on 26 September 1932, in a desolate village in the Punjab province of undivided India, which lacked both water and electricity.

After attending Panjab University he took a master’s degree at the University of Cambridge and then a DPhil at Oxford.

PHOTO 2024 12 29 20 32 28Singh rose to political prominence as India’s finance minister in 1991, taking over as the country was plunging into bankruptcy.

His unexpected appointment capped a long and illustrious career as an academic and civil servant – he served as an economic adviser to the government, and became the governor of India’s central bank.

In his maiden speech as finance minister he famously quoted Victor Hugo, saying that “no power on Earth can stop an idea whose time has come”.

That served as a launchpad for an ambitious and unprecedented economic reform programme: he cut taxes, devalued the rupee, privatised state-run companies and encouraged foreign investment.

The economy revived, industry picked up, inflation was checked and growth rates remained consistently high in the 1990s.

The biggest triumph during his first five-year term was to bring India out of nuclear isolation by signing a landmark deal securing access to American nuclear technology. A consensus builder, Singh presided over a coalition of sometimes difficult, assertive and potentially unruly regional coalition allies and supporters.

Singh adopted the pragmatic foreign policies pursued by his two predecessors.A studious former academic and bureaucrat, he was known for being self-effacing and always kept a low profile.

History will remember Singh for bringing India out of economic and nuclear isolation, although some historians may suggest he should have retired earlier.

“I honestly believe that history will be kinder to me than the contemporary media, or for that matter, the opposition parties in parliament,” he told an interviewer in 2014.

Over 400 Christian Leaders Appeal to President and Prime Minister Following Christmas Violence

New Delhi, 31 December 2024:

Shocked by the surge in violence against Christians in general and especially during Christmas prayers and celebrations, over 400 senior Christian leaders and 30 church groups have submitted an urgent appeal to President Draupadi Murmu and Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The appeal calls for immediate and decisive action to curb the activities of violent mobs that have targeted Christian gatherings across the country, terrorizing communities and tarnishing the image of Bharat and the Union Government.

During this Christmas season alone, at least 14 incidents targeting Christians were reported, ranging from threats and disruptions to arrests and outright attacks, underscoring an alarming trend of rising intolerance and hostility.

Prominent signatories of the appeal include Bishop Thomas Abraham, Bishop David Onesimu, Bishop Joab Lohara, Rev Dr. Richard Howell, Sr. Mary Scaria, Fr. Cedric Prakash SJ, Dr. John Dayal, Fr. Prakash Louis SJ, Rev. Dr. Zelhou Keyho, Rev Dr EH Kharkongor, Mr. Allen Brooks, Rev. K Losii Mao, Rev. Dr. Akhilesh Edgar, Dr. Michael Willams, Mr. A C Michael and Rev. Vijayesh Lal, along with 400 other influential Christian leaders from the nation. Noted civil rights activist Shabnam Hashmi also signed the letter in solidarity.

The appeal points to troubling statistics from organizations like the Religious Liberty Commission of the Evangelical Fellowship of India (EFIRLC) and the United Christian Forum (UCF). Between January and mid-December 2024, over 720 incidents of violence targeting Christians were reported to the EFIRLC, with 760 cases recorded by UCF by the end of November.

The appeal focuses on systemic concerns, including:

  • ⁠⁠The misuse of anti-conversion laws leading to the arrest and harassment of over 110 clergy members.
  • ⁠⁠Growing threats to religious freedoms through state actions, such as the implementation of the Healing (Prevention and Evil) Act, 2024, in Assam.
  • ⁠⁠Escalating hate speech and harassment of Christian communities, including restrictions on peaceful prayer meetings and the distribution of religious literature.
  • ⁠⁠Exclusionary policies denying Dalit Christians Scheduled Caste status, perpetuating historic injustices.

The Christian leaders also expressed deep concern about the ongoing crisis and violence in Manipur, where over 250 lives have been lost, over 360 churches destroyed, and thousands displaced since May 2023. The appeal urges the Prime Minister to play a visible and active role in fostering peace and reconciliation in the region, emphasizing that the healing of Manipur is crucial for the unity and integrity of India.

The signatories have called on the President and Prime Minister to:

1.⁠⁠Order swift and impartial investigations into incidents targeting religious minorities.

2.⁠⁠Issue clear guidelines to state governments on protecting constitutional rights to religious freedom.

3.⁠⁠Initiate regular dialogue with representatives of all faith communities.

4.⁠⁠Protect the fundamental right to freely profess and practice one’s faith.

The appeal reiterates that inclusivity and harmony are vital not only for the moral fabric of the nation but also for its economic and social prosperity. The statement concludes with an assurance of prayers for the country’s leaders and a commitment to building a united, peaceful, and prosperous India.

Enclosed

  1. Text of Letter to President Murmu and Prime minister Narendra Modi
  2. List of prominent signatories

List of major church groups endorsing the letter

Jimmy Carter: A Legacy of Ambition, Challenges, and Humanitarian Achievements

Few U.S. presidents have risen as swiftly in national politics as Jimmy Carter. In 1974, as he neared the end of his single term as Georgia’s governor, Carter announced his intention to run for the presidency. Despite his modest national name recognition of just 2%, he embarked on an ambitious campaign strategy. Touring 37 states and delivering over 200 speeches before most candidates even entered the race, Carter aimed to build a grassroots connection with voters. His strategy paid off when he secured victories in Iowa and New Hampshire during the winter of 1976, momentum he carried to the Democratic nomination and ultimately to the White House in a narrow general election win.

Carter’s political career was later overshadowed by his exceptional four-decade-long post-presidential life, which ended with his death in Plains, Georgia, at the age of 100. He had battled cancer in his brain and liver during his 90s, becoming the longest-living U.S. president.

A Life Spanning Political Eras

James Earl Carter Jr., the 39th president, was elected as a Democrat in 1976, ousting Republican incumbent Gerald Ford. His presidency was marked by significant challenges, including inflation, energy crises, and foreign policy turmoil. Despite these obstacles, he won the Democratic nomination for a second term but lost the 1980 election to Republican Ronald Reagan in a landslide.

Carter was the first Deep South president since the Civil War, entering politics during the Democratic Party’s dominance in his region. After serving as a naval officer in the submarine corps, he returned to Georgia in 1953 to manage his family’s peanut business following his father’s death. His political career began with four years in Georgia’s state legislature before an unsuccessful bid for governor in 1966, where he was defeated by Lester Maddox, a populist known for confronting civil rights protesters.

While Carter shared aspects of the traditional white Southern identity, he also supported integration and Martin Luther King Jr.’s Civil Rights Movement. In 1970, he won the governorship and declared in his inaugural speech, “The time for racial discrimination is over.”

A Strategic Path to the Presidency

Carter’s rise to the presidency was rooted in a meticulous campaign strategy, capitalizing on new Democratic Party nominating rules in the early 1970s. Guided by campaign manager Hamilton Jordan, Carter leveraged early successes in the Iowa caucuses and New Hampshire primary to build national momentum. By January 1976, Carter was polling at just 4% among Democrats, but his early wins allowed him to capture the attention of voters nationwide.

He outperformed segregationist George Wallace in Southern primaries and dominated industrial states in the North and Midwest. Of the 48 primaries and caucuses that year, Carter won 30, far surpassing any other candidate.

Challenges in the White House

Carter’s presidency faced mounting difficulties, particularly in foreign policy. The Iranian Revolution overthrew the U.S.-backed Shah, leading to the establishment of a theocratic regime under Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini. When Carter allowed the Shah into the U.S. for cancer treatment, Iranian students stormed the U.S. Embassy in Tehran, taking 52 Americans hostage for 444 days. Carter’s attempts to resolve the crisis, including a failed rescue mission that left eight U.S. service members dead, were unsuccessful and severely damaged his administration’s standing.

The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan further strained his presidency. While opposing Soviet aggression was popular, Carter’s decision to boycott the 1980 Moscow Olympics was met with mixed reactions.

Despite these challenges, Carter secured the Democratic nomination in 1980, fending off a primary challenge from Senator Edward Kennedy. Carter framed the primaries as a referendum on the Iranian hostage crisis, which helped him maintain enough party support to defeat Kennedy. However, the intraparty struggle weakened him ahead of the general election.

The Reagan Challenge

Carter faced Ronald Reagan, a former California governor, in the 1980 election. Reagan united voters with promises of tax cuts, increased defense spending, and a return to traditional values of “faith, freedom, family, work, and neighborhood.” His opposition to abortion, school busing, and his support for school prayer resonated with conservative Americans.

After early successes in Southern primaries, Reagan solidified his position at the Republican National Convention. The election initially appeared close, but Reagan’s performance in their sole debate on October 28, 1980, tilted the scales. Reagan’s optimistic demeanor and criticisms of Carter’s handling of the economy resonated with voters, leading to a decisive victory.

A Transformative Post-Presidency

Despite the challenges of his presidency, Carter’s post-presidential years transformed his legacy. Historian Douglas Brinkley noted that within 20 years of leaving office, Carter had become “renowned the world over as the epitome of the caring, compassionate, best sort of American statesman.”

Carter dedicated himself to humanitarian causes, working with Habitat for Humanity to build homes for low-income families and establishing the Carter Center, which promoted democracy, human rights, and health initiatives worldwide. He also authored more than two dozen books and taught at Emory University.

His global advocacy earned him numerous accolades, including the U.N. Prize in the Field of Human Rights in 1998 and the Nobel Peace Prize in 2002.

A Controversial Yet Principled Figure

Carter often courted controversy in his later years, particularly regarding Middle Eastern policy. He opposed the Gulf War in 1991 and the 2003 U.S. invasion of Iraq. His comparison of Israel’s treatment of Palestinians to South African apartheid sparked intense debate, as did his suggestion that opposition to President Barack Obama was partly rooted in racism.

Carter also criticized then-President Donald Trump, drawing admiration and criticism for his outspoken views.

Bridging a Complex Legacy

Jimmy Carter’s life bridged eras of U.S. history, from the Civil Rights Movement to modern global conflicts. While his presidency faced significant struggles, his post-presidential work elevated him as a global humanitarian and advocate for peace. Carter’s unwavering commitment to his principles and tireless efforts to better the world left an indelible mark on history.

Jimmy Carter Dies at 100: Tributes Pour in for Former President

Jimmy Carter, the 39th president of the United States, passed away at the age of 100. The Carter Center confirmed that he was “surrounded by his family” at his home in Plains, Georgia, during his final moments on Sunday. His death marks the end of a remarkable life that included his time as a Navy lieutenant, peanut farmer, governor, and president.

The announcement prompted a wave of tributes from world leaders, including current and former U.S. presidents, who reflected on Carter’s enduring legacy. Preparations for a state funeral are underway to honor the only former U.S. president to reach the milestone age of 100.

Remembered by Leaders Across the Political Spectrum

President Joe Biden praised Carter’s life and character, calling him a “model of what it means to live a life of meaning and purpose.” In his statement on Sunday, Biden remarked, “He stands as a model of principle, faith, and humility. His life was dedicated to others.” Biden also expressed deep personal sorrow, describing Carter as a “dear friend.”

Vice President Kamala Harris joined the chorus of condolences, emphasizing Carter’s moral integrity and faith. “Carter was guided by a deep and abiding faith — in God, in America, and in humanity,” Harris said. She highlighted his ability to remind the nation and the world of “the strength in decency and compassion.”

Donald Trump, the president-elect, also paid his respects. While noting that he “strongly disagreed with [Carter] philosophically and politically,” Trump described him with “highest respect” and acknowledged Americans’ collective “debt of gratitude.”

State Funeral Plans

A series of public observances will take place to commemorate Carter’s legacy, beginning in Atlanta and Washington, D.C. A private interment will follow in Plains, Georgia, the small town where Carter was born and spent much of his life. Final arrangements are still being planned, and the ceremonies will be conducted by the Department of Defense’s Joint Task Force – National Capital Region.

A Life of Service and Principles

Before entering politics, Carter served as a U.S. Navy lieutenant and managed his family’s peanut farm in Georgia. His career in public service began when he was elected as Georgia’s governor, eventually leading to his presidency from 1977 to 1981.

Carter’s time in the White House was marked by significant accomplishments and challenges, including brokering the Camp David Accords, which led to a peace treaty between Egypt and Israel. Although his presidency was limited to one term, Carter remained an influential figure on the global stage through his humanitarian and advocacy work.

Tributes from Past Presidents and World Leaders

Other living former U.S. presidents also expressed their sorrow over Carter’s death. Barack Obama described him as “a beacon of moral clarity,” George W. Bush referred to him as a “great American,” and Bill Clinton honored his lifelong dedication to public service.

Condolences also poured in from leaders across the globe. Heads of state and lawmakers praised Carter’s unwavering commitment to peace, human rights, and humanitarian causes, reflecting the deep respect he garnered internationally.

Rosalynn Carter’s Legacy

Carter’s passing comes just a month after the death of his wife, Rosalynn Carter, who died in November 2023 at the age of 96. The couple had been married for over 75 years, making them the longest-married presidential couple in U.S. history. Rosalynn was widely recognized for her advocacy for mental health and humanitarian efforts, often working alongside her husband in their shared pursuits.

Honoring Carter’s Legacy

Jimmy Carter’s century-long life stands as a testament to a life well-lived in service to others. As President Biden aptly noted, he represented “faith and humility,” qualities that will continue to inspire generations.

The nation and the world now prepare to bid farewell to a leader whose legacy transcends politics, leaving behind a lasting imprint on history.

Jetliner Crash in South Korea Leaves 179 Dead: A National Tragedy

A Jeju Air jetliner skidded off a runway, collided with a concrete fence, and burst into flames on Sunday in South Korea, resulting in one of the nation’s deadliest aviation disasters. Of the 181 people on board, 179 lost their lives, while two crew members miraculously survived with non-life-threatening injuries, according to officials.

The incident occurred in Muan, a town approximately 290 kilometers south of Seoul. The ill-fated Boeing 737-800 had departed from Bangkok and was attempting to land when its landing gear reportedly failed to deploy.

Television footage showed the plane sliding at high speed across the airstrip, its landing gear seemingly closed, before crashing into a concrete wall and triggering an explosion. Black smoke and flames engulfed the aircraft as emergency services rushed to the scene.

Survivors and Emergency Response

The South Korean fire agency confirmed the death toll at 179. Two crew members were rescued from the wreckage and were conscious when pulled out. Lee Jeong-hyeon, chief of Muan’s fire station, described the plane as being completely destroyed, with only the tail assembly recognizable. Speaking to reporters, he said, “We are investigating all possible causes, including bird strikes.

The control tower had warned the aircraft crew about the presence of birds and suggested landing in an alternate area shortly before the crash. Despite this, the crew issued a distress signal moments before the disaster.

One survivor, whose name was not disclosed, is being treated for fractures in his ribs, shoulder blade, and spine at Ewha Womans University Seoul Hospital. “He told us he woke up to find himself rescued,” said Dr. Ju Woong, the hospital’s director. No details were available regarding the second survivor.

Investigation Underway

Transport Ministry official Joo Jong-wan confirmed that investigators have retrieved the plane’s flight data and cockpit voice recorders, which will play a crucial role in determining the cause of the crash. However, Joo warned that it could take months to conclude the investigation. The Muan airport runway will remain closed until January 1 to facilitate the probe.

Aviation expert Kyle Bailey, a former FAA safety team representative, speculated that the aircraft’s high speed contributed to the catastrophe. “It appears the plane struck a structure housing instrument landing equipment,” Bailey told Fox News. “That’s likely what spelled disaster.”

Victims and Condolences

The majority of passengers were South Korean nationals, with two from Thailand. Fire officials identified 88 victims in the hours following the tragedy. Thailand’s Prime Minister Paetongtarn Shinawatra expressed her sympathies in a social media post, stating, “I have directed the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to provide assistance.”

One of the Thai victims was Jongluk Duangmanee, who had worked in South Korea for years and recently returned to Thailand to visit her family. “I never thought this would be the last time we’d see each other,” said her grieving father, Boonchuay Duangmanee, in an interview with The Associated Press.

Kerati Kijmanawat, director of Thailand’s airports, confirmed that Jeju Air flight 7C 2216 departed from Bangkok’s Suvarnabhumi Airport without any reported issues.

Statements from Jeju Air and Boeing

Jeju Air released a statement expressing its “deep apology” and pledged to manage the aftermath of the crash. Company president Kim E-bae, along with senior officials, apologized to the victims’ families during a televised press conference, saying, “We accept full responsibility for this tragedy.” Kim emphasized that the aircraft had undergone regular maintenance checks and that the company awaits the official investigation results.

Boeing also offered its support in a statement on social media, affirming its commitment to assisting Jeju Air during this difficult time.

Government Response and Mourning Period

South Korea’s Deputy Prime Minister Choi Sang-mok visited the crash site and urged officials to expedite the identification of victims. “The government has declared Muan a special disaster zone,” Choi announced, adding that a weeklong national mourning period has been established.

President Yoon Suk Yeol, embroiled in a political crisis following his imposition of martial law, expressed his condolences via social media. Yoon’s office reported that senior staff held an emergency meeting to address the disaster. Meanwhile, Pope Francis joined global leaders in mourning, stating from Rome’s St. Peter’s Square, “I pray for the survivors and the deceased.”

Historical Context of Aviation Disasters

The Muan crash is among the deadliest in South Korea’s aviation history. The country’s last major air disaster occurred in 1997 when a Korean Air plane crashed in Guam, killing 228 people. In 2013, an Asiana Airlines flight crash-landed in San Francisco, resulting in three fatalities and injuring approximately 200 passengers.

Globally, the Muan crash is reminiscent of other tragic landing mishaps. In 2007, an Airbus A320 in Sao Paulo, Brazil, slid off a wet runway and crashed into a nearby building, killing all 187 on board and 12 others on the ground. Similarly, in 2010, an Air India Express plane overshot a runway in Mangalore, India, and fell into a gorge, leaving 158 dead.

Grieving Families and National Shock

At Muan airport, grieving relatives sobbed as officials read out the names of identified victims. “This is a tragedy that will forever scar our nation,” said one mourning family member.

As South Korea struggles to come to terms with this disaster, the focus remains on uncovering the cause of the crash and providing support to the bereaved families.

Trump Defends H-1B Visa Program Amidst Divided Supporters

President-elect Donald Trump has voiced his support for the H-1B visa program, which allows highly skilled foreign workers to immigrate to the United States, in his first public statement on the controversial issue since his election. The remarks come during a week when the program has sparked sharp divisions among his supporters.

In an interview with The New York Post, Trump stated his strong backing for H-1B visas, despite his previous restrictions on the program during his presidency. “I’ve always liked the visas, I have always been in favor of the visas. That’s why we have them,” Trump said, adding, “I have many H-1B visas on my properties. I’ve been a believer in H-1B. I have used it many times. It’s a great program.”

The H-1B visa program, which allows 65,000 highly skilled workers to immigrate annually and an additional 20,000 workers with advanced degrees from U.S. institutions, has long been a contentious topic in U.S. politics. Proponents argue that it helps U.S. companies remain competitive and fosters economic growth, while critics claim it undermines American workers by encouraging companies to hire foreign labor at lower wages.

Trump’s comments signal a shift from his earlier stance on the program. During his 2016 campaign, Trump criticized the H-1B visa system, accusing companies of using it to replace American workers with cheaper foreign labor. As president, he implemented restrictions on H-1B visas, citing economic concerns, especially during the COVID-19 pandemic. However, during the 2024 campaign, Trump expressed openness to granting legal status to certain foreign-born workers, particularly those graduating from U.S. universities.

The president-elect’s recent remarks align him with tech industry leaders, including Elon Musk, and signal a willingness to reconsider the program’s role in fostering innovation and economic growth.

Musk’s Advocacy for H-1B Visas

Elon Musk, the billionaire entrepreneur behind SpaceX and Tesla, has been one of the most vocal defenders of H-1B visas. This week, Musk took to social media to argue for the program’s importance in helping tech companies expand and innovate. On Friday, Musk declared, “The reason I’m in America along with so many critical people who built SpaceX, Tesla, and hundreds of other companies that made America strong is because of H-1B. I will go to war on this issue the likes of which you cannot possibly comprehend.”

Musk, originally from South Africa, gained Canadian citizenship through his mother and later moved to the U.S. as a foreign student, initially working under an H-1B visa. His passionate defense of the program has drawn both praise and criticism.

Musk’s sentiments were echoed by Vivek Ramaswamy, whom Trump has appointed to lead the newly created Department of Government Efficiency. Both Musk and Ramaswamy’s support for the visa program has provoked backlash from some members of Trump’s base, who view it as a threat to American jobs.

Criticism from MAGA Supporters

The defense of H-1B visas by Musk and Ramaswamy has led to sharp criticism from prominent figures within Trump’s coalition. Steve Bannon, a former Trump aide, described the program as a “scam” during an episode of his podcast on Saturday. Similarly, former Representative Matt Gaetz and far-right activist Laura Loomer have voiced strong opposition to the program.

The criticism highlights a growing divide among Trump’s supporters over immigration policy. While many MAGA loyalists advocate for restricting both legal and illegal immigration, others argue that programs like H-1B are essential for maintaining the U.S. economy’s global competitiveness.

Trump’s Evolving Relationship with Musk

Trump’s recent remarks defending H-1B visas also reflect his deepening relationship with Musk. On Friday, Trump shared a private social media message addressed to Musk, asking when the tech mogul would visit his Mar-a-Lago estate in Florida again.

This growing alliance between Trump and Musk signals a broader shift in Trump’s approach to the tech industry. While his first term was marked by tensions with Silicon Valley, Trump’s comments suggest he may adopt a more collaborative stance with tech leaders during his upcoming presidency.

Balancing Act on Immigration

The H-1B visa debate underscores the broader challenges Trump faces in balancing the competing interests within his coalition. While his base largely supports strict immigration controls, key business leaders and economists emphasize the importance of foreign talent in driving innovation and economic growth.

The H-1B program, established to address labor shortages in specialized fields, is seen by many economists as vital for maintaining the U.S. economy’s competitive edge. “The program allows companies to grow their businesses and create more jobs in the U.S.,” supporters argue. However, detractors claim it prioritizes corporate profits over American workers’ interests.

During his presidency, Trump sought to address these concerns by restricting access to H-1B visas, particularly during the economic downturn caused by the pandemic. Yet his recent comments suggest a willingness to strike a more balanced approach, recognizing the program’s potential benefits while addressing its perceived shortcomings.

The Road Ahead

As Trump prepares to assume office, his stance on H-1B visas will likely remain a contentious issue. While his comments signal an openness to compromise, the debate over the program’s impact on American workers and the economy is far from resolved.

For now, Trump’s endorsement of the H-1B program marks a notable departure from his earlier rhetoric, aligning him with tech leaders like Musk and highlighting the complexities of crafting immigration policy in a deeply divided political landscape.

In the coming months, Trump will face the challenge of reconciling these divisions within his coalition while addressing broader concerns about the U.S. economy and workforce. Whether his administration can strike the right balance remains to be seen, but Trump’s comments have already reignited a critical conversation about the role of immigration in shaping America’s future.

Trump’s Allies Clash Over High-Skilled Worker Visas, Sparking Immigration Debate

A rift has erupted within Donald Trump’s camp over visas for highly skilled workers, with new tech allies like Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy advocating for such immigration and the anti-immigration MAGA base opposing it. The conflict highlights the challenges of maintaining Trump’s coalition as his administration tackles immigration, a cornerstone of his 2024 campaign.

While President-elect Trump has pledged to curb illegal immigration at the southern border and initiate mass deportations, this debate focuses on legal immigration, revealing underlying anti-immigrant sentiment within some conservative circles.

A Controversial Appointment

The issue gained momentum when Trump announced the appointment of Sriram Krishnan as a White House policy adviser on artificial intelligence. Krishnan’s past suggestion to eliminate country caps on green cards and promote skilled immigration drew criticism. Far-right commentator Laura Loomer called his views “alarming,” claiming they would allow foreign workers to take jobs from American STEM graduates.

The H-1B visa program, which permits employers to hire high-skilled professionals, mostly in tech, became the center of the discussion. The program caps visas at 65,000 annually, with an additional 20,000 for those with advanced U.S. degrees. Critics within Trump’s base argue that the program undercuts American workers.

Racial Undertones

Some opposition to H-1B visas took on racist overtones, particularly targeting Indian immigrants. By law, no more than 7% of green cards can be issued to applicants from a single country annually, yet most pending applicants are Indian, who also make up 72% of H-1B visa recipients in 2023.

Amid the backlash, several tech industry leaders supporting Trump defended high-skilled immigration. Musk, a South African immigrant and former H-1B holder, argued on his platform X that there aren’t enough U.S.-born engineers to meet demand. “OF COURSE my companies and I would prefer to hire Americans and we DO,” he stated, “but there is a dire shortage of extremely talented and motivated engineers in America.”

Culture and Immigration Debate

Ramaswamy, co-chair of Trump’s “Department of Government Efficiency” (DOGE) alongside Musk, previously criticized the H-1B program during his presidential campaign but shifted focus in this debate. He blamed American culture for the shortage of engineers, asserting, “American culture has venerated mediocrity over excellence for way too long,” citing examples from pop culture.

His remarks sparked criticism, including from former U.N. Ambassador Nikki Haley, who countered, “There is nothing wrong with American workers or American culture. We should be investing and prioritizing Americans, not foreign workers.”

Other tech figures, such as venture capitalists David Sacks and Joe Lonsdale, supported high-skilled immigration. Sacks defended Krishnan, emphasizing that his call to remove green card caps did not equate to eliminating all limits. “Supporting a limited number of highly skilled immigrants is still a prevalent view on the right,” Sacks remarked.

Lonsdale expressed a nuanced stance, opposing “low-end H1B immigrants” but advocating for attracting top talent globally.

Seeking Common Ground

Musk acknowledged flaws in the H-1B system, agreeing with a post describing it as a way to attract “brilliant engineers” while also being “poorly implemented and abused.” Sacks similarly sought to bridge the divide, affirming trust in Stephen Miller, incoming White House Deputy Chief for Policy, to handle immigration. “What I oppose is a baseless witch hunt against a highly qualified American for a role as AI adviser,” Sacks added.

The debate has exposed cracks in the newfound alignment between MAGA conservatives and Silicon Valley figures who rallied behind Trump. Musk, who contributed $250 million to Trump’s campaign, has become a prominent ally, earning the nickname “President Musk” for his influence. However, his stance on immigration has stirred opposition from within the conservative base.

Criticism from the MAGA Base

Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene, co-chair of a DOGE subcommittee, urged Americans to replace H-1B workers by seeking skilled jobs themselves. “Put down the selfie light and go apply for a job,” Greene posted on X, adding that American companies are eager to hire domestic workers.

Former Rep. Matt Gaetz, initially considered for Trump’s attorney general, criticized tech leaders’ involvement in immigration policy, writing, “We did not ask them to engineer an immigration policy.”

A Historical Perspective

Trump himself has largely stayed out of the current debate, focusing on unrelated topics on X. However, his past criticism of the H-1B program looms large. During his 2016 campaign, he condemned it as a tool to replace American workers with cheaper foreign labor. His first-term administration attempted to raise wage requirements for H-1B visas, but the initiative was blocked.

Bridging Divisions

Amid the infighting, Ramaswamy echoed Trump’s patriotic rhetoric, emphasizing the need to revive the “American spirit.” Stephen Miller also invoked Trump’s 2020 speech celebrating uniquely American achievements, such as the Wright brothers and Elvis Presley, suggesting the U.S. must continue fostering domestic talent.

While the Trump-Silicon Valley alliance has sparked optimism among some conservatives, the immigration debate reveals the challenges of uniting diverse factions within the movement. As the conversation continues, it remains to be seen how Trump’s administration will navigate these tensions while shaping its immigration policies.

Former Prime Minister Manmohan Singh Passes Away at 92

Former Prime Minister Manmohan Singh passed away today at the age of 92 due to age-related medical complications, according to a statement from the All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) in Delhi. Singh, who had served two terms as Prime Minister, was under medical care at AIIMS at the time of his demise.

“With profound grief, we inform the demise of former Prime Minister of India, Dr. Manmohan Singh, aged 92. He was being treated for age-related medical conditions and had a sudden loss of consciousness at home on 26 December 2024,” the statement from AIIMS revealed.

The medical team provided further details about his condition and the efforts made to revive him. “Resuscitative measures were started immediately at home. He was brought to the medical emergency at AIIMS, New Delhi at 8.06 pm. Despite all efforts, he could not be revived and was declared dead at 9.51 pm,” the statement added.

Manmohan Singh, a prominent figure in Indian politics, served as Prime Minister for a decade from 2004 to 2014, leading the Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government. Known for his economic expertise and calm demeanor, Singh was instrumental in shaping India’s economic policies and is often remembered for his contributions to the liberalization of the Indian economy during his tenure as Finance Minister in the early 1990s.

In recent months, Singh had been grappling with health issues, which had become more pronounced with time. Despite his declining health, his influence and legacy remained significant in Indian politics and among the public.

He is survived by his wife, Gurcharan Singh, and their three daughters.

The news of his sudden passing drew immediate reactions and condolences from across the political spectrum. Congress MP Priyanka Gandhi Vadra and her mother Sonia Gandhi were among the first to arrive at the hospital upon learning of his hospitalization. Their prompt presence highlighted the strong bond and deep respect the Gandhi family shared with the late leader.

Dr. Manmohan Singh leaves behind a legacy of economic reforms, political stability, and a reputation for integrity and humility that continues to inspire leaders and citizens alike. His contributions to India’s progress will be remembered for years to come.

Big Money and High Stakes: Trump’s Inauguration Draws Corporate Titans and Crypto Leaders

Fortune 500 companies, cryptocurrency firms, and individual billionaires are contributing significant sums to support Donald Trump’s upcoming inauguration. With donations reaching into seven figures, they aim to align themselves with the new administration, securing exclusive access to the president-elect and his team during the three-day celebrations.

According to an official packet sent to donors, those contributing large sums can enjoy benefits such as a candlelight dinner with Trump and his wife Melania, VIP access to a “Starlight Ball,” and private receptions with incoming Cabinet members. Among the major contributors, Amazon, Ford Motor Company, and hedge fund billionaire Ken Griffin have committed $1 million each. Cryptocurrency firm Ripple is making waves with a $5 million contribution in its digital currency, XRP.

While the swearing-in ceremony at the U.S. Capitol is taxpayer-funded, most other inaugural events rely on private funding. These events offer an opportunity for donors with vested interests to establish relationships with the new administration. The names of donors contributing $200 or more will be disclosed 90 days after the inauguration when the nonprofit committee handling the fundraising files a report with the Federal Election Commission.

“Money is a way of building relationships in Washington,” stated Michael Beckel, research director of Issue One, a bipartisan political reform organization. “Everyone is racing to make friends. The incoming president has significant power, and a hefty contribution to the inaugural committee is a way for megadonors and corporate interests to curry favor with the administration.”

Unlike political campaigns, there are no legal caps on the amount an inaugural committee can receive.

Corporate and Crypto Ambitions

Several companies see their donations as an investment in future policy changes. The cryptocurrency industry, for instance, is pushing for a regulatory framework to integrate it into the mainstream financial system. Trump’s appointments of cryptocurrency advocate Paul Atkins as SEC chair and venture capitalist David Sacks as the White House’s AI and crypto czar are seen as victories for the sector.

Coinbase, a major cryptocurrency trading platform, has donated $1 million to the inauguration. “Coinbase is committed to working with the administration and Congress to create regulatory clarity for crypto,” said Kara Calvert, the company’s vice president for U.S. policy. “It’s important to engage early to hit the ground running.” She added, “We’re eager to work with the most pro-crypto administration in U.S. history as we build the future of crypto in America.”

Robinhood, another financial platform that deals in crypto assets, has pledged $2 million. Mary Elizabeth Taylor, Robinhood’s vice president of global government and external affairs, described the donation as a celebration of “a new era of American innovation and sensible regulation.”

Fundraising Goals and Historical Context

The budget for Trump’s upcoming inauguration remains undisclosed. His first inauguration in 2017 raised nearly $107 million, a record at the time. That committee later faced legal scrutiny for financial mismanagement, resulting in a $750,000 settlement, though Trump’s organization denied wrongdoing.

By comparison, President Joe Biden’s pared-down 2021 inauguration amid the COVID-19 pandemic raised nearly $62 million. Barack Obama raised $53 million for his 2009 inauguration and $43 million for his 2013 event.

Trump’s 2017 inauguration saw 18 donations of $1 million or more, according to OpenSecrets, which tracks political donations. Sheldon Adelson, a casino magnate, was the largest individual donor with a $5 million contribution. His widow, Dr. Miriam Adelson, is a finance co-chair for this year’s event. During the 2024 campaign, she donated $100 million to a pro-Trump super PAC.

Corporate Participation and Potential Risks

Corporate America’s participation in presidential inaugurations is not new. Many view it as a civic duty to celebrate the peaceful transfer of power. However, the political climate has shifted dramatically since Trump’s supporters stormed the U.S. Capitol in 2021, prompting some corporations to initially distance themselves from Trump.

The current scramble to fund Trump’s inauguration highlights a reversal of that trend. For many businesses, the stakes are high, particularly as Trump has pledged to undo Biden-era policies and overhaul U.S. trade practices.

Ford Motor Company and General Motors, which supported Trump’s 2017 inauguration, are contributing $1 million each this time—significantly more than their previous donations. Both automakers also plan to provide vehicles for the events.

This renewed financial support comes despite potential risks. Trump has threatened steep tariffs on imported goods, which could disrupt the global supply chains automakers rely on. He has also criticized the electric vehicle tax credit program, which offers up to $7,500 to consumers purchasing North American-assembled EVs. Although scrapping the program would require congressional action, the possibility has caused unease in the industry.

Other longstanding contributors to inaugural events, including AT&T and Bank of America, have also committed donations but have yet to disclose the amounts.

Exclusive Access for Big Donors

Trump’s inauguration offers unique opportunities for major donors to connect with the incoming administration. As he noted on social media, “EVERYBODY WANTS TO BE MY FRIEND!!!”

The donor packet outlines various perks based on contribution levels. Those giving $250,000 or raising $500,000 receive two tickets to key events, including the “Make America Great Again Victory Rally,” a candlelight dinner with Trump and Melania, and the black-tie ball.

Donors contributing $1 million or raising $2 million enjoy additional benefits, such as six tickets to featured events and two seats at an “intimate dinner” with Vice President-elect JD Vance and his wife, Usha Vance.

“This is guaranteeing wealthy donors a level of access that most Americans could only dream of,” said Beckel. “Even if you are the most ardent supporter of a presidential candidate, the odds are not in your favor of being able to rub shoulders with a president or a high-ranking official.”

Balancing Celebrations and Influence

As Trump prepares for a second inauguration, the intersection of big money and political influence continues to raise questions. While supporters frame their contributions as part of celebrating democracy, critics view them as strategic moves to gain leverage with the new administration.

Whether these donations will translate into policy influence remains to be seen. What is clear, however, is that Trump’s inauguration has become a focal point for corporations and billionaires eager to secure their place in the evolving political landscape.

Rupee at Record High in Real Effective Terms Despite Dollar Weakness

The Indian rupee is hitting new lows against the US dollar, but its value has surged to an all-time high in “real effective” terms.

According to the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), the rupee’s Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) index reached a record level of 108.14 in November, showing a 4.5% appreciation this calendar year. The REER is a measure that compares the rupee’s value not only against the US dollar but also against other global currencies. This index accounts for inflation differences between India and its trading partners and is calculated as a weighted average of the rupee’s exchange rates with 40 currencies, covering around 88% of India’s annual trade.

The rupee’s REER, using 2015-16 as the base year and assigning currency weights based on trade shares, initially declined from 105.32 in January 2022 to 99.03 in April 2023. However, it has been on an upward trend since then, climbing to 107.20 in October and peaking at 108.14 in November.

Why the Divergence in Rupee Trends?

The apparent contradiction—where the rupee weakens while simultaneously strengthening—can be attributed to the US dollar’s movements over the last three months, especially following Donald Trump’s victory in the US presidential elections on November 5.

During the period from September 27 to December 24, the dollar index futures, which measure the dollar’s value against six other major currencies (euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona, and Swiss franc), rose from 99.88 to 108.02. Much of this increase occurred after November 5, when the index was at 102.98.

In the same timeframe, the rupee depreciated from 83.67 to 85.19 against the dollar. However, it appreciated against other major currencies: from 93.46 to 88.56 against the euro, 112.05 to 106.79 against the British pound, and 0.5823 to 0.5425 against the Japanese yen.

Challenges for Exporters

A REER value above 100 indicates an overvalued rupee, meaning its exchange rate has not depreciated enough to balance out India’s higher domestic inflation. This overvaluation makes imports cheaper but reduces the competitiveness of Indian exports in global markets.

Effectively, while the rupee has weakened against the dollar, it hasn’t depreciated as much as the dollar has strengthened relative to other currencies. This strengthening of the dollar has been driven by Trump’s policy outlook, which includes proposed tariff hikes, particularly on Chinese imports, deficit-funded tax cuts, and plans for mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. If implemented, these policies could fuel inflation in the US, compelling the Federal Reserve to maintain a tight monetary stance.

The tightening monetary environment in the US has led to a surge in 10-year government bond yields, which rose from 3.75% to 4.59% between September 27 and December 24. This, in turn, has triggered capital outflows from countries like India to the US, further pressuring the rupee.

A Broader Perspective

Since the beginning of 2022, the rupee has generally weakened against major currencies. It declined from 74.30 to 85.19 against the dollar, 84.04 to 88.56 against the euro, and 100.30 to 106.79 against the pound. The only exception was the Japanese yen, where the rupee strengthened from 0.6454 to 0.5425.

Despite this depreciation against most currencies, the REER index for the rupee has risen. This paradox is mainly due to India’s inflation rate outpacing those of its major trading partners.

Assuming the rupee was “fairly” valued in 2015-16, when the REER base was set at 100, any value above 100 indicates overvaluation. This suggests that the rupee’s exchange rate has not fallen enough to compensate for India’s higher inflation. As a result, imports have become cheaper, and exports less competitive.

RBI’s Stance on the Rupee

The RBI seems to be tolerating a depreciation of the rupee, at least against the dollar, to address these imbalances. Analysts point to the central bank’s efforts to allow market forces to guide the currency, thereby improving the competitiveness of Indian exports.

“The rupee is highly overvalued today, making imports into India cheaper and exports less cost-competitive,” experts note. This overvaluation underscores the challenges faced by exporters, particularly in a global environment where the dollar’s dominance affects currency markets worldwide.

In summary, while the rupee’s REER highlights its relative strength in real effective terms, its simultaneous depreciation against the dollar reflects the broader pressures of global economic dynamics, driven significantly by US policies and market expectations.

US Campuses on Edge Ahead of Trump’s Return: International Students Brace for Changes

As President-elect Donald Trump’s January 20 inauguration approaches, anxiety and uncertainty are growing across US college campuses. Many universities have urged international students to return early from winter break, fearing a repeat of the previous travel ban that left students stranded during Trump’s earlier term.

The United States, which hosted over 1.1 million international students in the 2023-24 academic year, could see renewed challenges for these students. Trump has promised stricter immigration measures, including an expanded travel ban targeting predominantly Muslim countries and plans to revoke visas for students deemed “radical anti-American and antisemitic.”

International students, who typically hold nonimmigrant visas allowing them to study but not reside permanently in the US, find themselves in a precarious position. “It’s a scary time for international students,” remarked Pramath Pratap Misra, a 23-year-old political science graduate from New York University (NYU). NYU had the nation’s largest population of international students last year, with over 27,000 enrolled.

Amid final exams and winter travel plans, students across the country are preparing for potential disruptions. Universities have cautioned against leaving the US before the inauguration, fearing new restrictions.

Cornell University’s Office of Global Learning has advised students to return before January 21, when spring classes begin. The office warned that “a travel ban is likely to go into effect soon after inauguration,” possibly affecting citizens from countries previously included in Trump’s first ban—such as Iran, Libya, and Syria—as well as potentially adding nations like China and India.

Similarly, the University of Southern California (USC), which has the highest number of international students in California, encouraged students to arrive by January 6. In an email, the USC Office of International Service said, “The safest way to avoid any challenges is to be physically present in the U.S. before the Spring semester begins.”

Trump’s proposed “mass deportations” have further amplified concerns, not just for workers in industries like agriculture and healthcare but also for students. While Trump has also suggested granting green cards to international graduates of US colleges, his campaign clarified that only “the most skilled graduates” would qualify. These individuals would undergo strict screenings to exclude “communists, radical Islamists, Hamas supporters, America haters, and public charges.”

For students like Gabrielle Balreira Fontenelle Mota, a 21-year-old Brazilian studying journalism and international relations at NYU, the uncertainty is unsettling. “I’m not from a Muslim country or from China, which are places that Trump usually criticizes,” she explained. “What makes me a little bit more concerned is the ideological screenings that he said he will be implementing.”

In response, NYU reassured its international community, emphasizing the importance of cross-border student mobility. “We will be monitoring any immigration-related proposals, laws, and actions that could be of concern to our community,” the university stated in a post-election email.

Other universities have also taken proactive measures. The University of Massachusetts Amherst has urged international students to return before the new administration takes office, citing “an abundance of caution.” The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) advised against relying on social media rumors when making travel decisions.

Meanwhile, Northeastern University, which has the second-largest international student body after NYU, suggested students return by January 6 to avoid disruptions. Harvard University echoed similar advice, urging students to budget time ahead of the semester start to mitigate risks.

For some, the looming challenges recall Trump’s first term, marked by efforts to restrict immigration across various categories. “The best way to anticipate or predict what will happen in the second Trump administration is to look at what happened in the first administration,” noted Stuart Anderson, executive director of the National Foundation for American Policy.

As universities brace for potential policy shifts, the fear of restrictive immigration measures weighs heavily on students and faculty alike, casting a shadow over the upcoming semester.

India to Have the Largest Muslim Population by 2050, Study Predicts

The world is home to a variety of religions, including Hinduism, Islam, Christianity, Buddhism, Jainism, Zoroastrianism, and Sikhism. Among these, Islam stands out as the fastest-growing religion globally. A report by the Pew Research Center titled The Future of World Religions: Population Growth Projections, 2010-2050 projects a significant shift in global Muslim demographics. By 2050, India is expected to surpass Indonesia and become the country with the largest Muslim population, estimated at 311 million.

Muslim and Hindu Population Projections

According to the report, India’s Muslim population, which accounted for 14.4% of the total population in 2010, is projected to rise to 18.4% by 2050. This growth will make India home to 11% of the global Muslim population. Pakistan, currently second to Indonesia in terms of Muslim population, is expected to rank second globally by 2050, with 273 million Muslims. Indonesia, which held the top spot in 2010, is likely to fall to third place with 257 million Muslims.

In addition to the growth of the Muslim population, the report highlights the significant size of India’s Hindu population. By 2050, India is projected to have 1.03 billion Hindus, maintaining its position as the country with the largest Hindu population. Globally, Hindus will become the third-largest religious group by mid-century.

Currently, the Hindu population in India is not only substantial but also surpasses the Muslim populations of the largest Muslim-majority countries, including Pakistan, Indonesia, Nigeria, and Bangladesh.

Fertility Rates and Age Dynamics

One key factor driving the rapid growth of India’s Muslim population is the higher fertility rate among Muslims. The Pew Research Center study notes that Muslim women in India have an average of 3.2 children, compared to 2.5 children for Hindu women and 2.3 children for Christian women. The younger median age of Muslims also contributes to this trend. Globally, the average age for Muslims is 22 years, compared to 26 years for Hindus and 28 years for Christians.

This demographic advantage, coupled with higher fertility rates, positions the Muslim population to grow more rapidly than other religious groups in India. Meanwhile, the growth rate for Hindus and Christians is expected to be more moderate, with India’s Christian population decreasing slightly from 2.5% of the total population in 2010 to 2.3% by 2050.

Global Growth of Islam

The report also emphasizes Islam’s position as the fastest-growing major religion worldwide. In 2010, there were 1.6 billion Muslims globally, making up approximately 23% of the world’s population. By 2050, the Muslim population is expected to reach 2.8 billion, an increase of 73%. This growth rate is significantly faster than the global population’s projected growth of 35% during the same period.

As of now, Islam is the second-largest religion after Christianity. However, current demographic trends suggest that by the end of this century, Muslims could outnumber Christians globally. This is attributed to higher fertility rates and a younger median age among Muslims compared to other religious groups.

Regional Distribution of Muslims

A substantial majority of the world’s Muslim population resides in the Asia-Pacific region. As of now, approximately 72% of Muslims live in this region, which includes countries like Indonesia, India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Iran, and Turkey. Indonesia, currently home to the largest Muslim population, will cede this position to India by 2050.

The projected demographic shift is a significant milestone in global religious dynamics. By mid-century, India’s Muslim population, at 310 million, will surpass Indonesia’s, marking a historic change in the distribution of the world’s Muslim population.

Future Implications

The Pew Research Center’s findings underscore the transformative impact of demographic trends on the global religious landscape. The rapid growth of the Muslim population, both in India and worldwide, reflects broader patterns of fertility, age distribution, and regional concentrations. These changes have implications for cultural, social, and political dynamics in the decades to come.

As the report concludes, “The future of the world’s religions is being shaped by two overarching factors: differences in fertility rates and the size of youth populations among the world’s major religions.” These trends are poised to redefine religious demographics and influence global interactions in significant ways.

Americans Take a Step Back from Political News Amid Election Fatigue

As a Democrat who immersed himself in political news during the presidential campaign, Ziad Aunallah shares a sentiment many Americans feel in the wake of the election: he’s tuned out.

“People are mentally exhausted,” said Aunallah, 45, of San Diego. “Everyone knows what is coming and we are just taking some time off.”

This shift in political engagement is evident not only in conversations but also in media consumption. Television ratings and a recent survey from the Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research demonstrate that many Americans are scaling back their intake of political news. According to the poll, about two-thirds of American adults have recently felt the need to limit their media consumption concerning politics and government due to information overload.

This trend stands out more clearly in politics compared to other news topics. Fewer Americans are limiting their exposure to news about overseas conflicts, the economy, or climate change, but politics stands as a distinct exception.

For Sam Gude, a 47-year-old electrician from Lincoln, Nebraska, political news was overwhelming before the election. “The last thing I want to watch right now is the interregnum,” said Gude, a Democrat who isn’t particularly fond of President-elect Donald Trump. Gude’s sentiments reflect a growing number of individuals who are disengaging from political coverage.

Poll Results Show More Democrats Stepping Back from Political News

The poll, which was conducted in early December, revealed that approximately 7 in 10 Democrats report taking a step back from political news. While Republicans, buoyed by Trump’s victory, are less likely to distance themselves from political coverage, nearly 6 in 10 Republicans say they’ve reduced their news consumption as well. The number of independents pulling back from political news mirrors that of Republicans.

The poll results also highlight stark contrasts in the viewing habits of Americans, particularly when it comes to TV networks that have dominated political coverage. From election night to December 13, MSNBC saw a drastic drop in prime-time viewership. The network averaged 620,000 viewers, a 54% decrease from its pre-election numbers, according to Nielsen. CNN also experienced a decline, with an average of 405,000 viewers, a 45% drop compared to its earlier ratings.

Conversely, Fox News, a popular network for Trump supporters, saw an uptick in viewership. Its post-election prime-time audience averaged 2.68 million, an increase of 13%, according to Nielsen. Since the election, 72% of viewers tuning into these three major cable networks in the evening have been watching Fox News, a significant jump from 53% before election day.

The trend of a post-election slump for fans of the losing candidate is not new for networks with heavily partisan followings. MSNBC, for instance, experienced a similar drop after Trump’s election in 2016, just as Fox News did in 2020. In that case, many Fox viewers were upset by the network’s early call of Arizona for Joe Biden, leading some to seek alternative news outlets.

MSNBC faced a similar backlash following its coverage of Trump’s victory last month. Several viewers of the show “Morning Joe” were angered when hosts Joe Scarborough and Mika Brzezinski visited Trump shortly after his win. Despite this, MSNBC’s morning show ratings have only dropped by 35% since Election Day, a smaller decline than the 54% drop in prime-time viewership.

CNN, though experiencing a slump in television ratings, has pointed out that its streaming and digital viewership have remained steady, signaling that its digital presence continues to hold relevance.

Will Political Interest Rebound When Trump Takes Office?

There is some optimism that political interest will rebound once Trump takes office. MSNBC, for example, finds some comfort in past patterns: when a new administration begins, opposition supporters often flock to cable networks, reigniting viewership.

“I’ll be tuning back in once the clown show starts,” said Aunallah. “You have no choice. Whether or not you want to hear it, it’s happening. If you care about your country, you have no choice but to pay attention.”

However, there are uncertainties about how smooth this rebound will be. MSNBC’s drop in viewership has been steeper than it was in 2016, and it remains to be seen whether opponents of Trump will engage with the news as intensely as they did during his first term. Furthermore, cable television is losing ground, with more people cutting the cord, a trend that MSNBC has attempted to counter in recent years.

Americans Want Less Political Talk from Public Figures

The poll also indicates that Americans are tired of excessive political talk from public figures. After an election season marked by celebrity endorsements, including Taylor Swift’s, the survey found that a majority of Americans disapprove of celebrities, large companies, and athletes weighing in on politics.

Kathleen Kendrick, a 36-year-old sales representative from Grand Junction, Colorado, who is a registered independent, has noticed this shift. “You get a story but only part of a story,” said Kendrick. “It would be nice if you could get both sides, and more research.” Kendrick, like many others, craves more depth in news coverage and seeks out news sources that provide well-rounded perspectives.

Gude shares a similar sentiment, expressing frustration with the focus on Trump in news coverage. “If the network wants to expand its audience, then you have to talk about issues, and you have to stop talking about Trump,” he said.

Gude’s frustration reflects a growing concern about the narrow focus of political coverage. As he points out, “It’s kind of their own fault that I’m not watching. I felt they spent all this time talking about the election. They made it so much of their focus that when the main event ends, why would people want to keep watching?”

MSNBC Faces Corporate Shifts Amid Audience Decline

Adding another layer to MSNBC’s challenges, parent company Comcast recently announced that it would spin off some of its properties, including MSNBC, into a new company. This move will bring in new corporate leadership and sever MSNBC’s ties with NBC News, creating uncertainty about the future direction of the network.

As the media landscape continues to evolve, many Americans who have tuned out political news are looking for news sources that offer more thoughtful, balanced reporting. If networks hope to re-engage these viewers, they may need to focus on providing in-depth coverage that goes beyond sensationalism and partisan politics.

Pushpa’s Box Office Success Highlights Andhra Pradesh’s Struggle to Profit from Red Sanders Auction

Amid the buzz surrounding the Allu Arjun-starring Pushpa 2: The Rule and its massive box office success, a contrasting reality emerges in Andhra Pradesh. The action drama, portraying Arjun as a red sanders smuggler, has collectively earned around Rs 1,500 crore from its first and second parts. However, the state government struggles to earn even a fraction of that amount from its red sanders auctions, with international buyers showing little interest in the prized wood.

Red sanders, also known as red sandalwood, is a rare species found in Andhra Pradesh’s Rayalaseema region. It is listed under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, which prohibits its felling or sale by private entities. However, India received special permission to remove red sanders from the endangered list, allowing its sale under strict government authorization.

Despite this relaxation, Andhra Pradesh—the primary authorized seller of red sandalwood in India—has failed to find buyers in the international market since the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic. The species, valued for its use in traditional medicine and luxury goods, remains unsold, compounding the government’s challenges in leveraging its auction potential.

Pandemic Paralyzes Red Sanders Trade

The Seshachalam Hills, one of India’s most biodiverse regions, continues to face rampant smuggling of red sanders even as legal sales have stalled. Since 2020, the Andhra Pradesh government has not managed to sell a single tonne of the wood in international auctions. China, which was previously the primary market for red sandalwood, has significantly reduced its demand.

A government source disclosed, “Since the pandemic began, no red sandalwood has been sold at any international auctions. The global economic slowdown has affected demand, with China, in particular, cutting back.”

This downturn contrasts with Andhra Pradesh’s earlier efforts. Since the 1990s, the government has conducted 24 rounds of international auctions, generating Rs 1,800 to Rs 1,900 crore—an amount only marginally higher than the earnings of Pushpa.

The most recent auction attempt, held in November and December this year, saw the government offering 905 tonnes of red sandalwood. Unfortunately, not a single tonne was sold. Officials attribute this failure to the lingering economic impact of the pandemic and cautious international buyers.

High-Value Logs in Storage

Currently, Andhra Pradesh has been authorized by the Directorate General of Foreign Trade to auction 11,000 tonnes of red sanders. However, approximately 4,000 tonnes remain unsold and are stored in a high-security depot in Tirupati.

The wood is classified into three grades: A, B, and C, with A-grade being the highest quality. In past auctions conducted under the Telugu Desam Party government, A-grade red sandalwood fetched between Rs 1 crore and Rs 1.5 crore per tonne. Today, its value has dropped to around Rs 75 lakh per tonne, reflecting the market’s slump.

Despite these challenges, government officials are unwilling to lower the prices further. A senior official explained, “We expect demand to rebound. Reducing prices now could encourage smugglers to exploit the situation, manipulate the market, and form cartels.”

A Persistent Issue

The economic struggles of legal red sandalwood trade starkly contrast with the illicit smuggling activities that continue unabated. The Seshachalam Hills remain a hotspot for illegal trade, even as the state government battles to find legitimate avenues for profit.

While the box office success of Pushpa 2 showcases the commercial allure of red sanders smuggling as a cinematic theme, the reality for Andhra Pradesh’s government is far less glamorous. The state’s inability to sell even a tonne of its prized wood in recent years underscores the complex interplay of environmental regulations, global market conditions, and economic uncertainties.

As Andhra Pradesh waits for international demand to recover, the stark contrast between Pushpa’s fictional narrative and the real-life challenges faced by the state serves as a telling commentary on the complexities of red sanders trade.

Indian-American Sriram Krishnan’s White House AI Appointment Sparks Heated Immigration Debate

The recent appointment of Indian-American venture capitalist Sriram Krishnan as Senior Policy Advisor for Artificial Intelligence (AI) at the White House has ignited a contentious debate in the political and technological arenas. As the U.S. grapples with polarized views on immigration and tech policy, Krishnan’s new role has become a lightning rod for criticism, particularly from those aligned with former President Donald Trump’s “America First” agenda.

The backlash has been particularly vocal on social media, with critics accusing Krishnan of promoting policies that undermine American workers and calling for a reduction in the presence of foreign professionals, particularly Indians, in Silicon Valley. Among the loudest voices is far-right activist Laura Loomer, who took aim at Krishnan’s advocacy for eliminating country-specific caps on green cards—a reform aimed at addressing the significant backlog faced by Indian applicants.

“Deeply disturbing to see the appointment of Sriram Krishnan @sriramk as Senior Policy Advisor for AI,” Loomer wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter). She claimed that Krishnan’s policies would pave the way for foreign workers to dominate Silicon Valley, sidelining American STEM graduates in the process. Loomer’s statements have resonated with certain factions of Trump’s base, many of whom are deeply skeptical of high-skilled immigration.

Loomer’s concerns were echoed by New York-based conservative columnist Gavin Mario Wax, who warned against the potential dangers of relying on what he referred to as “cheap foreign tech workers.” Wax’s criticism added fuel to the fire, with Loomer amplifying his message and framing the debate as a clash between Silicon Valley’s “tech bros” and nationalist populists. The growing tension, according to these critics, threatens to fracture an already fragile coalition.

Tech Leaders Rally Around Krishnan

Amid the storm of criticism, prominent figures in the tech industry have rallied to defend Krishnan. Venture capitalist David Sacks dismissed the accusations as baseless, countering the claim that Krishnan is ideologically aligned with leftist politics. “Sriram is definitely not a ‘career leftist,’” Sacks posted on X, attempting to dispel the labels imposed by Krishnan’s detractors.

Joe Lonsdale, an entrepreneur and philanthropist, also came to Krishnan’s defense, asserting the importance of attracting top global talent to sustain the U.S.’s competitive edge. “The U.S. must continue to draw the best and brightest from around the world,” Lonsdale emphasized. This sentiment reflects a broader consensus within the tech community, which views high-skilled immigrants as indispensable contributors to innovation and economic growth.

Jason Calacanis, another prominent tech investor, joined the chorus, highlighting the significant role immigrants play in driving technological advancement and job creation in the U.S. While acknowledging the political challenges, Calacanis stressed that limiting immigration could jeopardize the country’s position as a global leader in technology.

The H-1B Visa Debate

At the core of this controversy is the H-1B visa program, a longstanding yet divisive policy that enables U.S. companies to hire skilled foreign workers. Supporters of the program argue that it is a crucial mechanism for attracting top-tier talent to the country. However, critics contend that the program displaces American workers and drives down wages in industries heavily reliant on skilled labor.

For Trump supporters, Krishnan’s appointment signals a potential shift in immigration policy, one that they argue could weaken domestic job prospects. The controversy surrounding Krishnan is further amplified by his advocacy for reforms such as removing country-specific caps on green cards. Under the current system, green cards are allocated equally among all countries, a structure that disproportionately affects Indian applicants due to high demand. While applicants from smaller nations often face minimal delays, Indian applicants can encounter waiting periods exceeding a decade.

Krishnan has long championed a merit-based system that prioritizes efficiency over country quotas, a stance supported by influential figures like Elon Musk. However, this approach has drawn sharp criticism from immigration skeptics, who view it as a threat to American workers and a deviation from traditional immigration priorities.

Silicon Valley’s Perspective

The tech industry, by contrast, has largely welcomed Krishnan’s appointment, framing it as a positive step toward retaining the U.S.’s leadership in AI and other emerging technologies. Silicon Valley leaders have consistently advocated for policies that facilitate the recruitment of high-skilled immigrants, arguing that such measures are essential for fostering innovation and economic progress.

Krishnan himself has defended his policy positions with conviction, asserting that reforms aimed at streamlining immigration processes are necessary for the U.S. to remain a magnet for global talent. His stance aligns with the broader ethos of Silicon Valley, which views openness and inclusivity as vital to sustaining its competitive edge.

The divide between Silicon Valley and Trump’s base underscores a broader cultural and political conflict. On one side are tech leaders who champion open borders as a means of driving technological progress and economic growth. On the other are nationalist populists who argue that unchecked immigration poses a threat to American jobs, wages, and values.

A Nation Divided

For now, the debate over Krishnan’s appointment and its broader implications shows no signs of abating. Critics view his nomination as a betrayal of the “America First” ethos that has been a cornerstone of Trump-era policies. Meanwhile, proponents see it as a necessary move to safeguard the U.S.’s position as a global leader in technology.

As the U.S. continues to grapple with the challenges of balancing economic innovation with domestic job security, Krishnan’s role in shaping AI policy at the White House will remain under intense scrutiny. The controversy surrounding his appointment highlights the deep divisions in American society over immigration, globalization, and the future of work. Whether Krishnan’s policies can bridge these divides or exacerbate them remains to be seen, but one thing is clear: his tenure as Senior Policy Advisor for AI will be closely watched by supporters and critics alike.

In the words of Joe Lonsdale, “Attracting the best and brightest is not just a policy choice; it’s a necessity for maintaining our global edge.” On the other hand, critics like Loomer insist that prioritizing foreign talent comes at a cost to American workers, a perspective that continues to resonate with significant portions of the electorate.

For Sriram Krishnan, the challenge lies not just in navigating the complexities of AI policy but also in addressing the broader cultural and political rifts that his appointment has brought to the forefront.

Canada Ends Flagpoling for Work and Study Permit Renewals

Canada has officially terminated the practice of flagpoling at its ports of entry, effective December 23 at 11:59 p.m. ET. Temporary residents in Canada seeking to renew their work or study permits must now submit applications through Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada (IRCC). This eliminates the previous option of briefly leaving and re-entering Canada for expedited processing, according to a statement from the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA).

Flagpoling, a strategy frequently employed by temporary residents to avoid long processing times, is no longer permitted. Canadian authorities have implemented this change to enhance border operations and enforcement. Public Safety Minister David McGuinty emphasized the benefits, stating, “This change will enable us to further streamline activities at our ports of entry and allow Canadian and American border officers to focus on what they have been expertly trained to do – border enforcement,” as quoted by CBC News.

Reasons Behind the Ban

Flagpoling has significantly strained resources for both Canadian and American border services. The CBSA processed over 69,300 flagpolers between April 1, 2023, and March 31, 2024, with the majority concentrated in the Pacific region, southern Ontario, and Quebec, according to CIC News.

The CBSA highlighted that border services are primarily designed for individuals entering Canada from abroad, not for those already in the country. Redirecting resources to handle flagpolers has created congestion and hindered vital border enforcement tasks.

Marc Miller, Canada’s Minister of Immigration, explained the rationale for the new policy, saying, “A strong Canada-US relationship keeps people and goods moving safely while protecting both sides of the border.” He added that the change aims to “enhance fairness, ease border congestion, and improve overall border efficiency.”

Limited Exemptions

While flagpoling is no longer allowed for most temporary residents, specific groups may still qualify for port-of-entry processing under certain conditions:

  • S. Citizens and Permanent Residents: Citizens or permanent residents of the United States are exempt from this restriction.
  • Free Trade Agreement Professionals and Technicians: Individuals covered by free trade agreements with countries like the United States, Mexico, Chile, Panama, Peru, Colombia, and South Korea, as well as their spouses or common-law partners, remain eligible.
  • International Truck Drivers: Truck drivers leaving Canada for work who held maintained status due to a timely renewal application are also exempt.
  • Pre-Scheduled CBSA Appointments: Applicants with pre-existing appointments for permit processing at CBSA offices will still be accommodated.

Those attempting to flagpole without meeting these criteria will be directed to use IRCC’s application system.

Policy Context

This policy shift reflects a broader strategy to strengthen Canada-US border security. In its fall economic update, the Liberal government allocated $1.3 billion over six years for initiatives such as drones, helicopters, and enhanced border monitoring. The changes also coincide with growing concerns over potential tariffs from the United States, further underscoring the need for robust border management.

By ending flagpoling, Canada prioritizes border efficiency and enforcement while urging temporary residents to utilize IRCC’s online services for work and study permit renewals. This move marks the end of flagpoling as a convenient but resource-intensive option for expedited immigration services.

Malayalam Cinema’s Unstoppable Rise in 2024: A Year of Stellar Achievements

While Bollywood celebrated a triumphant 2023 with Shah Rukh Khan leading the charge, and other major film industries such as Telugu, Tamil, and Kannada enjoyed similar success, the Malayalam film industry struggled in the shadows. Last year was particularly challenging for Malayalam cinema, with only a handful of films making a mark.

However, 2024 proved to be a game-changer for Malayalam cinema. As critics compile their lists of the year’s best Indian movies, it is evident that Malayalam films dominate these rankings. In a year when industries like Hindi and Tamil faced setbacks with numerous underwhelming releases, Malayalam cinema not only delivered remarkable creative masterpieces but also shattered records. Here’s a look at some of the finest Malayalam films that defined 2024.

9) Bramayugam

In a daring departure from the norm, Mammootty played Chathan, a mystical goblin in human guise, in Rahul Sadasivan’s Bramayugam. Shot entirely in black and white, this period folk horror film demonstrated the experimental spirit of Malayalam cinema. Mammootty’s extraordinary performance elevated the film, making it one of the most memorable cinematic experiences of the year. Cinematographer Shehnad Jalal, editor Shafique Mohamed Ali, music composer Christo Xavier, and art director Jotish Shankar contributed significantly to the film’s distinct visual and narrative style.

8) Aavesham

Director Jithu Madhavan struck a perfect balance between comedy and action in Aavesham. Fahadh Faasil excelled as Rangannan, whose humorous portrayal captivated audiences, especially with his memorable “Eda Mone!” delivery. The film transitioned seamlessly from comedy to a gripping gangster drama, with Fahadh’s exceptional performance proving his versatility. As a full-fledged entertainer, Aavesham stood out as a favorite among audiences this year.

7) Aadujeevitham (The Goat Life)

After 14 years of anticipation, Blessy’s Aadujeevitham finally graced the big screen, and it was worth the wait. Starring Prithviraj Sukumaran in a career-defining role, the film adapted from a beloved novel explored the harrowing journey of survival with emotional depth. Exceptional technical contributions from cinematographer Sunil KS and editor A Sreekar Prasad ensured Aadujeevitham became a monumental success, both critically and commercially.

6) Kishkindha Kaandam

Mystery dramas often focus solely on suspense, but Kishkindha Kaandam balanced mystery with emotional depth. Directed by Dinjith Ayyathan, the film featured stellar performances from Asif Ali, Aparna Balamurali, and Vijayaraghavan. Writer Bahul Ramesh’s nuanced storytelling, combined with Dinjith’s direction, ensured a deeply moving narrative. The film also proved that Malayalam cinema could create exceptional works on modest budgets.

5) Ullozhukku

Christo Tomy’s Ullozhukku challenged stereotypes by focusing on the stories of two women reclaiming their autonomy. The film critiqued societal norms that pit women against each other, perpetuating isolation and division. With powerful performances by Urvashi and Parvathy Thiruvothu, Ullozhukku became a technically and visually stunning exploration of resilience and solidarity.

4) Paradise

Legendary Sri Lankan filmmaker Prasanna Vithanage directed Paradise, a politically charged film set against the backdrop of Sri Lanka’s economic crisis. Starring Roshan Mathew and Darshana Rajendran, the movie depicted the struggles of ordinary people amidst political and economic collapse. The narrative resonated globally, drawing parallels with other humanitarian crises. Cinematographer Rajeev Ravi’s exceptional work further enhanced the film’s impact.

3) Family

Don Palathara’s Family redefined horror, portraying the chilling reality of how tightly-knit conservative societies can enable child sexual abuse. Set in the picturesque Idukki district, the film highlighted the societal structures that shield predators. The minimalist visuals captured the haunting atmosphere, while the cast, including Vinay Forrt, Divya Prabha, and Mathew Thomas, delivered compelling performances.

2) All We Imagine As Light (Prabhayay Ninachathellam)

Payal Kapadia’s All We Imagine As Light emerged as a poetic masterpiece, exploring the lives of migrants in Mumbai. The film delved into themes of belonging, community, and resilience, with stellar performances by Kani Kusruti, Divya Prabha, and others. Winning the Grand Prix award at the Cannes Film Festival, the movie showcased Malayalam cinema’s global appeal.

1) Aattam

Anand Ekarshi’s Aattam took the top spot as the year’s finest Malayalam film. Featuring Zarin Shihab and Vinay Forrt, the film offered a profound exploration of human complexities through its meticulously crafted characters. With its innovative storytelling and technical brilliance, Aattam earned multiple accolades, including Best Feature Film and Best Screenplay at the National Film Awards.

As 2024 draws to a close, Malayalam cinema has emerged as a beacon of creativity and resilience, proving its mettle on both national and international stages. This remarkable year will undoubtedly be remembered as a turning point for the industry.

USCIS to Implement New Form I-129 Requirements Starting January 17, 2025

On January 17, 2025, the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will release an updated version of Form I-129, with the edition date marked 01/17/25. This revision will officially replace the prior edition dated 04/01/24. Importantly, there will be no grace period for transitioning to the updated form, as USCIS requires the revised version to align with final regulatory updates. From January 17, 2025, any Form I-129 petition submitted using the older 04/01/24 edition will be automatically rejected.

Form I-129 is a crucial document that allows employers, referred to as petitioners, to file on behalf of nonimmigrant workers seeking temporary employment or training opportunities in the United States. This form caters to various visa categories, including H-1B, H-2A, H-2B, H-3, L-1, O-1, O-2, P-1, P-1S, P-2, P-2S, P-3, P-3S, Q-1, and R-1 classifications. Additionally, it is used to request extensions of stay or changes of status to certain other classifications, such as E-1, E-2, E-3, H-1B1, and TN, as well as the aforementioned categories.

The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has also introduced new rules to improve the hiring process for foreign workers, aiming to strengthen the economy and help U.S. companies address critical labor shortages. Among these updates is the modernization of the H-1B visa program, which includes streamlined approval processes, increased flexibility for retaining skilled workers, and measures to enhance program integrity and oversight.

A preview of the updated Form I-129, along with detailed filing instructions, has already been made available for review. However, USCIS has clarified that the 01/17/25 edition of the form should not be filed before January 17, 2025. Petitions using the new form will only be accepted if they are received on or after the official release date.

For those submitting Form I-129 via paper mail, the following rules will apply:

  1. USCIS will accept the 04/01/24 edition of Form I-129 only if it is received before January 17, 2025.
  2. Beginning January 17, 2025, the 04/01/24 edition will no longer be accepted, regardless of when it was mailed.
  3. Starting January 17, 2025, only the 01/17/25 edition of Form I-129 will be accepted by USCIS.

These changes underscore USCIS’s commitment to ensuring compliance with updated regulations while enhancing the efficiency and integrity of the petitioning process for nonimmigrant workers. Employers and petitioners are advised to familiarize themselves with the new edition of Form I-129 and adhere to the outlined timelines to avoid delays or rejections of their submissions.

Kerala’s Christmas Spirits Soar with Rs 152 Crore in Alcohol Sales

Kerala residents indulged in festive spirits with beer and liquor sales amounting to an impressive Rs 152.06 crore over the two Christmas days, December 24 and 25, according to data from the Kerala State Beverages Corporation (BEVCO), the sole wholesaler of alcoholic beverages in the state. Reports from IANS, as cited by various online platforms, reveal a marked increase in sales compared to the previous year, when Christmas sales totaled Rs 122.14 crore.

Liquor is distributed through 277 retail outlets run by BEVCO and an additional 39 outlets operated by Consumerfed, a state-backed cooperative organization. The breakdown of sales this year shows Rs 97.42 crore spent on Christmas Eve and Rs 54.64 crore on Christmas Day.

Sales Growth Surpasses Previous Years

The surge in holiday sales suggests the current fiscal year will outpace the last one, which recorded total beer and liquor sales of Rs 19,088.68 crore, a significant rise from Rs 18,510.98 crore in the 2022-23 fiscal. With just one quarter left in the current fiscal, all indications point to new records being set.

Tax revenue from alcohol sales continues to be a lifeline for Kerala’s state treasury. The previous fiscal saw alcohol taxes contributing an astounding Rs 16,609.63 crore, a slight increase from Rs 16,189.55 crore collected in 2022-23.

Consumption Patterns in Kerala

An analysis of the consumer base highlights that approximately 32.9 lakh residents out of Kerala’s 3.34 crore population are alcohol consumers. Among these, 29.8 lakh are men, and 3.1 lakh are women. Notably, around five lakh individuals consume liquor daily, with 83,851 of them, including 1,043 women, being classified as alcohol-dependent.

Anticipation Around Liquor Policy

Attention is now focused on the state government, led by Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan, as it prepares to unveil its much-awaited liquor policy. The draft policy has already sparked controversy, facing criticism from multiple quarters. Key proposals include the removal of “dry days,” when liquor outlets remain closed, such as on the first day of every month, along with plans to enhance the production of low-cost liquor and wine made from fruits. The policy also emphasizes increasing local liquor production, as currently, 80% of alcohol sold in Kerala is sourced from other states.

As debates continue, Kerala’s alcohol sales and related revenue remain a pivotal component of the state’s economy, underlining the cultural and fiscal significance of this industry during the festive season and beyond.

Fifth Circuit Court Reinstates Beneficial Ownership Reporting Rules, Extends Filing Deadline

The Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals has lifted the injunction placed on Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) reporting requirements by a district court, allowing enforcement to resume. In response to the court’s decision, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) extended the filing deadline for most companies to submit BOI reports to January 13, 2025, acknowledging delays caused by the earlier injunction.

On December 3, 2024, a federal district court declared the Corporate Transparency Act (CTA) likely unconstitutional, issuing a temporary injunction that halted the enforcement of BOI reporting obligations. This ruling prevented FinCEN from implementing its reporting requirements while the case was ongoing. The Department of Justice (DOJ) challenged this decision by filing an appeal on December 5, 2024. Subsequently, on December 13, the Attorney General requested an emergency stay of the injunction. The Fifth Circuit Court granted this request on December 23, 2024, lifting the temporary block in the case of Texas Top Cop Shop, Inc. v. Garland.

As a result, companies required to file beneficial ownership information must now comply with the regulations unless they qualify for specific exemptions. To accommodate time lost due to the injunction, the Department of the Treasury adjusted the reporting deadlines:

  1. Companies created or registered before January 1, 2024, now have until January 13, 2025, to file their initial BOI reports, instead of the original January 1, 2025, deadline.
  2. Companies created or registered between December 3, 2024, and December 23, 2024, have an additional 21 days from their original deadlines to file their reports.
  3. Companies eligible for disaster relief may qualify for extensions beyond January 13, 2025, and should adhere to the later applicable deadline.
  4. Entities created or registered after January 1, 2025, have 30 days from the notice of creation or registration to file BOI reports.

Entities Required to File

The BOI reporting requirement applies to “reporting companies,” which include both domestic and foreign entities. Domestic reporting companies encompass corporations, LLCs, and other entities created by filing with a U.S. secretary of state. Foreign entities registered to do business in the U.S. through state filings are also subject to these rules.

Information Required

Details about the Reporting Company:

Full legal name and any trade or DBA names.

Current U.S. address.

State or jurisdiction of formation.

Employer Identification Number (EIN) or Tax Identification Number (for foreign entities).

Details about Beneficial Owners:

Beneficial owners are individuals who directly or indirectly control the reporting company or own at least 25% of its ownership interests. Required information includes:

Full legal name.

Date of birth.

Residential address.

Unique identification number from a passport or driver’s license, along with a copy of the unexpired document.

Details about Company Applicants:

Company applicants are individuals who filed the document that created or registered the reporting company. Information required for company applicants is the same as for beneficial owners. For companies created or registered on or after January 1, 2024, at least one or two applicants must be reported.

Penalties for Non-Compliance

Failure to submit accurate or updated BOI reports may result in severe penalties. These include:

Civil fines of up to $500 per day.

Potential imprisonment of up to two years and/or fines up to $10,000.

Accountability for senior officers of non-compliant entities.

Exemptions

Certain entities are exempt from the BOI reporting requirements. These include publicly traded companies, nonprofits, banks, investment funds, insurance companies, accounting firms, utility companies, and inactive entities.

Additionally, large operating companies may qualify for exemptions if they meet specific criteria:

Employ more than 20 full-time U.S. employees.

Maintain a physical operating presence in the U.S.

Report gross receipts or sales exceeding $5 million on their federal income tax return.

A unique exemption applies to plaintiffs involved in National Small Business United v. Yellen. In this case, a federal court in Alabama ruled that the Corporate Transparency Act exceeds constitutional limits and blocked its enforcement against specific plaintiffs, including Isaac Winkles and the National Small Business Association. While the DOJ has appealed this ruling, the exemption remains applicable only to those entities directly involved in the lawsuit.

Compliance Moving Forward

Despite ongoing litigation, FinCEN continues to enforce BOI reporting requirements under the Corporate Transparency Act. As emphasized by the Fifth Circuit Court’s decision, companies not covered by specific exemptions must comply by submitting their beneficial ownership reports by the revised deadlines. This regulatory framework aims to increase transparency and combat financial crimes, though legal challenges continue to shape its implementation.

Six Simple Steps for Living Longer, According to a Doctor Who Reversed His Age by 20 Years

Finding time for health amidst busy schedules can be challenging, but Dr. Michael Roizen, 78, believes that focusing on a few basics can significantly enhance longevity. Dr. Roizen, chief wellness officer at Cleveland Clinic, claims his “biological age” is 57.6—reflecting the health of his organs and risk of chronic disease—despite his chronological age. While there isn’t a universal standard for measuring biological age, Roizen emphasizes the importance of small, manageable lifestyle changes for extending one’s health span.

“There are small things and easy things to do that make a big difference,” Roizen said, advocating for simplicity over radical lifestyle overhauls. Here are six key practices he recommends to live longer and healthier lives.

  1. Walk More

Roizen prioritizes walking and aims for 10,000 steps daily as part of his workout routine. He suggests that everyone try to increase their daily steps. As an example, he parks far from his workplace and walks the remaining distance to add movement to his commute.

While the 10,000-step goal originated from marketing campaigns, even fewer steps can yield substantial health benefits. A 2023 University of Cambridge study found that brisk walking for just 75 minutes a week reduced the risk of death from all causes, as well as the likelihood of developing cardiovascular diseases and cancer.

  1. Eat Avocado, Salmon, and Olive Oil

Roizen highlights the health benefits of three specific foods: avocado, salmon, and olive oil. These are part of his broader list of foods for longevity but can still provide measurable benefits on their own. Numerous studies associate these items with a reduced risk of cardiovascular disease.

These foods are rich in healthy fats, which play a vital role in heart health and reducing inflammation, making them key components of a diet aimed at promoting long-term wellness.

  1. Cultivate Strong Relationships

Building and maintaining strong social connections is essential for health and longevity, Roizen noted, describing it as a “fun” way to enhance overall well-being. He added, “It’s always better to do things with other people.”

Research backs this claim. Rose Anne Kenny, an aging expert from Trinity College Dublin, stated that robust social relationships are just as crucial for a long life as maintaining a balanced diet and regular exercise. Studies indicate that people with active social lives experience better mental health and lower risks of chronic illnesses.

  1. Play Speed-of-Processing Games

Brain-training games can help improve mental agility, according to Roizen, who recommends games like “Double Decision” and “Freeze Frame.” Such games fall under the category of speed-of-processing activities and may slow cognitive decline.

Roizen referenced a 2017 study published in Alzheimer’s & Dementia that showed significant benefits for older adults engaging in these activities. Participants who played 10 sessions of such games over six weeks and continued periodic sessions over the next three years saw a 29% reduced risk of dementia over a decade. Roizen suggests replicating these results by playing speed-of-processing games for two hours weekly over five weeks.

  1. Take a Multivitamin

The effectiveness of multivitamins in enhancing longevity remains a subject of debate. While Roizen cited studies suggesting that multivitamin use could lower risks of cancer, cardiovascular diseases, and dementia, other research offers mixed conclusions.

For example, a 2023 JAMA Network Open study involving over 390,000 participants found no direct correlation between multivitamin use and longevity. Similarly, the US Preventive Services Task Force has not endorsed multivitamins for the general public due to insufficient evidence of their efficacy.

Despite this uncertainty, Roizen continues to take multivitamins, explaining that they help maintain stable vitamin levels in his body. He believes this consistency might contribute to long-term health benefits.

  1. Get Your Flu Shot

Annual flu vaccinations are recommended for everyone aged six months and older, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. However, Roizen sees additional benefits in flu shots, particularly for healthy aging.

A 2022 review in Ageing Research Reviews suggested that vaccinating older adults against the flu might also reduce the risk of dementia. This could be due to the vaccine’s potential role in lowering inflammation in the brain. Roizen aligns with this perspective, emphasizing the importance of flu shots as part of his longevity strategy.

 

Incorporating these simple steps into daily life may not require dramatic lifestyle changes but can still offer profound health benefits. From physical activity to social engagement and cognitive stimulation, Roizen’s approach underscores the value of small, consistent efforts in promoting long-term health and vitality. As he aptly puts it, “Small things and easy things can make a big difference.”

Relationships: The Foundation of a Happy Life

If given a choice for the most pleasant train ride, would you prefer solitude or a conversation with an unfamiliar fellow passenger? Most of us instinctively opt for solitude, fearing the unpredictability of interacting with strangers. As Dr. Robert Waldinger, a psychiatry professor at Harvard Medical School and co-author of The Good Life, explains to Fortune, “We assume the worst.” Waldinger’s book highlights this widespread tendency to expect negative outcomes from new social interactions, largely due to the fear of rejection.

Surprisingly, a study from the University of Chicago revealed that commuters who chose to engage with strangers rated their experience more positively than expected. Waldinger and his co-author, Marc Schulz, noted in their book, “We seem particularly bad at forecasting the benefits of relationships. A big part of this is the obvious fact that relationships can be messy and unpredictable. This messiness is some of what prompts many of us to prefer being alone.”

The Science Behind Happiness

The Good Life draws on the world’s longest-running study of happiness, which began in 1938. Tracking the lives of 724 Harvard students and low-income boys from Boston, the study has since expanded to include over 2,000 participants, encompassing spouses and descendants of the original group. For decades, researchers have collected health records, conducted DNA tests, and issued biennial questionnaires about participants’ well-being. Roughly every 15 years, they conducted in-person interviews to delve deeper into their lives.

The central finding of this extensive study was not a surprise: happiness wasn’t primarily tied to good health or financial success but to the strength of personal relationships. The researchers emphasized that relationships are “intrinsic to everything we do and everything we are.”

Overcoming Life’s Challenges

Relationships served as a cornerstone of hope for participants as they navigated life’s hardships—be it illnesses, wartime trauma, or personal losses. Many shared stories of individuals who supported them during difficult times, such as a friend lending money in a financial crisis or a fellow soldier providing emotional strength during war.

Regrets often centered on missed opportunities to nurture these bonds. Participants lamented prioritizing trivial pursuits like career achievements or material wealth over family and friendships. Waldinger observes, “It’s not that accomplishment isn’t important and satisfying. It is. But when we sacrifice our [relationships], that’s when we end up regretting it, and living a life that isn’t as good as we might have.”

Strengthening Connections at Any Age

The good news is that it’s never too late to improve relationships, whether by cultivating new ones or rekindling old ties. Waldinger emphasizes the concept of “social fitness,” urging people to assess their connections and intentionally prioritize them.

“Which ones energize you? Who do you appreciate, and how can you incorporate them into your life in new ways?” he asks. Relationships evolve as we age, requiring intentionality to maintain them. Waldinger encourages us to decide, “This person I want to keep in my life,” and act on that commitment.

One practical approach to boosting “social fitness” is to schedule time for relationships, much like planning a workout or business meeting. Waldinger and Schulz practice this themselves, connecting every Friday at noon. “We talk about our work and writing this book, but we also talk about our kids and personal lives. That phone call is automatic, and we have to cancel it only if necessary,” Waldinger shares.

Building New Bonds

For those seeking to forge new relationships, Waldinger recommends creating opportunities to connect. This might involve joining local clubs, participating in community activities, or simply reaching out to acquaintances. Even small acts, like introducing yourself to a barista or complimenting a stranger, can spark moments of joy and connection.

Technology also offers unique avenues to foster relationships. Waldinger shares an example of his mother, who formed a deep friendship through an online support group for chronic pain. The pair now regularly call each other and visit each other’s homes. However, Waldinger cautions against relying too heavily on social media, which can distort perceptions of happiness by promoting idealized versions of life.

He advises using technology intentionally, asking, “How can I be an active consumer rather than a passive one?” Regularly reflecting on how online interactions make us feel—energized or drained—can help identify media that enriches relationships rather than diminishes them.

The Gift of Attention

As one of Waldinger’s Zen teachers once said, “Attention is the most basic form of love.” In today’s fast-paced world, offering undivided attention has become increasingly rare yet remains profoundly meaningful. Waldinger encourages active listening, suggesting we eliminate the pressure to perfectly understand or solve someone’s problems. Simply being present and attentive shows others that we care.

Embracing Vulnerability

Strong relationships require vulnerability. This means being open to giving and receiving help, even if it feels uncomfortable. Waldinger and Schulz highlight that as people age, they often worry about appearing needy or burdening others. Yet, they write, “One of the harder things for some people to learn is how to give help, and—even harder for others as they grow older—how to receive help.”

Acknowledging the complexities of relationships, Waldinger admits, “Relationships don’t keep us happy all day, every day because nobody’s happy all day, every day. What they do is they build a bedrock of well-being. They build a safety net. They build a sense that I got people in my life when I need them.”

Final Thoughts

Whether it’s sharing a conversation with a stranger or maintaining cherished connections, relationships undeniably play a central role in happiness. By prioritizing “social fitness,” giving others our attention, and embracing vulnerability, we can foster a fulfilling and connected life—at any age. As Waldinger and Schulz’s study reminds us, the messiness of relationships is far outweighed by their enduring rewards.

Manmohan Singh, Former Indian Prime Minister and Economic Reformer, Passes Away at 92

Manmohan Singh, one of India’s most revered leaders and the architect of the country’s economic liberalization, has passed away at the age of 92. Singh, who served as India’s Prime Minister from 2004 to 2014, was instrumental in introducing key economic reforms during his tenure as finance minister in the early 1990s.

Admitted to a hospital in Delhi following a decline in health, Singh’s passing prompted tributes from leaders across the political spectrum. Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed his condolences, calling Singh “one of India’s most distinguished leaders” and commending his wisdom and dedication to improving lives. Congress leader Rahul Gandhi remembered Singh as a mentor and guide, while Priyanka Gandhi described him as “wise, egalitarian, strong-willed, and courageous.”

Early Life and Education

Born on September 26, 1932, in a remote village in Punjab, Singh overcame significant hardships. His village lacked basic amenities like water and electricity. Singh pursued higher education with remarkable determination, earning a master’s degree from the University of Cambridge and a doctorate from Oxford University. Despite financial struggles during his studies, he excelled academically, laying the foundation for his illustrious career.

A Reformist Leader

Singh’s political prominence rose in 1991 when, as finance minister, he spearheaded transformative economic reforms that revitalized a near-bankrupt India. In his maiden budget speech, he famously quoted Victor Hugo, declaring, “No power on Earth can stop an idea whose time has come.” His reforms, which included tax cuts, rupee devaluation, privatization, and opening up to foreign investment, ushered in an era of rapid industrial growth and economic stability.

Prime Ministerial Tenure

In 2004, Singh became India’s Prime Minister, the first Sikh to hold the position, following Congress leader Sonia Gandhi’s decision to decline the role. His leadership secured India’s re-entry into the global nuclear community through a landmark deal with the United States, though the agreement faced strong political opposition domestically.

Known as a consensus builder, Singh managed a coalition government despite frequent challenges from assertive regional allies. However, his second term was overshadowed by allegations of corruption and policy paralysis, culminating in Congress’s defeat in the 2014 elections.

Foreign Policy and Legacy

As Prime Minister, Singh adopted pragmatic foreign policies, strengthening ties with Afghanistan, reopening trade routes with China, and continuing peace talks with Pakistan. However, his decision to distance India from traditional ally Iran drew criticism.

Singh’s calm demeanor, academic rigor, and integrity earned him respect across party lines. Despite facing allegations of corruption during his tenure, he maintained that his government worked with “utmost commitment and dedication.”

A Quiet Statesman

Singh’s low-profile nature stood out in the political arena. Known for his reserved demeanor, he often avoided confrontation, stating that “silence is better than a thousand answers.” Even after leaving office, Singh remained active in public discourse, offering solutions during the economic challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Singh will be remembered as the leader who steered India out of economic and nuclear isolation. While some critics felt he stayed in politics too long, Singh himself believed that “history will be kinder to me than the contemporary media or opposition.”

Manmohan Singh is survived by his wife, Gursharan Kaur, and their three daughters. His contributions to India’s economic and political landscape will be remembered as a defining chapter in the nation’s history.

Pope Opens 2025 Holy Year Focused on Hope and Trust as Rome Prepares for Millions

The 2025 Holy Year, centered on the themes of hope and trust, officially began on Christmas Eve with Pope Francis opening the Holy Door at St. Peter’s Basilica. This sacred event marks the start of a year expected to attract over 30 million pilgrims to Rome, despite ongoing preparations and enhanced security measures in the Italian capital.

The tradition of the Holy Year dates back to 1300, offering pilgrims the opportunity to receive indulgences—referred to as the forgiveness of sins—by passing through the Holy Door at St. Peter’s Basilica or one of the three doors at the other Papal Basilicas. For Pope Francis, this is his second Jubilee, following the 2015 Holy Year, and a continuation of a spiritual practice deeply rooted in the Catholic faith.

Significantly, the 2025 Holy Year introduces a novel aspect: Pope Francis will open a fifth Holy Door in a Roman prison, marking the first time such an act has been included in Jubilee observances. This gesture extends the Holy Year’s message of hope and trust to incarcerated individuals, encouraging them “to look to the future with renewed confidence.”

The opening ceremony drew approximately 7,000 faithful inside St. Peter’s Basilica, with thousands more gathering in St. Peter’s Square and watching via broadcasts around the globe. The event’s universal appeal underscores the importance of the Holy Year for Catholics worldwide.

As Rome braces for the influx of millions of visitors, heightened security measures have been implemented. An additional 700 officers have been deployed to monitor the city, with advanced surveillance systems installed to safeguard key locations. This precaution follows a recent attack at a German Christmas market, which has prompted Italian authorities to increase patrols around prominent sites.

Rome’s preparations for the Holy Year have been underway for two years, with ambitious plans to enhance the city’s infrastructure. However, of the 300 public works and renovation projects planned, only a portion has been completed. Despite these challenges, the city is committed to welcoming pilgrims and ensuring their safety during this sacred period.

The Pope’s symbolic act of opening the Holy Door resonates deeply within the context of this Jubilee, as it emphasizes reconciliation and spiritual renewal. For the millions expected to visit Rome throughout the Holy Year, the experience will not only be a religious journey but also a reflection of hope, trust, and community.

Shyam Benegal, Pioneering Indian Filmmaker, Dies at 90

Shyam Benegal, a legendary Indian filmmaker celebrated for his contributions to the “parallel cinema” movement of the 1970s, passed away at the age of 90. Benegal, who had been battling chronic kidney disease for years, succumbed to his condition on Monday at Wockhardt Hospital in Mumbai. His cremation was held on Tuesday, according to the Press Trust of India (PTI), citing his daughter, Piya. “Benegal had been suffering from chronic kidney disease for several years, but it had gotten very bad. That’s the reason for his death,” Piya shared.

Tributes poured in from all corners of the nation following the news of Benegal’s demise. On social media platform X, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed his grief, stating, “Deeply saddened by the passing of Shyam Benegal, whose storytelling had a profound impact on Indian cinema. His works will continue to be admired by people from different walks of life.”

Benegal’s influence on Indian cinema extended beyond his films, as he was instrumental in shaping the careers of several iconic actors, including Shabana Azmi, Smita Patil, Naseeruddin Shah, and Om Puri. Many of these actors went on to achieve significant success in mainstream Bollywood. Naseeruddin Shah paid a heartfelt tribute, saying, “I have lost my foster father, a man to whom I owe more than I can say.” Similarly, actor Manoj Bajpayee reflected on Benegal’s legacy, stating, “Shyam Benegal was not just a legend; he was a visionary who redefined storytelling and inspired generations.”

Benegal’s career took flight in the 1970s, a period marked by his groundbreaking films that challenged the conventions of mainstream Bollywood. His works, including Ankur (1974), Nishant (1975), Manthan (1976), and Bhumika (1977), were key contributions to the “parallel cinema” movement. These films offered a stark and honest portrayal of the socio-economic realities of a struggling nation.

Ankur, Benegal’s debut feature film, delved into the entrenched feudal system in India, portraying the complexities of power and class dynamics. Manthan, another landmark in his oeuvre, was inspired by the story of India’s cooperative dairy movement, highlighting the transformative power of collective effort in rural communities. Through these films, Benegal not only brought critical issues to the forefront but also redefined Indian cinema’s narrative style, opting for realism and social commentary over glamour and escapism.

The 1980s saw Benegal expanding his horizons with television. His magnum opus, Bharat Ek Khoj, was a 53-episode series based on The Discovery of India, a book by India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru. The series, which chronicled India’s history from ancient times to its emergence as a modern nation, remains a milestone in Indian television. Its depth, narrative style, and attention to historical detail made it a favorite among audiences and critics alike.

Benegal’s passion for storytelling and his ability to address diverse subjects extended into the 21st century. In 2023, he directed a biographical film on Sheikh Mujibur Rahman, the leader who spearheaded Bangladesh’s independence movement against Pakistan in the 1970s. This project further showcased Benegal’s ability to delve into historical and political themes with nuance and sensitivity.

Born in December 1934 in Hyderabad, Shyam Benegal was the son of a prosperous family. He pursued a degree in economics from Osmania University in Hyderabad. During his early years, he cultivated a passion for films, eventually founding the Hyderabad Film Society to promote cinematic culture in the city.

Benegal’s career in filmmaking began in the world of advertising, where he directed more than 900 documentaries and advertising films. These experiences honed his storytelling skills and laid the foundation for his transition into feature filmmaking. His ability to craft compelling narratives within the constraints of short formats translated seamlessly into his later work in cinema.

Throughout his illustrious career, Benegal earned widespread recognition and numerous accolades for his contributions to Indian cinema and television. Despite his monumental achievements, he remained grounded, often emphasizing the importance of telling stories that resonate with the lives of ordinary people.

Benegal’s passing marks the end of an era in Indian cinema. He is survived by his wife, Nira, and daughter, Piya, who have been pillars of support throughout his journey. His legacy, however, lives on through his films, which continue to inspire filmmakers and audiences alike.

As the tributes continue to pour in, it is clear that Shyam Benegal’s work transcends the boundaries of time and place. His films remain a testament to the power of storytelling to address social realities, provoke thought, and inspire change.

New York State Launches Its First AAPI Commission, Marking a Historic Milestone

On December 12, New York State made history by inaugurating its first Asian American and Pacific Islander (AAPI) Commission at Queens College. The event, presided over by the college’s President Frank H. Wu, marked the official swearing-in of 13 members, including Neeta Bhasin, the first Indian American woman to join the Commission.

Neeta Bhasin, a prominent Indian-origin entrepreneur, is widely recognized for her efforts to promote South Asian culture in the United States. She founded ASB Communications, the first South Asian advertising firm in the country, and Event Guru Worldwide, which launched the iconic Diwali at Times Square event in 2013. Her commitment to cultural promotion has earned her numerous accolades, including the Mahatma Gandhi Samman in London and the Shakti Award for women’s empowerment.

Bhasin emphasized the importance of teaching children about diversity, stating that it fosters respect and understanding. As a member of the AAPI Commission, she is poised to bring her experience and passion to address the challenges faced by the AAPI community.

The newly formed AAPI Commission has a broad mandate to address the needs of the Asian American and Pacific Islander communities, focusing on areas such as economic development, education, healthcare, and social well-being. A key priority is combating hate crimes, which have surged in recent years, and fostering greater cultural understanding.

Gaurav Vasisht serves as the Chair of the Commission, alongside members Tai Ngo Shaw, Neeta Bhasin, Maf Misbah Uddin, Joyce Wu, Marjorie Hsu, Faustina Sein, Andrew Sta Ana, Peter Tu, Ambrosia Kaui, Tim Law, Kyung Yoon, Jeffrey Gu, and Frank Wu.

Gajendra Suri, AAPI Chair Gaurav Vasisht, Neeta Bhasin, commission member, and Harish Bhasin / ASB Media
Gajendra Suri, AAPI Chair Gaurav Vasisht, Neeta Bhasin, commission member, and Harish Bhasin / ASB Media

Progress and Advocacy

The AAPI Commission is the result of years of advocacy and legislative efforts. New York State Assemblywoman Jenifer Rajkumar, the first Indian American legislator in the state, spearheaded the AAPI Commission Bill, which received unanimous support from state lawmakers. Rajkumar, who also played a key role in making Diwali a school holiday in New York City, highlighted the progress Asian Americans have made over the years.

Reflecting on the historical struggles faced by the community, Rajkumar said, “In the late 1800s, the US Congress passed the Chinese Exclusion Act, preventing Chinese individuals from becoming citizens. In 1921, the US Supreme Court ruled that Indians could not be US citizens. And now, look at us—we are thriving in all fields and have come a long way.”

Rajkumar expressed her optimism about the Commission’s potential, stating, “It is just the beginning. Our commission members will bring excellence to our government. They will make the impossible possible. I believe that Neeta Bhasin, who single-handedly organized Diwali at Times Square, made Diwali a global phenomenon.”

Statewide Support

New York Governor Kathy Hochul signed the AAPI Commission Bill into law on February 7, 2024, aligning New York with more than a dozen other states and the White House, which have also established similar commissions. Hochul lauded the initiative, stating, “Your voices are essential to our state’s future.”

To support the AAPI community, the state has allocated $35 million to protect Asian Americans from hate crimes and an additional $30 million to support local AAPI organizations. These investments reflect New York’s commitment to ensuring the safety and well-being of its Asian American residents.

Senator Jeremy Cooney, a co-sponsor of the legislation, emphasized the significance of the Commission. Raised in an orphanage in Calcutta, India, Cooney shared his personal connection to the community and his pride in championing the bill alongside Rajkumar.

“Our communities need to know we care and are listening,” Cooney said. “We’ve been waiting for this moment. The Asian American voice is growing, but it must be heard. We need to show our communities that we’re listening, that we care, and that there are both challenges and opportunities for New Yorkers from all over the world.”

Tiffany Smith, New York State Assemblywoman Jenifer Rajkumar, and Neeta Bhasin / ASB Media
Tiffany Smith, New York State Assemblywoman Jenifer Rajkumar, and Neeta Bhasin / ASB Media

Community Engagement

The public hearing for the AAPI Commission was conducted by the New York State Department of State. Key representatives from the Governor’s office, including Shawn Ma, director of Asian American Affairs, and Sibu Nair, deputy director of Asian American Affairs, participated in the event with their teams.

The AAPI Commission represents a significant step forward in addressing the unique challenges faced by Asian Americans in New York State. With leaders like Neeta Bhasin and the backing of state officials, the Commission is well-positioned to drive meaningful change and foster a more inclusive society.

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella Envisions a Competitive AI Landscape

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella predicts a fiercely competitive future for the artificial intelligence (AI) industry, emphasizing that the market will not be dominated by a single player. Speaking in a recent podcast, Nadella remarked, “It’s going to be very competitive,” but he added, “not winner-takes-all.” These comments reflect Microsoft’s strategy of supporting a broad AI ecosystem while maintaining a strong partnership with OpenAI, a leading contender in the market.

Nadella’s remarks arrive at a time when major tech companies are ramping up their AI efforts. Google recently unveiled its advanced AI system, Gemini, while Meta continues to make strides with its open-source AI models. This intensifying competition underscores the dynamic and diverse nature of the AI industry, a sentiment Nadella appeared to embrace. By recognizing OpenAI’s significance and simultaneously acknowledging the broader competitive landscape, Microsoft demonstrates a strategic balancing act between its investment interests and the industry’s rapid evolution.

During the podcast, Nadella revealed a surprising fact: Google generates more revenue from Microsoft’s Windows operating system than Microsoft itself. This disclosure highlights the intricate and often paradoxical competitive relationships within the tech industry. Nadella noted this dynamic as a reflection of the complex interplay between rival companies that both compete and collaborate in various capacities.

A particularly notable moment in the discussion was Nadella’s reaction to OpenAI’s recent partnership with Apple, a deal he had sought unsuccessfully for a decade during his time as Microsoft’s CEO. Reflecting on the development, Nadella remarked, “I was the most thrilled person,” underscoring his satisfaction with Microsoft’s dual role as both a commercial partner and a significant investor in OpenAI. His enthusiasm for this partnership indicates Microsoft’s confidence in its position within the rapidly advancing AI sector.

The conversation also touched on the evolving ways consumers interact with technology. Nadella contrasted the traditional “stateless” search methods—characterized by discrete, unconnected queries—with the emerging “stateful” interactions enabled by AI systems such as ChatGPT. Stateful interactions offer users a more personalized and continuous experience, reshaping how information is accessed and utilized. Despite these advancements, Nadella acknowledged Google’s enduring dominance, largely attributed to its widespread mobile distribution network and its role as the default search engine across major platforms.

Microsoft, however, is actively pursuing opportunities to regain lost market share. The company is leveraging its Edge browser and Co-Pilot AI assistant to reestablish itself as a significant player in the tech landscape. Nadella framed past setbacks as opportunities, stating, “This is the best news for Microsoft shareholders—that we lost so badly that we can now go contest it and win back some share.” This sentiment reflects a forward-looking approach, with Microsoft viewing its past challenges as stepping stones for future success.

In summary, Nadella’s comments paint a picture of an AI industry poised for intense competition and innovation. While Microsoft continues to strengthen its relationship with OpenAI, it remains focused on navigating a market characterized by rapid development and diverse players. Nadella’s strategic optimism signals Microsoft’s determination to thrive in a field where collaboration and competition go hand in hand.

Air India Plans US Expansion with New Routes and Increased Connectivity

Tata Group-owned Air India is set to expand its footprint in the United States with new destinations and additional flights, supported by its acquisition of new widebody aircraft. As of December 2024, Air India serves five US cities: Chicago O’Hare (ORD), Newark (EWR), New York (JFK), San Francisco (SFO), and Washington Dulles (IAD).

Planned US Destinations

Air India, a member of the Star Alliance, is considering adding routes to Dallas Fort Worth (DFW), Boston Logan (BOS), Los Angeles (LAX), and more, with flights originating from its hub at Delhi International Airport (DEL).

Los Angeles (LAX)

The Los Angeles-Delhi route, spanning 8,013 miles (12,895 kilometers), is under consideration, with plans to use Airbus A350s and Boeing 777s. Strong demand for this route was evident in 2017, with over 300,000 passengers recorded, according to IATA data.

In 2017, Air India announced plans for the DEL-LAX route during the launch of flights to Washington Dulles. Ashwani Lohani, then Chairman and MD of Air India, stated, “We are planning to connect two additional cities—Los Angeles and either Houston or Dallas… The Los Angeles route is expected to begin by October 2017.” However, the plan was shelved. Now under Tata Group’s leadership, Air India aims to transform into a global competitor to airlines like Emirates, Singapore Airlines, and Lufthansa.

Seattle-Tacoma (SEA)

The Seattle-Delhi route, approximately 7,061 miles (11,363 kilometers), would take over 14 hours. Seattle-India traffic averages 510 daily passengers, based on OAG data. While American Airlines once considered a Seattle-Bangalore route, it never materialized. Air India is now evaluating the Seattle-Delhi connection.

Dallas Fort Worth (DFW) and Houston (IAH)

Dallas and Houston have vied for Air India’s attention since 2005. DFW Airport CEO Sean Donohue highlighted significant demand, with 800 daily passengers traveling between Dallas and India. The distance from Delhi to Dallas is about 8,186 miles (13,174 kilometers), while Houston lies slightly farther at 8,373 miles (13,475 kilometers).

While there are discussions about potential Dallas-Hyderabad (HYD) flights, operational challenges persist. Air India’s widebody fleet is currently stationed in Delhi, Mumbai, and Bengaluru. Additionally, sustaining point-to-point demand daily or even three times a week during non-peak seasons remains a concern.

Indian citizens residing in DFW have filed petitions advocating for direct flights. Of the 400,000 Indians in the area, 50-60% are Telugu-speaking, indicating substantial demand for the proposed route.

Texas has seen rapid growth in its Indian population, making it the second-largest state for this demographic, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. However, any DFW-DEL or DFW-HYD routes will likely depend on Air India’s widebody fleet expansion, which could take several years.

Boston Logan (BOS)

Boston’s India market exceeded 185,000 passengers in 2019, as reported by anna.aero. Air India may consider using its Boeing 787-8 Dreamliner to serve the 7,146-mile (11,500 kilometers) Boston-Delhi route. Aviation analyst Jain notes that Air India is exploring expansion to multiple North American cities, including Los Angeles, Seattle, Dallas/Houston, and Boston.

Atlanta Hartsfield-Jackson (ATL) and Philadelphia (PHL)

Atlanta, the world’s busiest international airport, is another potential destination. The Indian Consulate in Atlanta has actively advocated for direct Air India flights to the city. The Delhi-Atlanta route spans 7,985 miles (12,850 kilometers).

Philadelphia also emerged as a possible route when American Airlines considered an India service in 2019, though it later abandoned the plan. The distance between Delhi and Philadelphia is 7,399 miles (11,907 kilometers).

Current Operations and Market Position

Presently, Air India operates 11 North American routes, connecting Delhi, Mumbai, and Bengaluru to cities including New York (JFK), Newark, San Francisco, Chicago, Washington, Toronto, and Vancouver. With plans to expand to destinations like Dallas/Fort Worth, Los Angeles, and Seattle, the airline is focusing on enhancing its US network.

From October 2024 to February 2025, Air India will account for 75% of the nonstop seats between India and North America, according to Cirium data. Together with Star Alliance partners Air Canada and United Airlines, this share increases to 94%, underscoring their dominance in direct routes.

Despite its extensive reach, Air India holds a 13% market share of total India-North America traffic due to competition from one-stop flights via European, Middle Eastern, and East Asian hubs. The airline’s strategy emphasizes direct connections between key Indian cities and major North American business centers.

Looking Ahead

The proposed destinations represent just a fraction of Air India’s future network plans. By 2030, the airline aims to operate numerous new routes, solidifying its position as a leading global carrier.

ED Investigates Human Trafficking Involving Over 200 Canadian Colleges

The Directorate of Enforcement (ED) announced on Tuesday that it is investigating the alleged involvement of more than 200 Canadian colleges in a human trafficking case. This revelation comes amid the agency’s probe into a well-coordinated scheme that exploited students for illegal immigration to the United States.

The ED’s Ahmedabad Zonal Office recently conducted search operations at eight locations, including Mumbai, Nagpur, Gandhinagar, and Vadodara, on December 10 and 19. These searches were carried out under the provisions of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002.

In its statement on Tuesday, the ED clarified that the operations were part of an ongoing investigation into “Bhavesh Ashokbhai Patel and others [Dingucha case].” The case involves an elaborate conspiracy to traffic individuals to the United States through Canada using illegal channels. “Bank accounts containing approximately ₹19 lakh have been frozen, and various incriminating documents, digital devices, and two vehicles have been seized,” the statement added.

The investigation was initiated after a tragic incident on January 19, 2022, when a family of four Indian nationals from Dingucha village, Gujarat, was found dead near the Canada-US border. Following this, the Ahmedabad City Crime Branch registered an FIR against Bhavesh Ashokbhai Patel and others.

According to the ED, the accused conspired to lure innocent Indian nationals by charging exorbitant sums of ₹55-60 lakh per person for facilitating their illegal entry into the United States via Canada.

The ED explained that the accused arranged for individuals to secure admission in Canadian colleges or universities as part of the trafficking scheme. “The ED investigation revealed that for sending the Indian Nationals to the USA illegally, the accused arranged admission of the individuals in Colleges/Universities based in Canada and thereby applied for students’ visas for Canada,” the agency said.

However, the individuals would not attend the Canadian colleges upon arrival. Instead, they would use Canada as a transit point to cross into the United States illegally. The ED noted, “Once the individuals/students reach Canada, instead of joining the college, they illegally crossed the US-Canada border and never joined the college(s) in Canada.”

Further details revealed that the fees paid to Canadian colleges were refunded to the students’ accounts once they entered the United States. The agency disclosed that two entities in Mumbai and Nagpur collaborated with other organizations to arrange such admissions on a commission basis. “An entity, contacted by desirous students, facilitated admissions into foreign universities to aid in illegal immigration to the USA,” the ED stated.

The extent of the operation is vast, as revealed during the searches. According to the ED, approximately 25,000 students are referred annually to various colleges abroad by one entity, while another entity refers over 10,000 students per year.

The agency added that the network of agents involved in the scheme is widespread. “It is gathered that there are around 1700 agents/partners based in Gujarat and around 3500 agents/partners of other entities across India, with about 800 of them currently active,” the ED said.

Moreover, the investigation pointed to agreements between Canadian colleges and these agents. “Around 112 colleges based in Canada have entered into an agreement with one entity and more than 150 with another entity. Their involvement in the instant case is under investigation,” the statement concluded.

The ED continues to probe the depth of this operation, seeking to unravel the connections and ensure accountability for those exploiting individuals through such deceptive practices.

Jalandhar Celebrates Rachel Gupta’s Historic Miss Grand International Victory

Rachel Gupta, a native of Jalandhar, received a hero’s welcome upon her return home after being crowned Miss Grand International 2024. The 20-year-old beauty queen made history on October 25 by clinching the prestigious title at the Miss Grand International Headquarters in Bangkok, Thailand. Her triumphant homecoming was marked by a jubilant roadshow and a grand celebration.

Riding through the streets of Urban Estate in an open jeep, Rachel proudly waved the Indian flag, wearing her dazzling green-emerald embedded crown. The procession along Garha Road was a spectacle to behold, featuring a live band, elephants, horses, and a vibrant crowd showering her with flower petals. Her radiant smile and composed demeanor added to the joyous atmosphere as residents thronged the streets to catch a glimpse of the young trailblazer.

A stage set up near PIMS became the center of the celebrations, where Rachel was honored with tributes from local leaders, industrialists, family, and friends. The gathering reflected the immense pride the city felt for her historic achievement. “Rachel Gupta’s remarkable feat is historic: she is the first Indian ever to wear the coveted Miss Grand International golden crown,” her family remarked. “This victory aligns her with the legendary Lara Dutta as the Indian with the most international pageant titles.”

Miss Grand International is renowned globally, boasting a following of over five million fans. Competing against contestants from more than 70 countries, Rachel stood out for her grace, poise, and exceptional talent, securing her place as a standout performer throughout the competition.

Rachel hinted at an exciting future, including potential opportunities in Bollywood. However, she emphasized her commitment to societal welfare, vowing that her passion for helping others would remain a priority no matter where her career takes her.

With her victory, Rachel has cemented her place as a global icon, bringing immense pride to her city and the nation.

Indian Diaspora in the US Surpasses 5 Million, Strengthening Bilateral Ties

The Indian diaspora in the United States has experienced remarkable growth, exceeding five million individuals in 2023. This marks a significant increase from 1.9 million in 2000. The thriving community has become a vital component of the deepening relationship between the US and India, playing an essential role in fostering bilateral trade, cultural exchange, and innovation.

This data was highlighted during an event held at the US State Department, where Deputy Secretary of State Richard R. Verma underscored the crucial contributions of Indian-Americans. During the event, Verma pointed out that the Biden-Harris Administration has appointed 130 Indian-Americans to senior roles, further solidifying their influence in American governance.

The entrepreneurial spirit of the Indian diaspora is another notable aspect of its impact. Approximately 20% of unicorn startups in the US—privately held companies valued at over $1 billion—have Indian migrants as founders or co-founders.

The flourishing partnership between the two nations extends into academia. Nearly 300 exchange programs connect leading Indian colleges with 205 top US universities. These collaborations promote innovation and open doors for groundbreaking research and development initiatives.

Verma, who previously served as the US Ambassador to India, also highlighted the broad spectrum of the partnership between the two countries. It spans trade, defense, education, and cultural exchange. He revealed that bilateral trade between the US and India has surged from $20 billion in 2000 to an impressive $195 billion in 2023.

“Two-way trade in 2024 is expected to cross $200 billion,” Verma stated, emphasizing the growing economic ties.

The defense sector has also witnessed exponential growth. In 2000, defense trade between the two countries was nonexistent. However, by 2023, it had reached $24 billion. Verma added, “India is the top military partner of the US [2024].” He further highlighted joint military exercises that demonstrate the strength of the relationship, such as Malabar (naval), Yudh Abhyas (Army), Cope India (Air Force), Vajra Prahar (counter-terrorism), and Tiger Triumph (amphibious operations).

Education has been another crucial area of collaboration. The number of Indian students in the US has grown significantly, from 54,664 in 2000 to 331,600 in 2023. These students not only enrich the academic landscape in the US but also build bridges of understanding between the two nations.

Consular developments reflect the strengthening ties as well. In 2023, the US Mission in India issued over one million visas. Diplomatic footprints are also expanding, with new consulates planned in Boston, Los Angeles, Bengaluru, and Ahmedabad. These initiatives aim to facilitate further engagement and connectivity between the two countries.

Verma expressed his appreciation for the enduring cooperation between the US and India on X (formerly Twitter). He also acknowledged the presence of Indian Ambassador to the US, Vinay Kwatra, at the event, praising his contributions to this dynamic partnership.

This growing relationship underscores the significance of the Indian diaspora in shaping the future of US-India ties and fostering collaboration across various sectors.

Palantir Technologies: The S&P 500’s Best-Performing Stock of 2024

The most impressive stock performer on the S&P 500 this year isn’t Nvidia or Tesla, but Palantir Technologies, a defense-focused, data-driven company led by eccentric billionaire Alex Karp. Known for its AI capabilities, Palantir has surged amidst the artificial intelligence boom and heightened expectations for defense spending.

A Record-Breaking Year

Palantir has emerged as the top-performing stock on the S&P 500 in 2024, boasting a remarkable 369% return year-to-date through Monday. Despite only joining the S&P 500 in September, much of its meteoric rise occurred in the last three months. This surge was fueled not only by the general market enthusiasm for AI-related stocks but also by heightened optimism regarding defense spending under Donald Trump’s incoming administration. Since Election Day, Palantir shares have soared 58%.

The company’s performance since its inclusion in the S&P 500 has been unparalleled. According to FactSet, its 166% rally during this period is unmatched by any other company on the index. This growth has catapulted Palantir’s market value from $37 billion to an astonishing $180 billion—a nearly ninefold increase from its $20 billion valuation during its 2020 initial public offering.

While Nvidia has also delivered impressive gains, climbing 172% this year as the leader in semiconductor technology for generative AI, it falls behind Palantir’s extraordinary ascent.

Broader Industry Success

Beyond the S&P 500, Palantir is the third-best-performing stock in 2024 among public companies with a market capitalization exceeding $50 billion. The company trails only Applovin, a marketing software firm with a 756% gain, and MicroStrategy, a prominent bitcoin investor with a 477% increase.

What Drives Palantir?

Palantir specializes in AI-powered analytics, providing solutions for managing and interpreting large data sets. Bank of America analyst Mariana Perez Mora noted earlier this year that the company benefits from “rapidly growing demand for AI platforms in both commercial and government end-markets.”

While Palantir is best known for its work with the Department of Defense, its client roster also includes prominent companies such as General Mills and United Airlines. In the third quarter alone, government contracts accounted for $408 million of the company’s $726 million in revenue.

Valuation Concerns

Despite its substantial market capitalization, Palantir’s relatively modest quarterly revenue of under $1 billion raises eyebrows. This disparity makes Palantir the most expensive stock on the S&P 500 based on its price-to-sales ratio. At 67, its ratio is nearly double that of the next-highest company, Texas Pacific Land Corporation, which stands at 37. By comparison, the S&P 500’s median price-to-sales ratio is a mere 3.

However, Perez Mora predicts that Palantir’s “dominant position in the AI-powered software market” will continue to support revenue growth and improve profitability over time.

Controversies Surrounding Palantir

Although Palantir is highly regarded for its advanced technology and impressive profit margins, the company has faced criticism, particularly from human rights groups. Ahead of its IPO, Palantir was scrutinized for its involvement with Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Critics linked Palantir’s data to raids targeting undocumented immigrants in the U.S.

In a 2020 statement, Karp defended the company’s work, stating that its analytics helped ICE identify “people in our country who are undocumented.” He also acknowledged public concerns, saying, “I sympathize with the legitimate concern about what happens on our border, how it happens, and what enforcement looks like.”

Leadership and Wealth

Palantir’s cofounders have significantly benefited from the company’s rise. Alex Karp, who serves as CEO, now boasts a net worth of $7.5 billion, placing him among the world’s 400 richest individuals. Fellow cofounder Peter Thiel, a long-time tech investor, has a fortune of $15 billion, ranking him as the 148th wealthiest person globally.

Meanwhile, the other two cofounders, Stephen Cohen and Joe Lonsdale, officially joined the billionaire ranks last month.

Political Divisions Among Leaders

Interestingly, Palantir’s leadership reflects divergent political ideologies. Karp, who describes himself as a supporter of “populist-left politics,” backed Vice President Kamala Harris in the recent election. In contrast, cofounders Thiel and Lonsdale are prominent advocates for right-wing politics.

Following Trump’s victory in November, Lonsdale celebrated with the comment, “Daddy’s home.” Over the last decade, Thiel has donated tens of millions of dollars to Republican causes. Reflecting on Thiel’s vocal support for Trump in 2016, Karp told The New York Times this summer, “Because Peter had supported Mr. Trump, it was actually harder to get things done” at Palantir. Thiel did not endorse any candidate in the current election cycle.

A Unique Corporate Culture

Palantir’s close-knit and unconventional culture has also drawn attention. In a conversation with hedge fund billionaire Stanley Druckenmiller at a JPMorgan Chase event earlier this month, Karp described the company as “a rare cult with no sex and very little drugs, and we’re not poisoning anyone.”

Conclusion

Palantir Technologies’ extraordinary rise in 2024 reflects a combination of factors: the booming AI sector, increased defense spending expectations, and the company’s strong foothold in both government and commercial markets. However, its high valuation and controversial history highlight the challenges that lie ahead for this AI-driven powerhouse.

Global Heat Records Shattered: 2024 Likely to Surpass 2023 as Hottest Year Ever

The year 2023 made headlines as a record-breaker, with global temperatures soaring to unprecedented levels since records began in the mid-1800s. One scientist vividly described the heat as “gobsmackingly bananas.” However, 2024 has surged past expectations and is poised to dethrone 2023 as the hottest year ever recorded.

This year’s global average temperature may surpass a critical milestone of 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit) above pre-industrial levels, a threshold set by international agreements to limit the intensification of storms, rainfall, and heat waves. “We keep hearing it’s warm, warm, warm, but there’s repercussions. It’s affecting all of us one way or another,” says Jared Rennie, a research meteorologist at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

Clues Behind the Heat Surge

The relentless heat has left scientists searching for explanations. While the primary culprits are well-documented—the continued burning of fossil fuels and the El Niño climate pattern—additional factors may be amplifying the phenomenon.

El Niño, characterized by the Pacific Ocean releasing significant heat into the atmosphere, kicked off the year with intensity, contributing to rising global temperatures. As the year progressed, El Niño transitioned towards La Niña, which typically cools global temperatures. Yet, the anticipated cooling failed to materialize. Instead, autumn in the U.S. turned out to be the hottest on record. “Usually under La Niña conditions, we do tend to be not as warm. But we’re still hitting records… all over the world,” Rennie notes.

Scientists are delving into potential additional contributors, including diminished cloud cover, which typically reflects solar energy back into space. Recent changes in international shipping practices could also play a role. A switch to cleaner fuels has reduced air pollution, but fewer pollutants mean fewer particles in the atmosphere to help form clouds. Furthermore, a reduction in Saharan dust levels may have decreased the reflection of sunlight, allowing more heat to penetrate the Earth’s surface.

The 2022 eruption of the Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai volcano in the South Pacific introduced another layer of complexity. The massive amounts of water vapor released by the volcano contribute to heat retention in the atmosphere. Additionally, an increase in solar radiation due to the natural solar cycle is adding incremental heat.

These factors, combined with the steady impacts of climate change, have raised concerns among scientists about whether the Earth’s climate is more sensitive to changes than previously believed.

Intensifying Disasters

The last two years have brought a slew of catastrophic weather events, underscoring the tangible consequences of rising global temperatures. In the U.S., Hurricane Helene wreaked havoc on North Carolina and Florida, while record-breaking heat waves blanketed the country. Globally, the consequences were equally dire: a heat wave in Saudi Arabia claimed 1,300 lives during the Hajj pilgrimage in June.

If 2024’s annual average temperature breaches the 1.5 degrees Celsius threshold, it will mark the first time that critical benchmark is crossed. The Paris Climate Agreement aimed to keep warming below this level to prevent increasingly severe storms, floods, and heat waves. However, scientists caution that crossing this line for a single year does not signify failure. “Temperatures would need to consistently breach 1.5 degrees Celsius,” scientists clarify, adding that the figure is calculated as a 20-year average.

Nevertheless, even temporary breaches underscore the urgency of addressing climate change. “One degree or one and a half degrees, they don’t seem so dramatic,” says Kai Kornhuber, a senior research scholar at the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis. “But on a local scale, these events lead to really dramatic record temperatures and extreme weather events.”

A Puzzling Climatic Whodunit

This year’s heat has perplexed scientists, presenting a puzzle that goes beyond the expected impact of El Niño and human-induced climate change. The interplay of diminished cloud cover, changes in atmospheric particles, volcanic activity, and heightened solar radiation is under scrutiny. While these factors may each contribute incrementally, their combined effect appears to be amplifying global temperatures more than anticipated.

Moreover, the past decade has consistently been the warmest since record-keeping began. Every month in 2024, from January through August, has set new temperature records, highlighting the persistence of warming trends. As temperatures climb, the effects of climate change become increasingly evident and alarming.

Heat Waves: A Growing Threat

As global temperatures rise, heat waves are becoming more severe, particularly in regions like Western Europe and the Arctic. A recent study revealed that heat waves in these hotspots are worsening at rates beyond what climate models had predicted. This discrepancy has raised questions about whether existing models are adequately capturing the impacts of warming.

For instance, in the Arctic, rising temperatures are accelerating ice melt, which in turn exposes darker ocean surfaces that absorb more heat. Such feedback loops could amplify warming in ways that are difficult to predict. Kornhuber emphasizes the localized impacts of global warming, stating, “On a local scale, these events lead to really dramatic record temperatures and extreme weather events.”

Amplified Impacts

As the Earth’s interconnected systems are disrupted by rising temperatures, scientists warn that the consequences may be magnified in unexpected ways. The combination of intensified storms, persistent heat waves, and increasingly severe weather events underscores the need for urgent action to mitigate climate change.

The record-breaking heat of 2024 is not just a statistical anomaly but a stark reminder of the growing urgency to address global warming. With every tenth of a degree increase in temperature, the risks of extreme weather events and catastrophic consequences become more apparent.

PM Modi Makes History with Visit to CBCI Headquarters for Christmas Celebrations

New Delhi, Dec 23, 2024: In a historic event, Prime Minister Narendra Modi became the first Indian prime minister to visit the headquarters of the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India (CBCI) on December 23. The milestone visit took place in New Delhi as part of Christmas celebrations hosted by the bishops at the CBCI Centre.

During the event, Modi engaged with key figures from the Christian community, including cardinals, bishops, and prominent lay leaders, emphasizing the importance of unity and compassion in society. Addressing the gathering, Modi reflected on the teachings of Christ, highlighting love, harmony, and brotherhood as values that should be upheld universally.

“Christ teaches us love, harmony, and brotherhood,” Modi stated, urging everyone to contribute to strengthening these virtues in society. He expressed his sorrow over attempts to disrupt peace through violence and division, stressing the need for collective efforts to counter such challenges.

The prime minister pointed to global incidents of violence, such as the Christmas market attack in Germany and the 2019 Easter bombings in Sri Lanka, as reminders of the importance of unity in combating such threats. “Only a human-centric approach, as adopted by India, can lead the 21st-century world to new heights,” he emphasized.

Modi also recalled a deeply personal and “satisfactory” moment in his career—India’s successful efforts to rescue Father Alexis Prem Kumar from captivity in Afghanistan a decade ago. Father Kumar, a member of Jesuit Refugee Services, had been kidnapped by gunmen in Herat province on June 2, 2014. The prime minister noted how the Jesuit had been held hostage for eight months before his release was secured.

“It was an emotional commitment for us to bring back a family member,” Modi said, reflecting on the mission. He first announced Father Kumar’s release via Twitter on February 22, 2015, marking a significant moment in India’s efforts to protect its citizens abroad.

Expanding on the theme of India’s commitment to its people, Modi asserted that it is the nation’s duty to ensure the safety of its citizens, irrespective of their location or the crises they face. Recalling the global challenges during the COVID-19 pandemic, he criticized countries that prioritized self-interest over helping poorer nations.

“When the COVID pandemic struck, many nations that talked big about human rights backed away from helping poorer countries,” Modi observed. He praised India’s efforts to transcend its own capabilities, citing the provision of medicines to over 150 countries and the distribution of vaccines to many nations as examples of India’s human-centric approach.

He credited India’s youth for instilling confidence in the nation’s future, affirming that the dream of a “Viksit Bharat” (developed India) will undoubtedly be realized. Modi also celebrated the achievements of Indian clergy, noting with pride the appointment of Father George Koovakad, a priest from Kerala, as a cardinal by Pope Francis.

The visit was warmly received by members of the CBCI and other Church leaders. Archbishop Andrews Thazhath, the CBCI president and archbishop of Trichur, described the occasion as unprecedented, noting that this marked the first time an Indian prime minister had visited the CBCI Centre.

“We are honored, we praise God because the Prime Minister has come… on behalf of Christians, we wish all Indians a Merry Christmas and Happy New Year,” Archbishop Thazhath tweeted after the program.

Archbishop Anil Couto of Delhi, the CBCI general secretary, expressed his joy at Modi’s participation. “I’m very happy that the prime minister is coming to the CBCI Center and joining us for this Christmas meeting. Christmas is a time of togetherness, of love, of affection, and I’m happy that together we are celebrating the birth of Jesus,” Archbishop Couto remarked.

Cardinal Oswald Gracias, the archbishop of Bombay and a former CBCI president, also lauded Modi’s presence, viewing it as a sign of the prime minister’s concern for minority communities. “This is a beautiful event organized by CBCI, and the presence of Prime Minister Narendra Modi shows his concern towards the minority communities,” said Cardinal Gracias, who is also a member of Pope Francis’ advisory committee.

The CBCI, one of the earliest bishops’ conferences in the world, was established in 1944. It represents all three ritual Catholic Churches in India—Latin, Syro-Malabar, and Syro-Malankara.

Modi’s visit to the CBCI Centre followed another recent interaction with the Christian community. A week earlier, he attended a Christmas celebration at the residence of federal Minister George Kurian in New Delhi, where he engaged with members of the community.

The event was seen as a significant step in fostering unity and dialogue between the government and religious minorities, underscoring the prime minister’s message of love, harmony, and human-centric development.

In pictures: Celebrating 100 years of the ‘greatest showman of Indian cinema’

Raj Kapoor, fondly called the “greatest showman of Indian cinema”, was a leading filmmaker, producer and actor whose work continues to shape and inspire Indian films.

Today, almost four decades after his death in 1988, he remains one of India’s most-loved stars.

Kapoor began his film career in India’s post-independence era. His early work often carried a socialistic undertone, mirroring the country’s mood and aspirations of the time.

rajkapoor1
Kapoor’s directorial debut Aag (1948) marked the beginning of RK Films and his legendary pairing with Nargis. Their magnetic chemistry lit up the screen, making them an iconic onscreen duo. Picture: Film Heritage Foundation.

“Kapoor brought romance, sexuality, song and soul to Indian socialism,” said historian Sunil Khilnani, in Incarnations: India in 50 Lives, a 2015 BBC Radio 4 series on the men and women who made India.

So perhaps it isn’t surprising that celebrations to mark what would have been his 100th birthday on Saturday are taking place across the country, honouring his enduring legacy.

Among them is a retrospective showcasing 10 of his iconic films that will screen across 40 cities and 135 cinemas in India at the weekend.

Born as Shrishti Nath Kapoor to actors Prithviraj Kapoor and Ramsarni Kapoor, he later took the name of Ranbir Raj Kapoor and debuted as a child actor in Inquilab (1935).

raj kapoor 2
Barsaat (1949), a tale of love and longing, was Kapoor’s first major hit as a director. It also firmly established RK Films as a powerhouse studio.Picture: Film Heritage Foundation
rajkapoor 3
Awara (1951) showcased Kapoor’s iconic tramp character inspired by Charlie Chaplin and introduced the unforgettable song, Awara Hoon, still celebrated globally. The film was a box-office sensation, not just in India but worldwide – it garnered unprecedented success in the former Soviet Union. Picture: Film Heritage Foundation

Before making waves on screen, Kapoor honed his craft behind the scenes – assisting filmmaker Kidar Sharma, working as an art director at his father’s Prithvi Theatre, and appearing in smaller roles.

His breakout came with Neel Kamal (1947), launching a storied career that combined artistic ambition with mass appeal.

Push for Green Cards: Indian Migrants Face Stiff Resistance Amid Political and Economic Tensions

Elon Musk often alternates between advocating for economic goals like mass migration and prioritizing his political aim of safeguarding America’s entrepreneurial and high-trust culture. Meanwhile, Congress remains a formidable barrier to Indian migrants’ demand for increased green card access.

“If they attempt to do this once again in a reconciliation package, we’re going to beat them, and we’re going to beat them soundly,” declared Kevin Lynn, founder of the U.S. Techworkers advocacy group. His organization strongly opposes white-collar migration, arguing that it disproportionately shifts middle-class wealth to corporate executives and investors.

Indian Migrants’ Uphill Battle

Indian migrants’ fight for more green cards faces steep challenges and limited allies in Congress. Most of these migrants were brought to the U.S. by corporate investors and executives to fill mid-skill white-collar positions, roles that might otherwise have gone to young American professionals.

Several visa programs—such as H-1B, L-1, J-1, TN, OPT, CPT, and H4EAD—allow companies to hire low-wage foreign graduates, often without requiring job offers to Americans or any skill assessments. Indian workers receive around 70% of these visas, which are often uncapped and advantageous for employers.

In 2023 alone, approximately 69,000 Indian nationals were granted H-1B visas, with another 210,000 receiving three-year visa extensions, according to Indian sources. Estimates suggest at least 600,000 Indians currently hold U.S. white-collar jobs via H-1B visas, with more than 500,000 employed under other visa categories.

Many visa programs permit employers to entice workers with the prospect of green cards and eventual U.S. citizenship. This system, established in 1990, has drawn millions of Indian graduates to U.S. white-collar roles, where they endure long hours and low pay in hopes of gaining approval from their superiors. This green card “bonus” benefits executives, who can turn $1 in payroll savings into $20 in added stock value.

However, this influx has led to a backlog of over 1.2 million Indian workers and family members awaiting green cards. The federal cap of 140,000 green cards per year—divided among applicants from various countries—has created fierce competition among Indian workers.

Systemic Exploitation

India’s government and ethnic networks within U.S. companies actively support the influx of Indian workers, creating hiring pipelines that often sideline American employees. Indian managers and subcontractors frequently oversee foreign hires, a system preferred by corporate boards. “U.S. executives see their American workforce as being expensive, undeserving, and expendable,” Lynn remarked.

These discriminatory networks also extend to other countries where Indians work and are rooted in U.S. pro-migration policies implemented since the 1990s. Many migrants resort to unethical practices, such as submitting duplicate applications or falsifying credentials, as they compete for visas and green cards.

Critics argue this system undermines corporate quality, innovation, and long-term investment, while damaging national prosperity. Jessica Vaughan, policy director at the Center for Immigration Studies, likened it to the exploitation seen during the Industrial Revolution. “You had business owners so far removed from their workers that they saw them as just a factor of production,” she said.

This investor-driven influx has also displaced many American graduates, with Indian technology managers and CEOs now dominating many Fortune 500 companies. It has further created security concerns, as untraceable foreign workers from countries like China and India develop and maintain critical U.S. infrastructure.

Legislative Pushback

Political resistance to these policies was evident in December 2022, when the pro-outsourcing EAGLE Act was defeated. Despite support from West Coast investors, growing bipartisan opposition led to its withdrawal. Rep. Scott Fitzgerald (R-WI) criticized the bill as “an end-run around the annual green card limit.”

To counter opposition, Indian lobbying groups argue that faster green card processing would benefit Americans. “If people don’t have green cards and if they live in the perpetual state of H-1B or L-1 status, that doesn’t work good for immigrants, that doesn’t work good for Americans,” said one advocate, Kapoor.

He emphasized the need for a “level playing field” to prevent the mistreatment of visa workers and argued for equal treatment across the board. Fresco, another proponent, claimed that speeding up green cards would eliminate incentives for companies to hire visa workers over Americans.

However, critics like Lynn dismissed these arguments, stating, “Their presence in this country’s labor market disadvantages Americans, and the quicker we can resolve that problem by sending them home or ending the programs, the better.”

Economic Implications

While establishment media often overlook the economic impact of white-collar migration, evidence of its effects on American graduates is mounting. The Wall Street Journal reported in May 2024 that entry-level tech hiring has declined, with job postings for software development roles dropping by 30% since pre-pandemic levels.

Meanwhile, the number of U.S. students majoring in computer and information science has surged by 40% in five years, reaching over 600,000 in 2023. Many of these graduates face bleak job prospects. “If you get a job, even if you don’t like it, you need to take it because you don’t know if you’re going to get anything else,” Cornell computer science major Alex Giang told reporters.

Lobbying Strategies

Fresco detailed the Indian lobbying plan, which involves educating members of Congress about their issues and engaging American workers to advocate on their behalf. “What is it going to require? It’s going to require educating every member of Congress what your problem is,” he said.

He encouraged migrants to highlight their contributions to local districts and to involve U.S. citizens in their lobbying efforts. “We need as many women [Indian] members as possible because we want to show this isn’t just a group for men,” Fresco added.

Indian advocacy groups have already conducted thousands of meetings with lawmakers, Fresco claimed, positioning themselves as key advisers on immigration issues. The green card campaign has gained support from Indian-American legislators like Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) and Raja Krishnamoorthi (D-IL).

Political Risks

Despite these efforts, the push for more green cards poses significant risks for both parties. Public opposition to labor migration continues to grow, particularly among families affected by stagnant job opportunities for American graduates.

Lynn pointed to parents of unemployed college graduates as a driving force behind this opposition. “The parents of kids who have graduated from prestigious universities with computer science degrees but are not getting job offers, are still at home—they know the reason,” he said.

The political fallout from pro-migration policies has been severe in the past. In 2018, Rep. Kevin Yoder (R-KS) lost his seat after supporting a green card expansion. Similarly, Democrats faced major losses after passing migration-friendly legislation in 2014 and 2020.

Conclusion

Indian migrants’ push for more green cards continues to face stiff resistance amid growing public and political awareness of its economic implications. While lobbying efforts intensify, critics argue that these policies harm American workers and undermine the country’s prosperity.

The debate underscores the broader challenges of balancing economic goals with the need to protect domestic labor markets and maintain national security.

PM Modi’s Christmas Message of Harmony Overshadowed by Incidents in Kerala

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, while addressing a Christmas gathering organized by the Catholic Bishops Conference of India (CBCI) in New Delhi, emphasized the importance of harmony and non-violence in society. However, incidents of vandalism and intimidation surrounding Christmas celebrations in Kerala’s Palakkad and Alappuzha districts painted a contrasting picture.

In Palakkad, two incidents involving members of the Vishva Hindu Parishad (VHP) disrupted Christmas festivities. In another incident in Alappuzha, a Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) worker allegedly intimidated individuals spreading Christmas messages. These acts have drawn condemnation from leaders of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), who described them as isolated events that must not be condoned.

On December 23, unidentified individuals vandalized a Christmas crib at the Government Boys School in Thathamangalam, Palakkad. The Chittoor police registered a case following a complaint by the school authorities, but no arrests have been made. A VHP leader alleged that Social Democratic Party of India (SDPI) members were responsible for the act.

Three days earlier, on December 20, three VHP members disrupted Christmas celebrations at the Government Upper Primary School in Nallepilly, Palakkad. Reports suggest that they barged into the school, questioned teachers about the absence of celebrations for Hindu festivals like Sree Krishna Jayanti, and objected to the use of Santa Claus costumes by teachers.

The Chittoor police arrested three individuals—Anilkumar, Susasanan, and K. Velayudan—on December 21 in connection with the disruption. BJP Palakkad district president KM Haridas distanced the party from the accused, stating, “None of them are connected to the BJP.”

Meanwhile, Raveendran, the secretary of the VHP’s Palakkad Vibhag, acknowledged their affiliation with the VHP but claimed the incident was misreported. “The CPI(M), Congress, and SDPI have twisted the narrative. Our workers only questioned why students were made to stand in the scorching sun for the celebrations and whether similar efforts would be made for Sree Krishna Jayanthi or Nabi Dinam. The circulating news is misleading and inaccurate,” Raveendran explained.

In Alappuzha, a separate incident occurred on December 23 involving an RSS worker, Ratheesh Kumar, who objected to a group delivering Christmas messages in Karthikapalli. While no formal complaint was filed, a video of the confrontation surfaced online.

These incidents stood in stark contrast to the Christmas message of harmony conveyed by the Prime Minister during the CBCI event. Reacting to these events, Yuhanon Meletius, Metropolitan Bishop of the Thrissur diocese of the Malankara Orthodox Syrian Church, expressed his dismay on Facebook. “While bishops are being honoured and the Christmas crib is revered in one place, here the crib is vandalized. There is a saying in Malayalam for such an approach,” he remarked.

BJP state president K Surendran strongly condemned the acts in Palakkad during a media interaction following his meeting with Thamarassery Bishop Remigiose Inchananiyil in Kozhikode. “I strongly condemn this. Such actions should not be encouraged in any way. Strong action must be taken against those responsible,” he stated.

  1. Muraleedharan, BJP leader and former Union minister, echoed similar sentiments, describing the events as isolated. “I am certain the BJP does not support such activities. Our position is clear and is reflected in the Prime Minister’s participation in the CBCI celebrations,” he asserted.

While the Prime Minister’s visit to the CBCI highlighted a gesture of goodwill towards the Christian community, the incidents in Kerala revealed ongoing tensions and raised questions about the sincerity of efforts to foster harmony.

Democrats Grapple with Identity Crisis Following 2024 Election Defeat

Democrats analyzing their sweeping losses in the 2024 elections are uncovering deeper concerns about their party’s identity and approach. According to recent focus group findings by the progressive group Navigator Research, the issues go beyond the leadership of Kamala Harris or Joe Biden, pointing instead to broader, systemic problems.

The research included three focus groups, highlighting that even past Democratic supporters now view the party as weak and overly preoccupied with diversity and catering to elites. When asked to compare the Democratic Party to an animal, one participant chose an ostrich, stating, “They’ve got their heads in the sand and are absolutely committed to their own ideas, even when they’re failing.” Another likened the party to koalas, describing them as “complacent and lazy about getting policy wins that we really need.” A third participant bluntly declared that Democrats are “not a friend of the working class anymore.”

These findings, shared first with POLITICO, illustrate the uphill battle Democrats face as they sift through the aftermath of November’s significant losses. The party now enters an era of a second Trump presidency without a clear leader or unified plan to improve its electoral prospects. While some Democrats point fingers at President Biden, others attribute the losses to inflation or what they describe as “losing hold of culture.” However, the focus groups suggest the challenges are far more entrenched and could have implications extending beyond a single election cycle.

Rachael Russell, director of polling and analytics at Navigator Research, emphasized the gravity of the situation. “This weakness they see — [Democrats] not getting things done, not being able to actually fight for people — is something that needs to be figured out,” she explained. “It might not be the message, it might be the policy. It might be something a little bit deeper that has to be addressed by the party.”

The focus groups, conducted by the Democratic polling firm GBAO immediately after the election, included three categories of voters: young men in battleground states who backed Biden in 2020 but switched to Trump in 2024; voters in battleground states who supported Biden in 2020 but abstained in 2024; and voters in blue states who had previously supported Democrats, a third-party candidate, or skipped voting in 2020 but chose Trump in 2024.

“I think what the Democratic elites and their politicians believe is often very different from what the average Democratic voter is,” said a Georgia man who had supported Biden in 2020 but shifted to Trump in 2024. “The elites that run the Democratic Party — I think they’re way too obsessed with appealing to these very far-left social progressivism that’s very popular on college campuses.”

The perception of disconnect between Democratic leadership and everyday voters was a recurring theme. Participants expressed a belief that the party prioritizes progressive ideals embraced by academia over practical solutions for the working class, a sentiment that has eroded trust in the party’s ability to represent mainstream concerns.

The focus groups were complemented by a national post-election survey conducted by GBAO. This poll, which included 1,000 respondents, found that Trump received his highest approval rating since leaving office in 2020, with 47% viewing him favorably and 50% disapproving. These results align with the cautious optimism expressed by focus group participants about Trump’s second term.

Russell, however, suggested that Trump’s improved ratings might be a temporary phenomenon. She described the post-election period as a “honeymoon” phase, predicting that public opinion could shift once Trump begins enacting policies. “Once things start happening, it’s going to take a turn, and so it’s going to rely really heavily on the actions in the first 100 days to see how we go from here,” she said.

Despite their electoral struggles, Democrats may find opportunities to resonate with voters on key issues. Russell pointed out that topics like abortion rights, health care, and taxing the wealthy still hold significant appeal among the electorate. Additionally, some voters expressed concerns that Trump might overreach, particularly on trade tariffs, which could create openings for the Democratic Party to regain support.

The GBAO survey highlighted a disconnect between voter priorities and perceptions of Republican leadership. Two-thirds of respondents identified inflation as the most pressing issue for the incoming president to address. However, only one-third believed it was a priority for Trump or the Republican Party.

These findings underscore the complex challenges facing Democrats as they seek to rebuild. While some strategists argue that refining the party’s message could address voter concerns, others believe the problem may lie in deeper structural issues. The party’s inability to present itself as a champion of the working class and its perceived focus on elite and progressive causes have alienated many former supporters.

As Democrats face the reality of a second Trump presidency, their path forward remains uncertain. The focus group feedback suggests that reconnecting with disillusioned voters will require more than just adjusting campaign strategies. It may necessitate a fundamental reexamination of the party’s priorities, policies, and approach to governance.

Without a clear leader or cohesive strategy, Democrats risk further alienation from a voter base that increasingly views them as out of touch with the needs of everyday Americans. As one focus group participant summarized, the party must address perceptions of weakness and inaction to regain the trust of the electorate. Whether they can rise to the challenge remains to be seen.

-+=